WO2016155021A1 - 环境控制系统 - Google Patents

环境控制系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016155021A1
WO2016155021A1 PCT/CN2015/075923 CN2015075923W WO2016155021A1 WO 2016155021 A1 WO2016155021 A1 WO 2016155021A1 CN 2015075923 W CN2015075923 W CN 2015075923W WO 2016155021 A1 WO2016155021 A1 WO 2016155021A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
panel
module
limited
control system
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/075923
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
关山
赵涛
Original Assignee
绿仕科技控股有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 绿仕科技控股有限公司 filed Critical 绿仕科技控股有限公司
Priority to JP2017551671A priority Critical patent/JP2018513531A/ja
Priority to US14/902,344 priority patent/US10502442B2/en
Priority to AU2015388775A priority patent/AU2015388775A1/en
Priority to BR112017021258-7A priority patent/BR112017021258A2/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2015/075923 priority patent/WO2016155021A1/zh
Priority to EP15886991.7A priority patent/EP3279751A4/en
Priority to CN201580078464.7A priority patent/CN107924166B/zh
Priority to MX2017012713A priority patent/MX2017012713A/es
Priority to CA2981608A priority patent/CA2981608A1/en
Priority to EP15887076.6A priority patent/EP3279749A4/en
Priority to US14/902,345 priority patent/US10508823B2/en
Priority to CA2981621A priority patent/CA2981621A1/en
Priority to JP2017551659A priority patent/JP2018513530A/ja
Priority to BR112017021266-8A priority patent/BR112017021266A2/zh
Priority to CN201580078456.2A priority patent/CN107980106B/zh
Priority to MX2017012714A priority patent/MX2017012714A/es
Priority to PCT/CN2015/080160 priority patent/WO2016155109A1/zh
Priority to AU2015388807A priority patent/AU2015388807A1/en
Publication of WO2016155021A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016155021A1/zh
Priority to CL2017002486A priority patent/CL2017002486A1/es
Priority to CONC2017/0011275A priority patent/CO2017011275A2/es
Priority to CONC2017/0011274A priority patent/CO2017011274A2/es
Priority to US16/707,599 priority patent/US11287150B2/en
Priority to US16/713,736 priority patent/US11231193B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/30—Control or safety arrangements for purposes related to the operation of the system, e.g. for safety or monitoring
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50—Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/52—Indication arrangements, e.g. displays
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50—Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/56—Remote control
    • F24F11/58—Remote control using Internet communication
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/62—Control or safety arrangements characterised by the type of control or by internal processing, e.g. using fuzzy logic, adaptive control or estimation of values
    • F24F11/63—Electronic processing
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/70—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof
    • F24F11/72—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure
    • F24F11/74—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling air flow rate or air velocity
    • F24F11/77—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling air flow rate or air velocity by controlling the speed of ventilators
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/70—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof
    • F24F11/72—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure
    • F24F11/79—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling the direction of the supplied air
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B15/00—Systems controlled by a computer
    • G05B15/02—Systems controlled by a computer electric
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00—Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02—Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/04—Programme control other than numerical control, i.e. in sequence controllers or logic controllers
    • G05B19/042—Programme control other than numerical control, i.e. in sequence controllers or logic controllers using digital processors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
    • H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
    • H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
    • H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
    • H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
    • H05B47/11—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters by determining the brightness or colour temperature of ambient light
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
    • H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
    • H05B47/175—Controlling the light source by remote control
    • H05B47/19—Controlling the light source by remote control via wireless transmission
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00—Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/10—Temperature
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00—Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/20—Humidity
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00—Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/50—Air quality properties
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2120/00—Control inputs relating to users or occupants
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2120/00—Control inputs relating to users or occupants
    • F24F2120/10—Occupancy
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2120/00—Control inputs relating to users or occupants
    • F24F2120/20—Feedback from users
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00—Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/20—Pc systems
    • G05B2219/26—Pc applications
    • G05B2219/2614—HVAC, heating, ventillation, climate control
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00—Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/20—Pc systems
    • G05B2219/26—Pc applications
    • G05B2219/2642—Domotique, domestic, home control, automation, smart house
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
    • H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
    • H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
    • H05B47/115—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters by determining the presence or movement of objects or living beings
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02B—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
    • Y02B20/00—Energy efficient lighting technologies, e.g. halogen lamps or gas discharge lamps
    • Y02B20/40—Control techniques providing energy savings, e.g. smart controller or presence detection
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02B—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
    • Y02B30/00—Energy efficient heating, ventilation or air conditioning [HVAC]
    • Y02B30/70—Efficient control or regulation technologies, e.g. for control of refrigerant flow, motor or heating

Definitions

  • the present application relates to environmental control systems including various subsystem or mode integration, building environment design and control, data acquisition and analysis, circuit integration, data communication, and intelligent science.
  • the living environment of modern society often relies on the cooperation of various electronic devices, such as lighting control in buildings, installation and use of common electrical appliances (such as refrigerators, televisions, etc.), security systems (such as doorbells, closed-circuit televisions, etc.) , as well as heating and air conditioning systems and more.
  • electronic devices such as lighting control in buildings, installation and use of common electrical appliances (such as refrigerators, televisions, etc.), security systems (such as doorbells, closed-circuit televisions, etc.) , as well as heating and air conditioning systems and more.
  • Most of these electronic devices use physical switches, such as manual switches for electric lights, socket connections for refrigerators, buttons for doorbells, valves for plumbing systems, and switches for air conditioners.
  • the use of physical switches can sometimes cause some inconvenience to people.
  • the environmental control system can include a variety of subsystem or model integration, building environment design and control, data acquisition and analysis, circuit integration, data communications, and intelligent science.
  • the system comprises: a first panel and a second panel.
  • the first panel may include a first sensing module and a first processing module.
  • the first sensing module is capable of acquiring a parameter associated with the first device.
  • the first processing module is capable of determining control of the first device based on at least a portion of the collected data or user input.
  • the first panel can be otherwise (eg, located in the sensor or sensing element of the second panel, outside the system (independent of the system) The sensor or sensing element, etc.) obtains one or more parameters relating to the first device as a basis for determining control of the first device.
  • the second panel can operate independently of the first panel.
  • the second panel can include a first physical regulator.
  • the first physical regulator can control the first device.
  • the first panel can control the first physical regulator.
  • a detachable connection is between the first panel and the second panel.
  • the first panel can also be referred to as a panel.
  • the second panel can also be referred to as a backplane.
  • an environmental control system can also be referred to as a system.
  • the first sensing module of the first panel may include one or more sensors or sensing elements.
  • the first sensing module of the first panel may include an ambient temperature and humidity sensor, a gas component sensor, a motion sensor, a proximity sensor, a photometric sensor capable of sensing ambient light intensity, and the like, and various sensors or sensing elements. Any combination.
  • a motion sensor detects the speed, contour, and distance between the object and the smart switch.
  • the first panel includes an imaging device.
  • the imaging device may have a physical barrier that can be opened or closed.
  • the first panel can include a gateway.
  • the gateway can be a smart gateway. In the present application, the description of the smart gateway can be referred to the description below.
  • the first panel further includes a first communication module.
  • the first panel can communicate with the second device through the first communication module.
  • the first panel can control the second device by communication with the second device.
  • the first panel can collect or acquire parameters or user input regarding the second device, thereby communicating or controlling the second device accordingly. See the description of the first panel for collecting or acquiring parameters or user input regarding the first device.
  • the communication of the first communication module with the second device is through one or more carrier networks.
  • the communication of the first communication module with the second device may be through a wireless network.
  • the first panel comprises a haptic device.
  • the haptic device can be a touch screen.
  • the touch device and the touch screen may be collectively referred to as a touch screen.
  • the first panel can obtain user input through the touch screen.
  • the first panel can display information related to the first device through the touch screen.
  • the user input may be that the user clicks or selects at least a portion of the information associated with the first device displayed on the touch screen.
  • the first panel can display other information through the touch screen.
  • User input can be when the user clicks or selects some or all of the information displayed on the touch screen.
  • User input can be other information or instructions entered by the user.
  • the first panel can pass The first communication module obtains user input (eg, a user's input on a cell phone, computer, television or television remote control that can communicate with the environmental control system, etc.).
  • the second panel includes a second sensing module and/or a second communication module.
  • the second sensing module can be referred to the description of the first sensing module.
  • the second communication module can be referred to the description of the first communication module.
  • an environmental control system includes: a first panel and a second panel.
  • the first panel can be configured to acquire or acquire a parameter or user input associated with the first device.
  • the parameters associated with the first device can be acquired by a sensor or sensing element.
  • the sensor or sensing element can be part of an environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system includes a sensing module that can be part of the sensing module.
  • the sensing module can be part of the first panel or part of the second panel.
  • Parameters associated with the first device may be obtained by other portions or modules of the environmental control system.
  • parameters associated with the first device may be collected and transmitted to the system by sensors or sensing elements outside of the environmental control system (or system independent).
  • User input associated with the first device can be obtained by an input and output device.
  • This input and output device can be a touch screen.
  • the input and output device can be part of an environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system includes a touch screen that can be part of the first panel or part of the second panel.
  • User input associated with the first device may be obtained by other portions or modules of the environmental control system.
  • user input associated with the first device may be acquired and sent to the system by an input/output device outside of the environmental control system (or system independent).
  • the environmental control system can determine control of the first device based on at least a portion of the parameters collected or acquired or user input. This decision can be made by one processor.
  • the processor can be part of an environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system includes a processing module that can be part of the processing module.
  • the processing module can be part of the first panel or part of the second panel.
  • the processor can also be, for example, part of a cloud server.
  • the cloud server can be part of an environmental control system or external to the environmental system (independent of the environmental control system).
  • the second panel can include a first physical regulator.
  • the first physical regulator can control the first device.
  • the first panel can control the first physical regulator to control the first device.
  • a detachable connection is between the first panel and the second panel.
  • the first panel can communicate with or be connected to other devices than the first device Be prepared for control.
  • an environmental control system includes a connector that connects the first panel and the second panel.
  • the second panel further includes a current detecting device that can collect current information and transmit the current information to the first panel.
  • the first physical regulator on the second panel can be a dimmer.
  • an environmental control system further includes a wireless switch that can control the first device through the first panel.
  • an environmental control system further includes a third panel, the third panel includes a second physical regulator, the second physical regulator can control the third device; the first panel can control the The second physical regulator.
  • the third panel further includes one or more modules, such as a third sensing module, a third communication module, a third sensing module, or the like, or one or more modules, or different combinations of multiple modules.
  • the first panel may further communicate through the first communication module and the third panel. Further, the first panel and the third panel are detachably connected.
  • the third panel can also be a simplified switch.
  • a method includes acquiring, by a first panel acquisition, a parameter or user input related to a first device; determining, by the first panel, the parameter according to at least a portion of the acquired parameter or user input Controlling operation of a device; performing a control operation on the first device, wherein controlling the operation of the first device comprises controlling, by the first panel, a first physical regulator, the first physical regulator being controllable independently of the first panel First device.
  • the first panel includes a first sensing module, and a parameter related to the first device is collected by the first sensing module.
  • the first panel includes a touch screen through which user input is obtained.
  • the first physical regulator can also be a dimmer.
  • the first panel further includes a first communication module, and the first panel can communicate with the second device through the first communication module. The first panel can control the second device by communication with the second device.
  • FIG. 1 Schematic diagram of the environmental control system module
  • FIG. 5 Schematic diagram of the processing module
  • FIG. 11 Schematic diagram of the communication module
  • Figure 14 Schematic diagram of the environmental control system
  • FIG. 15 Schematic diagram of the smart switch structure
  • FIG. 16 Schematic diagram of the smart switch structure
  • FIG. 17 Schematic diagram of the intelligent switch connection structure
  • FIG. 18 Schematic diagram of simplified switch structure
  • Figure 19 Schematic diagram of an example of a menu interface
  • Figure 19-A Schematic diagram of an example of a menu interface
  • Figure 19-B Schematic diagram of a menu interface embodiment
  • Figure 19-C Schematic diagram of an example of a menu interface
  • Figure 19-D Schematic diagram of an example of a menu interface
  • Figure 19-E Schematic diagram of an example of a menu interface
  • Figure 20 Schematic diagram of a light control interface embodiment
  • FIG. 21 Schematic diagram of an embodiment of the security mode interface
  • Figure 22 Schematic diagram of the family calendar interface embodiment
  • FIG. 23 Schematic diagram of an energy consumption monitoring interface
  • FIG. 24 Schematic diagram of the weather warning interface
  • Figure 25 Schematic diagram of an embodiment of a video voice call interface
  • FIG. 26 Schematic diagram of the clock interface embodiment
  • Figure 27 Flow chart of an embodiment of the self-learning function
  • Figure 28 Schematic diagram of a panel free combination embodiment
  • Figure 29 Schematic diagram of a mobile device control embodiment
  • Figure 29-A Schematic diagram of the message board interface
  • Figure 29-B Schematic diagram of the message board interface embodiment
  • Figure 30 Schematic diagram of the setup interface embodiment
  • Figure 31 Schematic diagram of intelligent lighting mode selection embodiment
  • Figure 32 Schematic diagram of an embodiment of intelligent lighting mode
  • Figure 33 Schematic diagram of a multi-zone intelligent lighting embodiment
  • Figure 34 Schematic diagram of remote intelligent lighting embodiment
  • Figure 35 Schematic diagram of an intelligent lighting embodiment
  • Figure 36 Schematic diagram of an intelligent switch partner embodiment
  • Figure 37-A An example of a smart switch companion design
  • Figure 37-B An example of a smart switch companion design
  • FIG. 38 Schematic diagram of the security mode embodiment
  • FIG. 39 Schematic diagram of the security mode embodiment
  • Figure 40 Schematic diagram of the security mode embodiment
  • FIG. 41 Schematic diagram of the security mode embodiment
  • Figure 42 Schematic diagram of remote control embodiment of security mode
  • FIG. 43 Schematic diagram of an intelligent ventilation mode embodiment
  • Figure 44 Structure diagram of the intelligent ventilation mode embodiment
  • Figure 45 Schematic diagram of an embodiment of a video voice call mode
  • Figure 46 Schematic diagram of a video voice call network
  • Figure 47 Schematic diagram of a vehicle control embodiment
  • Figure 48 Schematic diagram of an emergency handling embodiment
  • Figure 49 Schematic diagram of an embodiment of the near field communication payment function
  • the environmental control system covered by this specification can be used in a variety of scenarios, such as homes, offices, schools, hospitals, and other private or public places.
  • the environmental control system can control one or more devices, such as lighting, temperature, appliances, or other devices.
  • the environmental control system can have one or more switches.
  • a switch can have two panels, a first panel and a second panel. The first panel and the second panel may be detachable connections, ie the first panel may be repeatedly separated and connected from the second panel.
  • the first panel can have a touch screen.
  • the touch screen can display content for the user as well as user input.
  • the first panel can control one or more devices.
  • the second panel can have one or more physical regulators. A physical regulator can operate independently of the first panel.
  • the environmental control system can be installed in connection with an existing power line or other control line (so that it is not necessary to re-route the environmental control system) to control the power line or other control lines, and At least one device controls.
  • the environmental control system can be connected to an existing power line connected or controlled to achieve lighting control; at the same time, the environmental control system can control one or more other devices in a wired or wireless manner. For example, but not limited to, air conditioners, ceiling fans, lights, televisions, doorbells, camera equipment, or other household appliances.
  • the user can remove the first panel and implement at least the lighting control function through the physical regulator on the second panel.
  • the component 100 includes, but is not limited to, the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, the communication module 140, and the like.
  • the processing module 110 can be used for calculation and main logic judgment of the environmental control system, and coordinate the relationship between the various modules.
  • the processing module 110 can be centralized (integrated on one electronic component) or distributed (by multiple electronic devices).
  • the components work together, either locally (inside the controlled environment) or remotely (outside the controlled environment).
  • the sensing module 120 is mainly used to obtain parameters, variables and the like related to various environmental and environmental control systems.
  • the manner in which the sensing module 120 obtains information may be centralized or distributed, may be local, or may be Remote, which may be wired (by, for example, a cable or fiber optic cable, etc.) may also be wireless (by, for example, radio or optical signals, etc.).
  • the control module 130 is mainly used to control the environment control system and/or the external device.
  • the control may be centralized or distributed, local or remote, and may be wired or It is wireless.
  • the communication module 140 is mainly responsible for communication between the environmental control system, between the environmental control system and the external device, and between the environmental control system and/or the external device and other systems or devices, and the communication mode may be wired or wireless. .
  • the power source 150 generally refers to a device that can provide power, and the power source can be connected in a wired manner or in a wireless manner.
  • connection manners referred to herein and hereinafter may include, but are not limited to, the connection of the power supply circuit or the connection of the signal transmission, etc., and the specific form of the connection manner will be in FIG. 3-B. After the description, it is reflected; the description of the connection method will be applied to the words "connection" or "connection method” as described in the full text.
  • the external device 160 generally refers to various direct or indirect devices related to an environment control system or a device of the environmental control system, which may be local or remote, may be wired or wireless.
  • the processing module 110 is coupled to other modules and/or other devices such as, but not limited to, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140.
  • the connection can be wired or wireless.
  • the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may also be connected to each other, and the respective connection manners may be wired or wireless.
  • the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may have independent power sources, or may share two, two, or more of the same power source.
  • the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may be respectively connected to external devices, and a single external device may be connected to one or more modules, and the connection manner may be wired or wireless.
  • a processing module 110 may be connected to another processing module (not shown), or may be connected to a storage device (not shown) and/or a cloud server (not shown), and the connection manner may be Wired, it can also be wireless.
  • the various modules and devices described above are not required, and those skilled in the art, after understanding the contents and principles of the present application, may perform the system without departing from the principles and structures of the present technology.
  • Various modifications and changes in form and detail may be made in any combination, or the components may be combined with other modules, and such modifications and changes are still within the scope of the claims of the present application.
  • the control module 130 and the communication module 140 shown in FIG. 1 may constitute a subsystem that may be reconnected to the processing module 110 in a wired or wireless manner.
  • each module may be distributed on different electronic components, or more than one module may be integrated on the same electronic component, or the same module may be divided into more than one electronic component.
  • the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 are each a separate chip; or the sensing module 120 and the control module 130 are integrated on the same chip, and the processing module 110 and the communication module 140 Each is a separate chip; or the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, and the control module 130 are each a separate chip, and the communication module 140 distributes different network modules on multiple chips.
  • Step 2 outlines an example of the operational flow of the environmental control system, including the following steps:
  • the environmental information and/or user input information is collected at step 210, and the information data is processed by step 300A and processed by processing module 110 at step 220.
  • the related operations of step 300A will be described in detail later.
  • Step 230 determines, based on the result of the processing of step 220, whether the control modulo 130 block needs to execute the control command. If the control module 130 is not required to execute the control command, or although the control module 130 needs to execute the command, but some or all of the data still needs to be stored, then the data is stored through steps 300B and 240; if the control command needs to be executed, the system may perform step 250.
  • step 300B and step 300B' After being stored in steps 300B' and 260, the process returns to step 210.
  • the operations related to step 300B and step 300B' will be described in detail later.
  • the stored data can be further transmitted to an external device (not shown) through a wired or wireless connection, or can be further used by the system for mode analysis and learning (not shown).
  • the description herein is only the main process of a specific embodiment, and should not be regarded as the only embodiment. The various steps are not necessary, and the whole process and its specific steps are not limited to the figure and the above. description of.
  • step 210 detects and/or detects the current room temperature, and then performs step 300A to extract local weather information from the cloud server, and then connects the communication module 140 to push the notification to the user to predict possible weather warnings and the like.
  • step 230 a determination is made by step 230 based on the user's preferences or settings for room temperature and the air conditioning and air outlets are driven by step 250 to adjust the room temperature, and then the relevant data is stored by steps 300B' and 260.
  • the room temperature is brought to a comfortable temperature by repeatedly performing steps 210, 220, 300A, 230, 250, 300B' and 260, and finally steps 300B and 240 are performed to store the relevant data.
  • the collected information described in step 210 includes the meaning of detecting (single or multiple execution of the collection task) and/or monitoring (continuous execution of the collection task), and the process may be run one or more times, It can be run for a certain period of time or at all times.
  • the environmental control system may have a self-learning function to learn the user's work schedule or activity habits through user commands and/or at least a portion of the stored data received by the environmental control system, and generate models to adjust related environments (such as temperature, lighting, etc.). Or control.
  • Step 300A determines whether to perform steps 350, 360, and 370 through the three decision flows 310, 320, and 330. Which steps The 350 stores and reads data or other information by connecting a storage device such as, but not limited to, a common type of storage device such as a hard disk, a flash memory, a magnetic tape, an optical drive, a cloud storage device, and the like.
  • the storage device may be internal to the environmental control system or an external device of the environmental control system.
  • the connection mode of the storage device may be wired or wireless.
  • Step 360 connects to the cloud server for reading and writing data or other information.
  • the cloud server can be owned by the environment control system or a third-party commercial server outside the environment control system.
  • Step 370 cooperates with the communication module 140 to perform control of the environment by the environmental control system, communication between the user and the user, or the user and the environmental control system in addition to the function of reading and writing data.
  • Communication generally refers to one-way or two-way acquisition of signals, which may include, but are not limited to, instructions, encoding, numbers, text, pictures, sound, and video.
  • the description herein is only the main process of a specific embodiment, and should not be regarded as the only embodiment.
  • the various steps are not necessary, and the whole process and its specific steps are not limited to the figure and the above. description of.
  • the execution sequence of steps 350, 360 may be as shown in FIG.
  • step 370 may be performed before the steps 350 and 360 are performed to establish a connection with the communication module 140.
  • Steps 310, 320, and 330 can be performed in steps, or simultaneously. It will be obvious to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes in form and detail may be made to the process without departing from the principles and the structure of the invention. These modifications and variations are still within the scope of the appended claims. Illustrated in Figure 3-B is an embodiment of steps 300B and 300B'.
  • Steps 300B and 300B' add step 380 to create a temporary file on the basis of step 300A, that is, when the storage device is not required to be read or written, the cloud data does not need to be read or written, and communication is not required, the environmental control system can establish a temporary The file is ready for use.
  • the environmental control system can be driven by a single or multiple power sources that provide the energy that the environmental control system operates, while the power supply generally refers to different embodiments that provide energy.
  • the types of power sources described below are only partially applicable embodiments and do not include all embodiments that may be applicable to the control system.
  • the power source includes but is not limited to an external power source, an internal battery, and a power generation device that is included in the environmental control system.
  • External AC power is common but not limited to household or industrial AC power. Further, different countries or regions have different requirements for the voltage and frequency of household AC, such as but not limited to: 120V and 60Hz for the United States and Canada, 220V to 240V and 50Hz for European countries, and 230V for Australia and New Zealand.
  • connection between the environmental control system and the household alternating current may be through an internal wire connection or a standard plug connection.
  • the wire connection between the environmental control system and the household alternating current can be referred to, but not limited to, the following standards: US standards UL244A, UL514A, UL514B, UL514C, UL514D, CSA C22.2No.177, and NFPA70, and the European standard IEC/EN 61058- 1. IEC/EN 61347-2-11 and IEC/EN 61347-1, etc., Australian Standards AS/NZS3123, AS/NZS3131, AS/NZS60320.1 and AS/NZS60320.2.2, etc., Japanese Standard JIS C 8281-2- 1st, Chinese standard GB16915.1, GB16915.2, GB16915.3 and EN60669.
  • Standards for connection using standard plugs are, but are not limited to, the standard socket representations for some of the countries listed in Figure 4-A.
  • 400A and 400B are sockets commonly used in the United States, Canada, and Japan.
  • the 400A sockets used in the United States and Canada are also polarized (one big and one small).
  • the sockets shown in 400C and 400F are used in many countries in Europe, and 400G is used in the United Kingdom.
  • Sockets, Oceania uses the sockets shown in 400I in many countries, while China uses the sockets shown in 400A, 400I, and 400G.
  • Figure 4-B shows an example of a portion of a junction box, such as a single junction box shown at 410, a dual junction box shown at 420, three junction boxes as shown at 430, and four junction boxes shown at 440.
  • the voltages, frequencies, household power standards, outlet specifications, and junction box examples listed above are just a few examples for ease of explanation. Other types of voltage, frequency, household power standards, outlet specifications, and junction box examples are also applicable to environmental control systems.
  • the power supply can also be wirelessly connected to the environmental control system, for example, by inductive coupling, energy can be transferred from the power source to the control system.
  • the technology also transfers energy to the battery to supply the control system for operation.
  • the environmental control system can also use a battery (or battery) as a power source, and the battery can be, but is not limited to, a disposable battery or a rechargeable battery.
  • the types of batteries are but not limited to lead-acid batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries, nickel-hydrogen batteries, lithium-ion batteries, fuel cells, zinc-manganese batteries, alkaline manganese batteries, lithium batteries, mercury batteries, and zinc-mercury batteries. Of course, the type of battery can also be other types. If a rechargeable battery is used, the battery can be charged through an environmental control system The interface can also be used to take out the battery, or use wireless charging technology.
  • a power plant can also be integrated into the environmental control system, that is, embodiments of some environmental control systems can include one or more or one or more sets of power plants at the same time.
  • the types of energy used to generate electricity are, but are not limited to, coal, petroleum and its products, water, wind, geothermal, biogas, and solar.
  • the type of energy is not limited to the above, and other energy types can also be used for power generation in the environmental control system, such as waste incineration heat.
  • Wired connections include, but are not limited to, the use of metal cables, optical cables, or hybrid cables of metal and optics, such as: coaxial cable, communication cable, flexible cable, spiral cable, non-metallic sheath cable, metal sheath cable, multi-core Cables, twisted pair cables, ribbon cables, shielded cables, telecommunications cables, twinax cables, parallel twin conductors, and twisted pairs.
  • wired connection medium may be other types, for example, transmission signals of other electrical signals or optical signals.
  • Wireless connections include, but are not limited to, radio communications, free space optical communications, acoustic communications, and electromagnetic induction.
  • radio communication includes, but is not limited to, IEEE 802.11 series standards, IEEE 802.15 series standards (such as Bluetooth technology and ZigBee technology), first generation mobile communication technologies, second generation mobile communication technologies (such as FDMA, TDMA, SDMA, CDMA, and SSMA, etc., general packet radio service technology, third generation mobile communication technologies (such as CDMA2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, and WiMAX), fourth generation mobile communication technologies (such as TD-LTE and FDD-LTE, etc.), satellite communications (eg GPS technology, etc.) and other technologies operating in the ISM band (eg 2.4 GHz, etc.); free-space optical communications include, but are not limited to, visible light, infrared signals, etc.; acoustic communications include but are not limited to sound waves , ultrasonic signals, etc.; electromagnetic induction includes but is not limited to near field communication technology
  • wirelessly connected medium may be of other types, for example, Z-wave technology, Bluetooth low energy (BLE) technology, 433 MHz communication protocol band, other charging civil radio bands, and military use. Radio frequency band, etc.
  • BLE Bluetooth low energy
  • connection mode can be used in a single mode or in a plurality of connection modes in the environment control system. In the process of combining different connection modes, the corresponding gateway device needs to be used to achieve information interaction.
  • Individual modules can also be integrated to implement the functionality of more than one module on the same device or electronic component.
  • External devices may also be integrated on the implementation device or electronic component of one or more modules, and single or multiple modules may also be integrated on a single or multiple external devices or electronic components.
  • Processing module 110 includes one or more processors 512.
  • Processing module 110 can be coupled to storage device 520 and other modules 530.
  • the storage device 520 may also be included in the processing module 110.
  • the processing module 110 may be selectively connected to other one or more processing modules 110-1, 110-2, and 110-N, or may not be connected to other processing modules.
  • the processing module 110 can also be connected to the cloud server 540 through other modules 530.
  • Storage device 520 and/or cloud server 540 may be part of an environmental control system or a device external to the environmental control system.
  • storage device 520 or cloud server 540 can be provided by a third party. All connections mentioned here can be wired or wireless.
  • the connection relationship of the processing module 110 to the surrounding devices is not limited to that shown in FIG. 5.
  • the one or more processors 512 in the processing module 110 may be integrated on the same electronic component or may be combined by multiple electronic components.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the operation flow of the processing module 110 or the processing function, and the flow described in the figure is only one example.
  • the processing system may obtain information from other modules, storage device 520, or cloud server 540, and step 620 analyzes the acquired information.
  • Step 630 will give a determination as to whether other modules are needed, or connect external devices via other modules to perform corresponding actions. If a response is required, step 680 is performed to compare the parameters and 690 to the relevant module.
  • the parameters herein generally refer to any data that can be compared with the collected data, such as, but not limited to, preset values, thresholds, reference values. , or predicted values, etc.
  • step 640 is performed to collect the collected data
  • step 650 establishes a model based on the collected data, previously stored data, and other parameters
  • step 660 stores the data.
  • the processing function of the processing module 110 may include more steps, and the same as shown in FIG. 6 may be omitted. Any one or more steps. For example, when the processing module 110 processes the "open door" command, the two steps of counting 640 and building the model 650 can be skipped. For another example, step 680 can be omitted. If step 630 gives a determination that a response needs to be made, step 690 is executed to issue an instruction to the associated module.
  • All data such as but not limited to user instructions, data detected and/or monitored by the sensing module 120, and data stored in the cloud server 540, etc., are collected and processed via the processing module 110, and are selectively stored.
  • the storage device 520 and the cloud server 540 are entered for the processing module 110 to read and analyze.
  • the storage device 520 referred to herein generally refers to all media that can read and/or write information, such as but not limited to random access memory (RAM) and read only memory (ROM).
  • RAM is, but not limited to, decimal counting tube, counting tube, delay line memory, Williams tube, dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), thyristor random access memory (T-RAM), and zero.
  • ROM Capacitor random access memory
  • Z-RAM Capacitor random access memory
  • ROM is but not limited to: bubble memory, magnetic button line memory, thin film memory, magnetic plate line memory, magnetic core memory, drum memory, optical disk drive, hard disk, tape, early Non-volatile memory (NVRAM), phase change memory, magnetoresistive random access memory, ferroelectric random access memory, nonvolatile SRAM, flash memory, electronic erase rewritable read only memory, erasable programmable read only Memory, programmable read-only memory, shielded heap read memory, floating connection gate random access memory, nano random access memory, track memory, variable resistive memory, and programmable metallization cells.
  • NVRAM Non-volatile memory
  • NVRAM Non-volatile memory
  • phase change memory magnetoresistive random access memory
  • ferroelectric random access memory ferroelectric random access memory
  • nonvolatile SRAM flash memory
  • electronic erase rewritable read only memory erasable programmable read only Memory
  • Cloud storage is part of cloud computing. It connects one or more groups of remote servers mainly through the Internet, and implements several kinds of storage and processing of data.
  • the cloud computing model used in the environmental control system can be public, personal, or both.
  • the user's personal information, data acquired in the home or work environment, and corresponding parameters can be stored and calculated in the personal cloud.
  • the so-called personal cloud needs to perform a certain degree of identification during the reading and writing process, and some of them, for example, the weather.
  • Data such as information can come from public clouds.
  • the processing module 110 selects to read data in the personal cloud and the public cloud.
  • cloud computing can also be used in data processing and analysis.
  • the processing module 110 receives the data, the data may be subjected to the statistics of step 640 and step 650.
  • the above examples are mainly based on the analysis and modeling of personal clouds and other collected data.
  • the information provided by the public cloud can be combined to build a more complete model.
  • analyzing the user's life or work habits allowing the user to automate the environmental control with less or minimal instructions; through this learning, the environmental control system is found to be abnormal (such as sudden weather changes, user health risks) , security risks, and illegal intrusions, etc., can take corresponding measures; can also simulate the user's use of electrical appliances at any time, even if the user is not at home or the company to reduce safety hazards.
  • Statistical analysis and modeling of data is not limited to these methods and uses. For example, such statistics and analysis of data can also establish an artificial intelligence system using cloud server 540 and big data, etc., which can analyze user actions and interaction with users.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic illustration of the sensing module 120 in an environmental control system.
  • Sensing module 120 includes one or more sensors 711-1, 711-2, 711-N, and the like.
  • the sensing module 120 is in turn coupled to other modules 720 and external devices 160.
  • the sensors 711-1, 711-2, 711-N, etc. may also be external devices, or one component or electronic component of the external device.
  • FIG. 7 is only one embodiment of the internal structure of the sensing module 120 and the surrounding structure.
  • the sensing module 120 may also have different structures and be connected to other surrounding devices; and the connection manner here may be wired or wireless.
  • the sensing module 120 may be a plurality of sensors 711-1, 711-2, and 711-N integrated on the same electronic component, or may be multiple electronic components (each including one or more sensors 711-1, 711-2). Or 711-N, etc.) combined.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of the sensing module 120 or the sensing function. After the sensors 711-1, 711-2, and 711-N and the like detect and/or detect the change in step 810, step 820 is performed to report the change to the processing module 110, and then, according to the judgment of step 830, if the command is received, The execution of the instruction 840 ends the process, and if the instruction is not received, the process is directly terminated. While FIG. 8 is only one embodiment of the flow that the sensing module 120 can perform, the function of the sensing module 120 is not limited thereto.
  • the transmission content may be an environment or a human change detected by the sensing module 120 and/or monitored; when the processing module 110 transmits to the sensing module 120, the content may be some action. Commands and the like, for example, controlling the angle of the imaging device, the switch of the infrared security mode, and the like. In some cases (such as, but not limited to, failure of the processing module 110 or connection to the processing module 110, etc.), the sensing module 120 may also pass through the processing module 110 directly to the control module 130, the communication module 140, or the external device 160. One or more connections and data exchange.
  • sensors 711-1, 711-2, and 711-N, etc. internal or external to the environmental control system, transmit and/or detect data to the communication module 140 of the environmental control system by sending a wire or The wireless signal sends the data to the processing module 110.
  • the types of data that one or more of the sensors 711-1, 711-2, and 711-N can acquire include, but are not limited to, physical data, chemical data, and biological data.
  • physical data includes but is not limited to: sound, light, time, weight, proximity, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed and acceleration, inhalable particles, radiation, text, images, touch, pupil, fingerprint, and the like.
  • Chemical data includes, but is not limited to, air pollutants, water pollutants, carbon monoxide concentrations, carbon dioxide concentrations, and the like.
  • Biological data includes, but is not limited to, blood pressure, heart rate, blood glucose, insulin, and the like of an organism. The above examples are for convenience of description only, and the detectable and/or monitored data is not limited thereto.
  • the gas composition sensor 1329 can detect and/or monitor various gases in the surrounding environment, including but Not limited to carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen, ammonia, etc.
  • the gas component sensor 1329 includes, but is not limited to, a semiconductor gas sensor, an electrochemical gas sensor, a catalytic combustion gas sensor, a thermal conductivity gas sensor, an infrared gas sensor, a solid electrolyte Gas sensor, etc.
  • Gas composition sensor 1329 (see Figure 13A-13D) package These include, but are not limited to, enzyme sensors, microbial sensors, cell sensors, tissue sensors, immunosensors, bioelectrode sensors, semiconductor biosensors, photobiosensors, thermal biosensors, piezoelectric crystal sensors, and the like. Gas composition sensor 1329 can detect and/or monitor various biological sign information including, but not limited to, blood glucose, heartbeat, expression, age, pupil, hair style, odor, microorganisms, allergens, and the like. It should be noted that the above description of the gas composition sensor 1329 is for ease of understanding only. In terms of physical composition, the gas component sensor 1329 can also be divided into a plurality of independent sensors, namely a gas sensor and a bio pheromone sensor.
  • a gas composition sensor 1329 can detect and/or monitor a gas component; in some embodiments, a gas component sensor 1329 can detect and/or detect multiple gas components.
  • the above data types are only examples for convenience of explanation.
  • the types of data that the sensing module 120 can acquire include other types, such as the user's emotions and magnetic fields. Further, the devices and methods for detecting and/or monitoring the above data also include many types.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor sound include, but are not limited to, microphones and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor light include, but are not limited to, illuminance sensors, ambient light sensors, and the like.
  • photosensitive elements in the ambient light and proximity sensor 1323 including, but not limited to, photoresistors, photodiodes, phototransistors, silicon photocells, and the like.
  • the light sensitive element converts the ambient light condition into an electrical signal, and the ambient light and proximity sensor 1323 can sense ambient light conditions by processing the electrical signal.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor time include, but are not limited to, mechanical watches, electronic watches, and the like.
  • Equipment that can detect and/or monitor weight includes, but is not limited to, spring scales, electronic scales, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor proximity include, but are not limited to, electromagnetic field transceivers and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor position include, but are not limited to, microwave ranging, passive infrared range finder, ultrasonic range finder, tomographic range finder, and the like.
  • microwave ranging passive infrared range finder
  • ultrasonic range finder ultrasonic range finder
  • tomographic range finder and the like.
  • the motion sensor 1326 applies the principle of microwave ranging, firstly, microwaves are sent to the surroundings, and when the microwave encounters an object that cannot be circumvented, reflection occurs, and the motion sensor 1326 can receive the reflected microwaves. Determine the distance of the object. By continuously receiving the reflected back microwaves, motion sensor 1326 can identify whether the object is moving.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor temperature include, but are not limited to, resistance thermometers, silicon bandgap temperature sensors, infrared thermometers, thermistor thermometers, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor humidity include, but are not limited to, capacitive humidity sensors, resistive humidity sensors, thermal conductivity humidity sensors, gravimetric hygrometers, and the like.
  • Equipment that can detect and/or monitor pressure includes, but is not limited to, barometers, pressure gauges, pressure sensors, pressure gauges, MacLeod pressure gauges, boosters, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor current include, but are not limited to, rotating coil ammeters, rotating iron ammeters, thermocouple ammeters, hot wire ammeters, digital ammeters, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor speed and acceleration include, but are not limited to, microwave speedometers, photoelectric flow sensors, photoelectric wind speed sensors, photoelectric vehicle speed sensors, magnetoelectric vehicle speed sensors, Hall-type vehicle speed sensors, and the like.
  • Equipment that can detect and/or monitor inhalable particulate matter includes, but is not limited to, Beta rays, and micro-oscillation.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor radiation include, but are not limited to, an exposure meter, a pyranometer, a Geiger counter, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor text include, but are not limited to, mechanical keyboards, conductive rubber keyboards, contactless capacitive keyboards, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor images include, but are not limited to, optical cameras and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor tactile sensations include, but are not limited to, tactile sensors and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor iris or fingerprint include, but are not limited to, optical recognition, capacitive sensors, bio-RF, digital optical recognition, and the like.
  • Equipment that can detect and/or monitor air and water contaminants includes, but is not limited to, chemical reagents, pH monitors, conductivity meters, dissolved oxygen monitors, turbidimeters, and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor microorganisms include, but are not limited to, biological toxicity meters and the like.
  • Devices that can detect and/or monitor allergens include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent antibodies, gold-labeled assay cards, polymerase chain reaction, and adenosine monophosphate (ATP) assays.
  • enzyme-linked immunosorbent antibodies include, but are not limited to, gold-labeled assay cards, polymerase chain reaction, and adenosine monophosphate (ATP) assays.
  • ATP adenosine monophosphate
  • the identification of the identity of the moving object includes, but is not limited to, the size of the recognized object, the moving speed and the moving mode, etc.; the recognition of the sound includes but is not limited to the recognition frequency, the amplitude (loudness), and the rhythm, etc.; the recognition of the image includes but is not limited to The subject of the image, the person's appearance, age, height, race, and size within the image; the recognition of the touch includes, but is not limited to, the force, the force position, the direction of the force, the force duration, the force interval, and the force Change direction and size, etc.
  • the above examples of data identification are only for convenience of description, and there are many identifiable data, such as the identity of the moving object and the emotion of the user.
  • the above-mentioned instruments and measurement parameters that can be used are exemplified, and there are many other devices and methods that can be used to achieve the sensing effect.
  • the detected and/or monitored data can be identified and compared to a reference value, reference interval, threshold, preset or predicted value.
  • One sensor can sense one or more items, and embodiments of the following sensors can be used as a reference. Multiple sensors may also be integrated into the sensing module 120, or external device 160 on. These embodiments are, for example, a touch screen that recognizes text input and gestures, as well as passwords and the like; a camera with a microphone that captures still or animated images and sounds; and an integrated microwave, infrared and thermal technology
  • the system can collect and judge the movement of people, animals and other objects; a light detection system can detect and/or monitor the intensity, time, visibility, light switch, etc. of the sun; a physical switch, through the detection and Or) monitor the user's physical changes to the switch to achieve the adjustment of the light.
  • a sensor can continuously perform detection and/or monitoring functions (such as 24/7 detection and/or monitoring), or perform detection and/or monitoring functions at regular intervals (for example, every 1 minute, every 2 minutes, etc.
  • the detection and/or monitoring functions are performed when activated or activated (eg, activated according to user real-time input or preset instructions, or activated due to relevant environmental data exceeding a preset threshold, etc.).
  • Each sensor can work relatively independently. For example, the data detected by each sensor and/or monitored, the time, and communication with other modules of the environmental control system can be done independently.
  • the above embodiments are only a few possible cases of the sensing module, and the functions of the sensing module are not limited thereto.
  • the processing module 110 can also acquire or process detected and/or monitored data from other external sensors or sensing devices.
  • the environmental control system can take pictures taken by the wireless camera and process the pictures to determine if any subsequent actions are needed.
  • the user uses a blood glucose meter that is independent of or not in the environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system can obtain blood glucose information about the user on the blood glucose meter, and can separately process the blood sugar information or combine other related information in the environmental control system. (for example, historical data on user health, doctor's diagnosis or treatment plan, etc.) to determine if any subsequent actions are required.
  • FIG. 9 depicts the structure and surrounding equipment of the control module 130 in the environmental control system.
  • the control module 130 includes one or more controllers 911-1, 911-2, 911-N, and the like. Control module 130 is in turn coupled to other modules 920 and external device 160.
  • the controllers 911-1, 911-2, 911-N, and the like may also be external devices, or one component or electronic component of the external device.
  • FIG. 9 is only one embodiment of the internal structure and surrounding structure of the control module 130.
  • the control module 130 may have different structures and be connected to other peripheral devices; and the connection manner here may be Line or wireless.
  • the control module 130 may be a plurality of controllers 911-1, 911-2, and 911-N, etc. integrated on the same electronic component, or may be multiple electronic components (each including one or more controllers 911-1, 911) -2 or 911-N, etc.) combined.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram of the control module 130 or control functions. Step 1010 determines whether the processing module 110 issues an instruction. If there is an instruction that needs to be executed, step 1020 is performed; if there is no instruction, step 1030 is executed, and the process starts. FIG. 10 is only one embodiment of a flow that the control module 130 can perform, and the functions of the control module 130 are not limited thereto.
  • the transmission content may be some action instruction or the like; when the control module 130 transmits to the processing module 110, the transmission content may be a report of the completion action, a request execution action, an error, and the like.
  • the control module 130 may also bypass the processing module 110 and directly connect to the sensing module 120, the communication module 140, and the external device 160. And exchange data.
  • the processing module 110 transmits signals to the controllers 911-1, 911-2, 911-N, etc., internal or external to the environmental control system through the communication module 140, thereby to the controllers 911-1, 911-2. And 911-N and other orders.
  • the controllers 911-1, 911-2, 911-N, and the like may be internal to the control module 130 or may be mounted on the external device 160. In the process of control, a single controller can perform tasks, or multiple controllers can coordinate execution tasks.
  • the content that can be controlled is, but not limited to, direct control of current, control of motors and computer equipment, and the like.
  • the direct control current includes, but is not limited to, controlling the power-on and power-off and power supply current of the external device, for example, controlling the power-off and power supply current of the heater and the compressor in the air-conditioning system, and controlling the power-off and power supply current of the light.
  • Control the power-off and power supply current of the refrigerator refrigeration system control the power-off and power supply current of the hot water boiler, control the power-off and power supply current of the electric furnace, control the power-off and power supply current of the microwave oven, and control the power-off of the oven.
  • Electricity and supply current control the power-off and power supply current of the coffee machine, control the power-off and power supply current of the washing machine, control the power-off and power supply current of the dishwasher, control the power-off and power supply current of the dryer, Control the power-off and power supply current of the multimedia equipment, control the power-off and power supply current of the camera equipment, control the power-off and power-off current of the sound-receiving facility, control the power-off and power supply current of the storage device, and control the power-off of the alarm device. Electricity and supply current, control the power-off and power-off of the ignition device of the car.
  • controllable current may also include other aspects, such as the current of the network device and the current of the anti-theft system.
  • the control motor includes, but is not limited to, controlling the switching of the motor, displacement, speed, acceleration, rotation angle, angular velocity, angular acceleration, etc., for example, controlling the opening and closing of the gas supply valve of the gas stove, controlling the locking of the door and window and No, control the switching amplitude of the vent, control the switching amplitude of the smoke alarm, control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the curtain, control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the safety guardrail, control the opening size of the exhaust fan, the rotational speed of the blade and the acceleration Control the valve switch of the fire sprinkler, control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the boiler inlet and outlet valves, control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the heating valve, control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the water storage and discharge of the bathtub, and control the pool storage
  • the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the water discharge control control the switching amplitude, speed and acceleration of the water storage and discharge of the toilet, and control the stopping position, lifting speed and acceleration of the elevator.
  • the examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable motor may also include other aspects such as movement of an electric toy and movement of a home robot.
  • Computer equipment includes, but is not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices, such as: controlling personal desktops, controlling personal laptops, controlling PDAs, controlling tablets, controlling mobile terminals, and controlling smart televisions.
  • the examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable motor may also include other aspects such as an intelligent theft prevention system and an in-vehicle electronic system.
  • FIG 11 shows the structure and surrounding equipment of the communication module 140 in the environmental control system.
  • the communication module 140 includes one or more signal input devices 1111, one or more gateways 1112, and one or more signal output devices 1113.
  • Gateway 1112 may be, for example but not limited to, one or more inter-network connectors, one or more protocol converters, or one or more intelligent gateways or the like.
  • the intelligent gateway includes but is not limited to one or more network modules, for example, a Bluetooth module, a wireless local area network module, a ZigBee module, a GPRS module, a satellite GPS module, a near field communication module, and other 2.4 GHz band modules. .
  • the intelligent gateway may also include but is not limited to one or more network devices, such as a Bluetooth network device, a router, a ZigBee network device, a carrier network device, a satellite GPS device, a payment and pairing device, and other support. Equipment in the 2.4 GHz band, etc.
  • Network modules and network devices can support The communication method is not limited to the above, and may be other methods such as those described above, and details are not described herein.
  • the communication module 140 can also be coupled to the external device 160, and to other modules 1130, as well as to selected and other communication modules 140-1, 140-2, and 140-N, and the like. 11 is only one embodiment of the internal structure and surrounding structure of the communication module 140.
  • the communication module 140 may have a different structure and be connected to other peripheral devices; and the connection manner here may be wired or wireless.
  • the communication module 140 may be a plurality of communication protocols, network modules, and/or network devices integrated on the same electronic component, or may be multiple electronic components (each including one or more communication protocols, network modules, and/or networks). Equipment) combined.
  • Figure 12 depicts a flow diagram of a communication module 140 or communication function in an environmental control system.
  • Step 1210 determines whether the processing module 110 issues an instruction regarding communication. If the instruction is not issued, step 1250 is performed and the process returns to the beginning; if the instruction is issued, step 1220 is performed to establish communication, 1230 turns on the related device, and 1240 transmits data. While FIG. 12 is only one embodiment of a flow that the communication module 140 can perform, the function of the communication module 140 is not limited thereto.
  • the transmitted content may be a command for connecting communication, or other information that needs to be transmitted outward; when the communication module 140 transmits to the processing module 110, the transmitted content may be the obtained input information, and External communication request, etc.
  • the communication module 140 may also pass over the processing module 110 directly with the sensing module 120, the control module 130, other communication modules 140 or One or more of the external devices 160 are connected and exchange data.
  • connection of the communication module 140 to other communication modules 140 in the outside or environmental control system may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • Wired connections include, but are not limited to, the use of metal cables, optical cables, or hybrid cables of metal and optics, such as: coaxial cable, communication cable, flexible cable, spiral cable, non-metallic sheath cable, metal sheath cable, multi-core Cables, twisted pair cables, ribbon cables, shielded cables, telecommunications cables, twinax cables, parallel twin conductors, and twisted pairs.
  • the examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the wired connection medium may be other types, for example, transmission signals of other electrical signals or optical signals.
  • Wireless connections include, but are not limited to, radio communications, free space optical communications, acoustic communications, and electromagnetic induction.
  • radio communication includes, but is not limited to, the IEEE 802.11 series of standards, the IEEE 802.15 series of standards (such as Bluetooth technology and Zigbee technology, etc., first-generation mobile communication technology, second-generation mobile communication technologies (such as FDMA, TDMA, SDMA, CDMA, and SSMA), general packet radio service technology, third-generation mobile communication technology (such as CDMA2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, and WiMAX, etc., fourth-generation mobile communication technologies (such as TD-LTE and FDD-LTE, etc.), satellite communications (such as GPS technology, etc.), and others operating in the ISM band (for example, 2.4 GHz, etc.)
  • free-space optical communication includes but is not limited to visible light, infrared signals, etc.
  • acoustic communication includes but is not limited to sound waves, ultrasonic signals, etc.
  • the wirelessly connected medium may be of other types, such as Z-wave technology, Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) technology, 433 MHz communication protocol band, and other charging civil radio bands and military. Radio frequency band, etc.
  • BLE Bluetooth Low Energy
  • the device for communication may be an internal module of the environmental control system, an external personal device, an external public device, or the like.
  • the internal modules of the environmental control system include, but are not limited to, the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and other communication modules 140.
  • Other related devices of the communication module 140 include, but are not limited to, a camera device, a microphone, a display, a touch screen, and the like.
  • the examples described above are for convenience of explanation only, and the internal modules of the environmental control system may also include other devices such as an alarm system and a reminder system.
  • External personal devices include, but are not limited to, wireless devices or wired devices.
  • external personal device may also include other devices such as kitchen appliances and bathroom appliances with communication functions.
  • External public devices include, but are not limited to, wireless devices or wired devices.
  • public security network equipment Internet equipment
  • other people's personal desktop computers other people's personal laptops, other people's handheld computers (PDAs)
  • PDAs personal portable assistants
  • other people's tablets other people's mobile terminals, others' in-vehicle communication systems
  • public servers and clouds Server 540, etc.
  • the external public device may also include other devices, such as the communication module 140 in the environmental control system of other users inside the group, and the like.
  • the tasks that the communication module 140 can perform are, for example, but not limited to, implementing communication between the plurality of communication modules 140 in the environmental control system, implementing communication between the environmental control system and the mobile device, and implementing communication between the environmental control system and the intelligent device of the motor vehicle to implement the environment. Control system and Internet communication, etc. Further, the communication module 140 can execute video power inside the environmental control system. Words, communicate with mobile phones, drive and control cars, get information from the Internet, etc.
  • the communication module 140 can perform include: video and/or telephone inside the home environment (such as between upstairs and downstairs and between different rooms); downloading store discount information and other local life from the Internet; The information is pushed to the user through internal components of the system or mobile device, and the user can further download and use the local living information through communication technologies such as, but not limited to, near field communication technology.
  • FIGS 13-A, 13-B, 13-C, and 13-D are based on several embodiments of the various modules described above. It should be noted that the modules in the environmental control system may be in other different manifestations and are not limited to the several embodiments described below.
  • FIG. 13-A, 13-B, 13-C, and 13-D each have a processing module 110, a sensing module 120, a control module 130, a communication module 140, an external device 160, and a power module 1350.
  • Figures 13-A and 13-C represent the modular construction of two smart switches.
  • Figures 13-B and 13-D represent the modular construction of two simplified smart switches (hereinafter simply referred to as simplified switches).
  • the processing module 110 in FIG. 13-A includes, but is not limited to, a storage device 1313, a processor A 1311, a processor B 1312, and the like.
  • the processor A 1311 is further connected to the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 includes but is not limited to the sound sensor 1321, the temperature and humidity sensor 1322, the ambient light and proximity sensor 1323, the current sensor 1324, the user interface 1325, the motion sensor 1326, and the image sensor.
  • One or more of the sensors 1327 (such as but not limited to imaging devices), fingerprint sensor 1328, and gas information sensor 1329 are coupled.
  • the examples of these sensing modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the sensing module 120 may also include other sensors as described above for the sensing module 120.
  • the processor A 1311 is connected to an external device such as an audio 1363, an alarm 1364, and a near field communication tag 1365.
  • the processor A 1311 is also connected to the communication module 140, wherein the communication module includes but is not limited to one of a wireless network module, a Bluetooth module, a GPRS module, a near field read/write module, a ZigBee module, and other 2.4 GHz modules. Multiple.
  • the examples of one or more modules such as these communication modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the communication module 140 may also include other communication methods as described above for the communication module 140.
  • the communication module 140 is further connected to the network device 1340, which includes but is not limited to a router, a Bluetooth network device, and a carrier network.
  • the example of network device 1340 is for convenience of description only, and may be other forms, such as satellite positioning devices and the like.
  • the router can be connected to the wireless device 1341; the carrier network device can be connected to the SIM card 1342.
  • the SIM card is in turn connected to processor A 1311.
  • the processor A 1311 is connected to the processor B 1312, and the processor B 1312 is connected to the input device 1320, the control module 130, and the like.
  • Control module 130 includes, but is not limited to, one or more switches, dimmers 1331.
  • the switch and dimmer 1331 are connected to the power source 1361 in the external device 160 through the power module 1350; at the same time, the external device lamp 1362 can be controlled to be connected. On the other hand, the switch and dimmer 1331 are also connected to the current sensor 1324.
  • the processing module 110 in FIG. 13-B includes, but is not limited to, a storage device 1313, a processor 1310, and the like.
  • the processor 1310 is further connected to the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 includes but is not limited to an input device 1320, an acoustic sensor 1321, a temperature and humidity sensor 1322, an ambient light and proximity sensor 1323, a current sensor 1324, a motion sensor 1326, and an image sensor 1327.
  • One or more sensors (such as, but not limited to, an imaging device), a fingerprint sensor 1328, and a gas information sensor 1329 are connected.
  • the examples of these sensing modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the sensing module 120 may also include other sensors as described above for the sensing module 120.
  • the processor 1310 is connected to an external device such as an audio 1363, an alarm 1364, and a near field communication tag 1365.
  • the processor 1310 is also coupled to the communication module 140, wherein the communication module includes but is not limited to one or more of a wireless network module, a Bluetooth module, a GPRS module, a near field read/write module, a ZigBee module, and other 2.4 GHz modules.
  • the communication module includes but is not limited to one or more of a wireless network module, a Bluetooth module, a GPRS module, a near field read/write module, a ZigBee module, and other 2.4 GHz modules.
  • the communication module 140 may also include other communication methods as described above for the communication module 140.
  • the communication module 140 is in turn coupled to a network device 1340 that includes, but is not limited to, one or more of a router, a Bluetooth network device, a carrier network device, a payment, a pairing device, a ZigBee network device, and the like.
  • the example of network device 1340 is for convenience of description only, and may be other forms, such as satellite positioning devices and the like.
  • the router can be connected to the wireless device 1341; the carrier network device can be connected to the SIM card 1342.
  • the SIM card is in turn coupled to processor 1310.
  • the processor 1310 is in turn connected to the control module 130 and the like.
  • Control module 130 includes, but is not limited to, one or more switches, dimmers 1331.
  • the switch and dimmer 1331 are connected to the power source 1361 in the external device 160 through the power module 1350; External device lights 1362 are connected. On the other hand, the switch and dimmer 1331 are also connected to the current sensor 1324.
  • the processing module 110 in FIG. 13-C includes, but is not limited to, a storage device 1313, a processor A 1311, a processor B 1312, and the like.
  • the processor A 1311 is further connected to the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 includes but is not limited to the sound sensor 1321, the temperature and humidity sensor 1322, the ambient light and proximity sensor 1323, the current sensor 1324, the user interface 1325, the motion sensor 1326, and the image sensor 1327.
  • One or more sensors (such as, but not limited to, an imaging device), a fingerprint sensor 1328, and a gas information sensor 1329 are connected.
  • the examples of these sensing modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the sensing module 120 may also include other sensors as described above for the sensing module 120.
  • the processor A 1311 is connected to an external device such as an audio 1363, an alarm 1364, and a near field communication tag 1365.
  • the processor A 1311 is also connected to the communication module 140.
  • the communication module 140 includes but is not limited to the network module 1360 in the communication module and the network device 1370 in the communication module.
  • the network module 1360 in the communication module includes, but is not limited to, one or more of a wireless network module, a Bluetooth module, a GPRS module, a near field read/write module, a ZigBee module, and other 2.4 GHz modules.
  • the examples of these network modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the network module 1360 in the communication module may also include other communication methods as described above for the communication module 140.
  • Network device 1370 in the communication module includes, but is not limited to, one or more of a router, a Bluetooth network device, a carrier network device, a payment, a pairing device, a ZigBee network device, and the like.
  • the example of the network device 1370 in the communication module is for convenience of description, and may be other forms such as a satellite positioning device or the like.
  • the router can be connected to the wireless device 1341; the carrier network device can be connected to the SIM card 1342.
  • the SIM card is in turn connected to processor A 1311.
  • the processor A 1311 is connected to the processor B 1312, and the processor B 1312 is connected to the input device 1320, the control module 130, and the like.
  • Control module 130 includes, but is not limited to, one or more switches, dimmers 1331.
  • the switch and dimmer 1331 are connected to the power source 1361 in the external device 160 through the power module 1350; at the same time, the external device lamp 1362 can be controlled to be connected.
  • the switch and dimmer 1331 are also connected to the current sensor 1324.
  • the processing module 110 in FIG. 13-D includes, but is not limited to, a storage device 1313, a processor 1310, and the like.
  • the processor 1310 is in turn connected to the sensing module 120, and the sensing module 120 includes but is not limited to Into device 1320, acoustic sensor 1321, temperature and humidity sensor 1322, ambient light and proximity sensor 1323, current sensor 1324, motion sensor 1326, image sensor 1327 (such as but not limited to imaging device), fingerprint sensor 1328, and gas information sensor 1329, etc.
  • One or more sensors are connected.
  • the examples of these sensing modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the sensing module 120 may also include other sensors as described above for the sensing module 120.
  • the processor 1310 is connected to an external device such as an audio 1363, an alarm 1364, and a near field communication tag 1365.
  • the processor 1310 is also connected to the communication module 140.
  • the communication module 140 includes but is not limited to the network module 1360 in the communication module and the network device 1370 in the communication module.
  • the network module 1360 in the communication module includes, but is not limited to, one or more of a wireless network module, a Bluetooth module, a GPRS module, a near field read/write module, a ZigBee module, and other 2.4 GHz modules.
  • the examples of these network modules are for illustrative purposes only, and the network module 1360 in the communication module may also include other communication methods as described above for the communication module 140.
  • Network device 1370 in the communication module includes, but is not limited to, one or more of a router, a Bluetooth network device, a carrier network device, a payment, a pairing device, a ZigBee network device, and the like.
  • the example of the network device 1370 in the communication module is for convenience of description, and may be other forms such as a satellite positioning device or the like.
  • the router can be connected to the wireless device 1341; the carrier network device can be connected to the SIM card 1342.
  • the SIM card is in turn coupled to processor 1310.
  • the processor 1310 is in turn connected to the control module 130 and the like.
  • Control module 130 includes, but is not limited to, one or more switches, dimmers 1331.
  • the switch and dimmer 1331 are connected to the power source 1361 in the external device 160 through the power module 1350; at the same time, the external device lamp 1362 can be controlled to be connected. On the other hand, the switch and dimmer 1331 are also connected to the current sensor 1324.
  • the environmental control system can implement a series of intelligent, automatic, manual or semi-automatic operations based on, for example, but not limited to, the manifestations of the modules described above. For example, automatic sensing of the movement of people to adjust home lighting equipment, home security intelligent detection and alarm functions, automatic temperature and humidity control, internal video calls, calendar, weather, security tips, utilities, shopping, personal transfer, etc., household appliances Preset or automatic control, and family members as well as pet GPS location tracking.
  • the above example is only a small part of the functions that the environmental control system can implement.
  • the environmental control system can also implement many other functions, such as communicating with a mobile device, and controlling a vehicle device.
  • FIG 14 is an embodiment of the manner in which the various components of the environmental control system are connected.
  • One or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 may be connected by networking and/or master-slave. They can also be connected to the cloud server 540, respectively.
  • the smart switch 1410 has a first panel (or panel) and a second panel (or back panel), and the third panel is a simplified switch 1420.
  • the examples of the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 are for convenience of description only, and they may have other forms, for example, the first panel of the smart switch 1410 can be mounted to the simplified switch 1420 at the same time.
  • one or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 join the same wireless local area network to obtain a corresponding network address completion match; or one or more The smart switch 1410, the one or more simplified switches 1420, and the one or more mobile devices 1430 use one of the units as the master device using the standard based on the IEEE 802.15.1 Bluetooth technology, and the remaining switches act as slave devices to form a piconet to complete the pairing;
  • One or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 use standards based on IEEE 802.15.4 Zigbee technology, with one unit acting as a coordinator, and the remaining switches transmitting association request commands, coordinating Reverting to complete pairing; or one or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 using infrared communication techniques to form a piconet to complete pairing; or one or more smart switches 1410 One or more simplified switches 1420 and one or more mobile devices 1410 One or more simplified switches 14
  • the pairing may be other, for example, by performing face recognition on one or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430, respectively. Match and so on.
  • the networking pairing by using Bluetooth technology may use the above-mentioned master-slave relationship, or may be in a point-to-point manner, for example, in one or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more The mobile device 1430 forms a Bluetooth local area network.
  • the local area network is not limited to a point-to-point topology, and may have, for example, a bus topology, a star topology, a ring topology, a mesh topology, a tree topology, and a hybrid topology. Structure, daisy chain topology, linear topology, and master-slave topology.
  • the mobile device 1430 can also be controlled by the router and the environment through the carrier network or through the wireless local area network. System connection.
  • One or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 can in turn be connected to the Internet and cloud server 540 via a wireless local area network module.
  • One or more smart switches 1410 can be connected including but not limited to the lamp 1441-1, the thermometer 1442-1, the air outlet 1443-1, the smart socket 1444-1, the household appliance 1445-1, the security device 1446-1, the ceiling fan 1447- 1 and TV 1448-1 and other equipment.
  • One or more simplified switches 1420 can be connected including but not limited to lamp 1441-2, thermometer 1442-2, air outlet 1443- 2, smart socket 1442-2, household appliance 1445-2, security equipment 1446-2, ceiling fan 1447- 2 and TV 1448-2 and other equipment.
  • One or more mobile devices 1430 can be connected including but not limited to lamp 1441-3, thermometer 1442-3, air outlet 1443-3, smart socket 1444-3, home appliance 1445-3, security device 1446-3, ceiling fan 1447- 3 and TV 1448-3 and other equipment.
  • the ceiling fan 1447 can also be a fan, a table fan, a ventilating fan, a page turning fan, an air conditioning fan (ie, a cooling fan), and the like.
  • the ceiling fan 1447 can be any combination of any of the above fans or any number of fans. Connection methods herein are, for example but not limited to, Bluetooth technology, wireless local area network technology, Zigbee technology, infrared technology, and near field communication technology.
  • connection mode is only for convenience of description, and the connection mode may be other forms, such as a carrier network, a GPS satellite signal, other 2.4 GHz wireless communication technologies, and various forms described above.
  • Household appliances (1445-1, 1445-2, 1445-3, etc.) may be directly connected to one or more of the smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430 as described above, or may be Smart sockets (1444-1, 1444-2, 1444-3, etc.) are coupled to one or more smart switches 1410, one or more simplified switches 1420, and one or more mobile devices 1430.
  • Connections between household appliances (1445-1, 1445-2, 1445-3, etc.) and smart sockets (1444-1, 1244-2, 1444-3, etc.) include, but are not limited to, connections through standard sockets and the like.
  • the wired or wireless connection manner is only for convenience of description, and the wired or wireless connection manner may also have other types. These connection methods have been described in detail above, and are not described herein. Make a statement.
  • the description of the equipment in the environmental control system is only for the purpose of illustration.
  • the 1420 or mobile device 1430 is configured to join the network of the environmental control system.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural view of an intelligent switch of an environmental control system.
  • one or more intelligent switches may be included
  • Figure 15 is an embodiment of the smart switch structure in the system.
  • the smart switch includes a first panel 1510 and a second panel 1530.
  • the first panel 1510 and the second panel 1530 are detachably coupled together.
  • the detachable implementation includes, but is not limited to, a magnetic connection, a screw connection, a pin connection, an elastic deformation connection, a lock connection, or a plug connection. Or several, or any other method that can detachably connect two separate panels, such as expansion bolts or data interfaces.
  • the second panel 1530 can be placed on a wall or any other suitable location, and the first panel 1510 can be attached to or buckled onto the second panel 1530.
  • the first panel 1510 since the first panel 1510 directly faces the user, it may be referred to as a panel, and the second panel 1530 may be occluded, which may be referred to as a backplane, but the designation thereof may be different according to different installation situations.
  • the first panel can be removed or removed and the user can see the second panel 1530 or operate the second panel 1530.
  • the first panel 1510 can be repeatedly removed or removed and repeatedly loaded or snapped back to the second panel.
  • first panel 1510 and the second panel 1530 there may be a shutter 1520 that can be attached to at least a portion of the second panel 1530 (eg, the second panel) with the first panel 1510 removed.
  • the power cord, circuit board or other structure is shielded from direct exposure of the portion of the second panel 1530 to the user.
  • the exterior of the first panel 1510 may include, but is not limited to, an imaging device 1511 and an input and output module.
  • the camera device 1511 can capture video and/or audio, and the video frame can be either stationary or moving.
  • the angle, focal length, resolution, shooting mode, and shooting duration of the imaging apparatus 1511 can be set or changed by the user or the system.
  • the camera device 1511 can be provided with a peep-proof design, that is, a physical baffle of the camera device is disposed on the first panel 1510, so that the user can automatically select to turn the camera on or off, so as to avoid remote operation (for example, malicious remote operation, etc.) by the camera to obtain information.
  • Input and output modules include, but are not limited to, a button 1512 and a touch screen 1513.
  • the button 1512 can be used as a shortcut key, and can be a function shortcut key, a return shortcut key, or a menu shortcut key.
  • the touch screen 1513 has both input and output functions and is an operation interface for the user to use the environmental control system.
  • Input and output information types include, but are not limited to, numbers, analogs, text symbols, voice, and graphics Images, etc.
  • the type of the touch screen 1513 includes, but is not limited to, a resistive technology touch screen, a capacitive technology touch screen, an infrared technology touch screen or a surface acoustic wave technology touch screen, etc., and can be selected according to specific use requirements.
  • the input/output device may be installed on the first panel 1510, but it is not necessary, and other techniques may be modified on the premise of implementing the input/output function.
  • the touch screen 1513 on the first panel 1510 can be replaced with one or more devices having input and/or output functions.
  • a device including but not limited to mobile phones, PDAs, tablets, touch-screen TVs, wearable smart devices (glasses, gloves, bracelets, watches, apparel, shoes, etc.).
  • the first panel 1510 also includes other modules or components such as, but not limited to, a connection interface, a sensing module, a control module, and a communication module (see FIG. 17).
  • the connection interface is used for data exchange with other devices.
  • Other devices include but are not limited to the second panel 1530, USB, power supply, speaker, earphone, etc.
  • the number and position of the interface are not limited, and may be determined according to specific needs.
  • the interface between the first panel 1510 and the second panel 1530 can be placed at a position between the two, and the interface between the first panel and the smart switch external device can be placed around the first panel 1510.
  • the type of interface can be wired or wireless.
  • the wired connection type of the interface includes but is not limited to UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter), I2C (Inter-Integrated Circuit), SPI (Serial Peripheral interface), etc., and the type of the interface can also be customized, including but not limited to customization.
  • the number and function of the pins of the interface including but not limited to power supply, hardware connection handshake or communication.
  • the wireless connection type of the interface includes but is not limited to Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.
  • the first panel 1510 can be spatially connected to other devices in a detachable manner, such as, but not limited to, a magnetic connection. Assume that a Bluetooth speaker is required to be connected to the smart switch.
  • the Bluetooth speaker can use magnetic force to move close to the smart switch for data transmission via Bluetooth.
  • the description of the interface is not limited to the above case, the collar A person of ordinary skill in the art can make other modifications depending on the characteristics of the interface.
  • an interface connected to an external device is disposed on the second panel 1530, and the same or similar functions can be implemented.
  • the second panel 1530 (when installed or used as designed) is adjacent to the side of the first panel 1510 and includes one or more physical regulators 1531.
  • a physical regulator 1531 can be a physical switch having both on and off states, and a physical regulator 1531 can control the opening and closing of lights, air conditioners, heating, and the like.
  • a physical regulator 1531 can adjust the current load of a device between on and off.
  • a physical regulator 1531 can be a physical dimmer for the user to manually adjust the brightness of the light.
  • This physical regulator 1531 can also be a physical thermostat for the user to manually adjust the temperature of the air conditioner and/or the heater.
  • the number of physical regulators 1531 can be set according to the specific needs of the user, for example, one, two, three or more, and can be in accordance with UL 514A, UL 514B, UL 514C of Underwriter Laboratories Inc. (UL, Underwriter Laboratories Inc.). With the UL 514D series standard ( Figure 4-B), other standards can also be referred to according to the user's actual application scenario.
  • the second panel 1530 contains a plurality of physical regulators, in some cases at least two of the physical regulators may have similar functions. For example, at least two of the physical regulators are connected to the lighting power line and are physical dimmers that can control the same or different lamps.
  • At least two of the physical regulators are connected to the control circuit of the air conditioning system and are physical thermostats that can control the air conditioning in the same room or location, or in different rooms or locations.
  • at least two physical regulators 1531 can control different devices, for example, two physical regulators 1531, one being a physical dimmer and one being a physical thermostat.
  • the second panel 1530 further includes an interface 1532 for connecting to an interface on the first panel 1510.
  • FIG. 16 An embodiment of the second panel 1530 (when installed or used as designed) away from the first panel 1510 side is shown in FIG. 16 and includes a second panel 1530, a fixture 1620, a power dimmer module 1640, and a power cord. 1650.
  • the second panel 1530 is connected to the panel fixing device 1620.
  • the power cable 1650 extends from the lower portion of the power dimmer module 1640, and may also protrude from other portions of the power dimmer module 1640.
  • the external junction box configuration is compatible with the number of physical switches 1531, and can be in accordance with UL 514A, UL 514B, UL 514C, and UL 514D series standards of UL, Underwriter Laboratories Inc. ( Figure 4-B).
  • the second panel 1530 of the environmental control system can be installed in connection with an existing power line, so that it is no longer necessary to re-wire the environmental control system and implement control functions for the power line.
  • the second panel 1530 can be connected to an existing lighting control line to implement a control function for the lighting control system.
  • the second panel 1530 of the environmental control system can also be installed in connection with an existing temperature (air conditioning or heating) control line to implement control functions for temperature control systems such as refrigeration systems and heating systems.
  • the environmental control system can also control other devices (eg, household appliances, automobiles, etc.).
  • the smart switch structure depicted in Figures 15 and 16 is not limited to the modules or components mentioned in the figures. Those skilled in the art can simplify or augment the module or component while implementing the same or similar functions, and can also add other accessory modules.
  • the touch screen 1513 on the first panel 1510 serves as an input and output interface, and can be replaced by smart switch application software installed by a user terminal (for example, a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet, a PDA, a television, etc.) or communication with an environmental control system.
  • an accessory module such as, but not limited to, an LED breathing lamp having a position and/or a state indicating a button or a physical regulator on the smart switch may be installed. It is convenient for the user to quickly find the operation keys, reflect the status of the smart switch power supply, prompt the unread message, etc., and can facilitate the user to interact with the environmental control system when the light is dark (such as cloudy or night). Variations such as these may be within the scope of the present application, for example, at least one backlight may be present on the first panel 1510 or the second panel 1530.
  • Figure 17 is an embodiment of a detailed structure of an intelligent switch in an environmental control system.
  • the first panel 1510 is a panel
  • the second panel 1530 is a backplane.
  • the external power supply of the backplane itself is an AC power source 1730, which provides DC power to the panel 1510.
  • the panel 1510 it is a series of components or modules of the system, including but not limited to the processing module 110-A, the sensing module 120-A, the control module 130-A, and the communication module 140-A, etc., which may be the touch screen 1711.
  • the camera 1712, the microphone 1713, the audio/alarm 1714, the processor A, the network module 1716, the network device 1717, the sensor 1718, and the like may have other devices.
  • the data transfer between the panel 1510 and the backplane 1530 can take the form of an interface, and the interface 1710 on the panel 1510 corresponds to the interface 1720 on the backplane 1530 to form a connector.
  • the interface type may be UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter) (including interface standard specifications and bus standard specifications such as RS232, RS449, RS423, RS422, and RS485), I2C (Inter-Integrated Circuit), and SPI (Serial Peripheral interface).
  • the type of interface can also be customized, including but not limited to the number and function of pins of the custom interface, including but not limited to power supply, hardware connection handshake or communication.
  • This connector or other manner of connection between the first panel 1510 and the second panel 1530 can also provide mechanical support for the first panel 1510 to be attached or buckled to the second panel 1530.
  • the processing module 110-B, the sensing module 120-B, the control module 130-B, and the communication module 140-B, etc. these modules may be the processor 1721, the sensor 1722, and the physical switch. 1723, dimmer 1724, power module 1725, etc., may also include other devices.
  • the processing module 110-A and the processing module 110-B in FIG. 17 may be similar or different in principle, function and/or structure; the sensing module 120-A and the sensing module 120-B are in The principles, functions, and/or structures may be similar or different; the control module 130-A and the control module 130-B may be similar in principle, function, and/or structure, or may be similar.
  • the communication module 140-A and the communication module 140-B may be similar or different in principle, function and/or structure;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the smart switch, but is easy to understand, and the relative position, connection mode, and functional relationship between the modules are not limited to the case shown in the figure.
  • the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may be connected in a certain order or may be connected to each other, and the respective connection manners may be wired or wireless.
  • the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may have independent power sources, or may share two, two, or more of the same power source.
  • the processing module 110, the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 may be respectively connected to external devices, and a single external device may be connected to one or more modules, and the connection manner may be wired or wireless. Variations such as these are included within the scope of the present application.
  • FIG 18 is an embodiment of a simplified switch in an environmental control system.
  • the simplified switch 1800 can include a power dimmer module 1810 and a third panel 1820, etc., wherein the power dimmer module 1810 is connected to the AC power source 1730.
  • On the third panel 1820 including but not limited to physical adjustment
  • the physical adjuster 1821 can be a physical dimmer for the user to manually adjust the brightness of the light.
  • the physical regulator 1821 can also be a physical thermostat for the user to manually adjust the temperature of the air conditioner and/or heating to adjust.
  • the number of physical regulators 1821 may be one, two, three or more in accordance with UL 514A, UL 514B, UL 514C, and UL 514D series standards of UL, Underwriter Laboratories Inc. As shown in Figure 4-B), other standards can also be referred to according to the actual application scenario of the user.
  • the simplified switch 1800 contains multiple physical regulators, in some cases at least two of the physical regulators may have similar functions. For example, at least two of the physical regulators are connected to the lighting power line and are physical dimmers. Alternatively, at least two of the physical regulators are connected to the control circuit of the air conditioning system and are both physical thermostats. In some cases, at least two physical regulators can control different devices, for example, two physical regulators, one being a physical dimmer and one being a physical thermostat.
  • a microphone 1823 a speaker/alarm 1824
  • a processor 1825 a network module 1826, a network device 1827, a sensor 1828, a power module 1829, and the like.
  • a network module 1826 a network device 1827, a sensor 1828, a power module 1829, and the like.
  • any simplification of the smart switch as needed can be included in the simplified switch range, and other variations can be made by those skilled in the art based on the principles of the smart switch and simplified switch.
  • the third panel 1820 can also include a structure similar to the interface 1532 on the second panel 1530.
  • a simplified switch 1800 is coupled to the first panel 1510. Communication of data or information between the first panel 1510 and the simplified switch 1800 can be achieved by this connection, and mechanical support can also be provided for the connection between the first panel 1510 and the simplified switch 1800.
  • the connection of the first panel 1510 and the simplified switch 1800 may be a detachable connection similar to the detachable connection between the first panel 1500 and the second panel 1530 in the specification.
  • smart switch 1410 and/or simplified switch 1420 can be or include a smart regulator.
  • Smart switches, simplified switches, or smart tones relative to physical switches or physical regulators The throttle can control the physical switch or the device that the physical regulator can control.
  • a smart switch, a simplified switch, or a smart regulator can control the device by a physical switch or a physical regulator.
  • a smart switch, a simplified switch, or a smart regulator can control the device in other ways.
  • Smart switches, simplified switches, or smart regulators can also control other devices than the device, and/or have other functions besides controlling the device (eg, smart care, smart security, etc. as described in this application) Features).
  • a smart switch 1410 has a sensing module that can acquire one or more parameters.
  • a smart switch 1410 has a touch screen that can receive user input and/or display information to the user.
  • a smart switch 1410 can also have other structures and/or other functions as described in this specification.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a menu interface.
  • 1930 is a camera device
  • 1940 is a physical baffle that can be used to occlude the camera device 1930 by changing its relative position with the camera device 1930, 1910 control menu, 1920 shortcut menu.
  • the control menu 1910 includes, but is not limited to, an intelligent lighting mode 1911, a weather update and early warning mode 1912, a clock mode 1913, and an energy consumption monitoring mode 1914.
  • the above examples are for convenience of description only, and the control menu 1910 may also include other modes, such as baby care mode 1915, etc., and control menu 1910 may also include settings 1916.
  • the menu interface can be displayed on different devices such as, but not limited to, smart switch 1410, mobile device 1430, television 1448-1, 1448-2 or 1448-3, computer, tablet, PDA, and in-vehicle multimedia system.
  • the device that can display the menu interface is not limited to the above device, and may be other devices having a display function, such as a screen on a home appliance such as a refrigerator or a washing machine.
  • the display scale and layout of the menu interface differ depending on the characteristics of the display device, and the number of function modes displayed on the menu interface and the type of the displayed mode vary depending on the purpose of the display device.
  • the display scale and layout of the menu interface can be automatically adjusted by the environmental control system or the display device according to the characteristics of the display device, or can be adjusted by the user.
  • the user can adjust the position of the icon for one or more functional modes. For example, the user can adjust the position of the icon of the function mode or the display mode on the display device according to the frequency of using one or more of the function modes shown in FIGS. 19 to 19E (eg, placing it in a higher position, etc. Wait).
  • the user can also define the icon of a function module by himself. For example, a user can use a photo of their child or family member, or a picture of their choice, as an icon for a functional module.
  • FIG. 19-A and 19-B An embodiment of the menu interface display is shown in Figures 19-A and 19-B, in the smart switch
  • the display on the touch screen 1711 of the 1410 includes, but is not limited to, an intelligent lighting mode 1911, a weather update and early warning mode 1912, a clock mode 1913, an energy consumption monitoring mode 1914, a baby care mode 1915, and a setting 1916.
  • Another embodiment of the menu interface display such as shown in Figures 19-C, 19-D, and 19-E, displays menu interfaces on the mobile device 1430 including but not limited to smart lighting mode 1951, security mode 1952, and home calendar mode 1953.
  • the menu interface may also include some other buttons, such as the smart switch 1410, and may also have: the shortcut menu 1920 includes but is not limited to video and/or voice call button 1921, security mode start button 1922, light control button 1923, and menu. Button 1924.
  • the smart switch 1410 can have one or more sensors including, but not limited to, ambient light and proximity sensor 1950, and the like.
  • 19 is an embodiment of the environmental control system, including but not limited to the following functions, intelligent light learning, custom light mode, indoor security system or security mode, home walkie-talkie, home calendar, energy Consumption monitoring, weather update and warning, intelligent ventilation (or temperature and humidity control), clock, baby care, music playback, message board (or video voice call), home local area Internet of things, home local area semantic network, smart space. It is worth noting that the functions given by the Department are only for ease of understanding. The functions of the environmental control system can be updated in real time according to the application scenario, and are not limited to the specific examples listed above.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 is turned on to perform real-time or timed detection and/or monitoring of variables in the environment.
  • the sensing module 120 can track and detect and/or monitor various physical quantities such as sound, light, time, weight, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed and acceleration, respirable particulate matter, radiation, text, images, Touch, pupil, fingerprint, etc., which can detect and/or monitor, can be one or more of the information, and various information can be classified for further analysis and processing.
  • the sensing module 120 can make full use of various existing implementable devices, including but not limited to: temperature sensor, brightness sensor, humidity sensor, ambient light sensor, gas sensor, bio pheromone sensor (may also be a gas) Sensor), motion sensor, etc.
  • the sensing module 120 can convert the above physical quantities into electrical signals by tracking and detecting and/or monitoring physical quantities in the environment.
  • the electrical signal as data The data is stored in the sensing module 120, and the data is, but not limited to, the following forms: binary, octal, decimal, hexadecimal, hexadecimal, and the like.
  • the data has but is not limited to the following attributes: time, subject, unit, weather, and the like.
  • the sensing module 120 can acquire time information in real time by communicating with the control module 130, and the time information includes but is not limited to the following forms: nanosecond, subtle, millisecond, second, minute, hour, year, month, day, morning. , afternoon, noon, dawn, dusk, midnight, etc.
  • the data has one or more subjects that are subordinate to the one or more bodies, and the data is assigned to the one or more bodies by communication with the control module 130.
  • the main body includes but is not limited to the following contents: living room, bedroom, dining room, restroom, balcony, basement, kitchen, refrigerator, microwave oven, television, personal computer, porch, and the like. It should be noted that the data listed in this section has the main body, just for the sake of understanding.
  • the data owner can be flexibly defined and classified according to the application scenario, the application domain, and the application object.
  • the data owner can be any one or more entities that have extensive participation.
  • the data is owned by, but not limited to, the following units: Celsius, Fahrenheit, lux, Pascal, meters, millimeters, micrometers, amperes, volts, ohms, acres, and the like.
  • the control system has a special or universal storage format, and the data, time, body, unit, etc. are stored in the storage device 520 of the environmental control system or in the cloud server 540 through the special or universal storage format.
  • the environmental control system has a special or universal identification method that achieves pattern recognition by applying the special or universal identification method to the data and its attributes. By identifying the physical quantity data and its attributes, the environmental control system can identify one or more special or general patterns by a certain pattern recognition method.
  • the one or more special or general modes include, but are not limited to, a sunrise time interval and a position and behavior of one or more subjects within the interval, a mid-day time interval, and one or more of the intervals
  • the position and behavior of the subject, the sunset time interval, and the location and behavior of one or more subjects within the interval, the breakfast time interval, and the location and behavior of one or more subjects within the interval, the game time interval, and one or more of the intervals The position and behavior of the subject, the bath time interval, and the position and behavior of one or more subjects in the interval, the reading time interval, and the position and behavior of one or more subjects within the interval, the sleep time interval, and one or The location and behavior of multiple subjects.
  • the one or more special or universal modes presented herein are for ease of understanding only.
  • the one or more special or universal modes may be based on time and the row of one or more subjects To conclude, the one or more special or universal modes can be updated over time.
  • the one or more special or general modes may be stored in the storage device 520 or in the cloud server 540 in a certain storage method.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system has one or more statistical algorithms, the objects of which are the one or more special or universal modes.
  • the control module 130 may derive one or more special or general laws by applying the statistical algorithm to the one or more special or universal modes.
  • the control module 130 may store one or more predefined or customized trigger modes in the storage device 520 or the cloud server 540 according to one or more special or universal rules, the triggering The pattern can be updated over time.
  • the control module 130 enables or disables the functional modules of the environmental control system according to a certain algorithm by comparing the trigger mode with the one or more special or universal modes. It should be noted that the above data, the identified one or more special or universal modes, and one or more predefined or customized trigger modes are not required to be stored in the storage device 520, and the storage location thereof is also It can be cloud server 540 or other one or more servers.
  • Figure 27 and related descriptions provide additional introductions to the pattern recognition or self-learning functions of the environmental control system.
  • the area indication 2010 shows the area currently controlled.
  • the region indication 2010 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the light control button 2020 is used to enter the light control mode.
  • the light control button 2020 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the area selection button 2030 is used to select a target area.
  • the region selection button 2030 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the wavy light brightness adjustment button 2040 can adjust the brightness of the light in the target area.
  • the wavy light brightness adjustment button 2040 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, brightness sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc.) is turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • Pre-defined or custom trigger modes are stored in storage device 520 or cloud server 540, such as detecting and/or monitoring object motion, wake-up mode, sleep mode, exit mode, and night mode.
  • Analog signals and/or user instructions in ambient variables After the other inputs are converted to electrical signals, the control module 130 of the environmental control system applies a particular pattern recognition method to the electrical signals, the electrical signals being identified as one or more modes.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system compares the identified one or more modes with the predefined or customized trigger mode, the comparison behavior will be performed according to a specific algorithm, the specific algorithm Including but not limited to: linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, nearest neighbor method, naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine, Gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle filter , Gaussian Process Regression, Linear Regression or Extension, Independent Component Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Conditional Random Domain, Hidden Markov Model, Maximum Entropy Markov Model, Recurrent Neural Network, Association Rules, Inductive Logic Programming, Similarity Metric learning, deep neural networks, deep neural network problems, deep belief networks, convolutional neural networks, convolution depth belief networks, etc.
  • the specific algorithm may be any one of the above algorithms or a combination of any of a plurality of algorithms. If the control module 130 of the environmental control system determines that the identified one or more modes match the predefined or customized trigger mode, for example, the object motion is detected for several minutes, then extinguished; In the wake-up mode, it takes several minutes for the lamp to go out from full to full; it takes several minutes for the lamp to detect and/or monitor the sleep mode from full to full; when detecting and/or monitoring the exit mode, the corresponding lamp will be in one Turn on at night and then go out at another time; detect and/or monitor the night mode, increase the brightness of the light if it detects and/or monitors the continuous motion of the object, if it is not detected and/or monitors the motion of the object Light brightness. It should be noted that the above modes and behaviors (such as the time when the light is off to light) are only for ease of understanding, and the identified patterns and corresponding behaviors can be flexibly defined as needed.
  • the cancel button 2110 is used to turn off or exit the security warning function of the security mode.
  • the cancel button 2110 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the security warning text reminder 2120 is used to alert the user to the detected security event.
  • the security alert text reminder 2120 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the security warning icon 2130 is used to alert the user that the security warning function is turned on.
  • Security warning icon 2130 can be text, image, number or any A combination of symbols or symbols that have a specific semantic meaning.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, brightness sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc.) is turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 Responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • a predefined or custom trigger mode is stored in storage device 520 or cloud server 540.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system applies a particular pattern recognition method to the electrical signal, the electrical The signal is identified as one or more modes.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system compares the identified one or more modes with the predefined or customized trigger mode, the comparison behavior being performed in accordance with a particular comparison algorithm
  • the particular Algorithms include but are not limited to: linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, nearest neighbor method, naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine , gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle Filter, Gaussian process regression, linear regression or expansion, independent component analysis, principal component analysis, conditional random domain, hidden Markov model, maximum entropy Markov model, recurrent neural network, association rules, inductive logic programming, similar Sex metric learning, deep neural networks, deep neural network problems, deep belief networks, convolutional neural networks, convolution depth belief networks Etc., the specific algorithm
  • the cancel button 2210 is used to cancel the reminder event.
  • the cancel button 2210 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the home calendar text reminder 2220 is used to prompt the user for a preset reminder event.
  • the home calendar text reminder 2220 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the home calendar icon 2230 is used to prompt the user that the current mode is the home calendar mode.
  • the family calendar icon 2230 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, bright The sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc. are turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 is responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • Pre-defined or custom trigger modes eg, events in the calendar that require a reminder
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system applies a particular pattern recognition method to the electrical signal, the electrical The signal is identified as one or more modes.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system compares the identified one or more modes with the predefined or customized trigger mode, the comparison behavior will be performed according to a specific algorithm, the specific algorithm Including but not limited to: linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, nearest neighbor method, naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine, Gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle filter , Gaussian Process Regression, Linear Regression or Extension, Independent Component Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Conditional Random Domain, Hidden Markov Model, Maximum Entropy Markov Model, Recurrent Neural Network, Association Rules, Inductive Logic Programming, Similarity Metric learning, deep neural networks, deep neural network problems, deep belief networks, convolutional neural networks, convolution depth belief networks, etc.
  • the specific algorithm may be any one of the above algorithms or a combination of any of a plurality of algorithms. If the control module 130 of the environmental control system determines that the identified one or more modes match the predefined or customized trigger mode (eg, the reminder event is to pick up the child at 7 pm, or remind the weather change , or by an indoor call broadcast warning of illegal intrusion, etc.), the event reminder of the family calendar will be activated.
  • the predefined or customized trigger mode eg, the reminder event is to pick up the child at 7 pm, or remind the weather change , or by an indoor call broadcast warning of illegal intrusion, etc.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an energy consumption monitoring interface.
  • the current date prompt 2310 prompts the user for the currently selected date.
  • the current date prompt 2310 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • 2320 is used to display the energy consumption data of the previous day.
  • the energy consumption data 2320 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol with a particular semantic.
  • 2330 is used to display the energy consumption data of the current date.
  • the energy consumption data 2330 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • 2340 is used to display the energy consumption data for the next day.
  • the next day energy consumption data 2340 can be text, images, numbers or any symbol with specific semantics Or a combination of symbols.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, brightness sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc.) is turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system applies a particular pattern recognition method to the electrical signal, the electrical signal Recognized as one or more modes.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system stores the identified one or more modes in a storage device (eg, storage device 520, cloud server 540, etc.).
  • the display device of the environmental control system receives the mode data of the storage device in the control module 130, and displays the stored mode data according to a certain display algorithm (for example, on February 11, 2015, the energy consumption is 2.1 kWh, an average of 805 watts).
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a weather update and early warning interface.
  • the 2410 shows the current weather conditions.
  • the current weather 2410 icon can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol with a particular semantic.
  • 2420 shows current temperature.
  • the current temperature of 2420 icon and temperature values can be text, images, numbers, or any combination of symbols or symbols with specific semantics.
  • 2440 shows the highest temperature of the day.
  • the icon and temperature value of the highest temperature of 2440 on the day may be a combination of words, images, numbers or any symbols or symbols with specific semantics.
  • the 2450 shows the lowest temperature of the day.
  • the icon and temperature value of the minimum temperature of 2450 for the day may be a combination of words, images, numbers or any symbols or symbols with specific semantics.
  • Weather conditions 2430 can be words, images, numbers, or any combination of symbols or symbols with specific semantics.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, brightness sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc.) is turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 Responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • the sensing module 120 can be in communication with a communication module 140 that receives externally entered information (eg, weather information, etc.) that is identified as one or more special or universal patterns.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system compares the identified one or more modes with the predefined or customized trigger mode, if the control module 130 of the environmental control system determines the identified one or The multiple modes match the predefined or custom trigger mode (eg, real-time display of weather and temperature, humidity, rainy weather warnings), then the weather alert function will start up.
  • the predefined or custom trigger mode eg, real-time display of weather and temperature, humidity, rainy weather warnings
  • the 26 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a clock interface.
  • the 2610 is a clock mode selection menu that can be used to select the appropriate clock mode.
  • the optional clock modes may include, but are not limited to, a time display mode, a timer mode, an alarm mode, and the like.
  • the clock mode selection menu can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol with a particular semantic.
  • the 2620 is a clock mode indicator that displays the currently selected clock mode.
  • the clock mode indication 2620 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the 2640 is a pause button in the timer mode to pause the currently selected timer.
  • Pause button 2640 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the 2630 shows that the currently selected mode is the timer mode.
  • the clock icon 2640 can be a combination of text, images, numbers, or any symbol or symbol having a particular semantic.
  • the environmental control system is activated, and the sensing module 120 (or temperature sensor, brightness sensor, current sensor, touch sensor, motion sensor, image sensor, etc.) is turned on to detect and/or monitor variables in the surrounding environment, and the sensing module 120 responsible for converting variables in the surrounding environment into electrical signals.
  • Pre-defined or custom trigger modes are stored in storage device 520 or cloud server 540.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system applies a particular pattern recognition method to the electrical signal, the electrical signal Recognized as one or more modes.
  • the control module 130 of the environmental control system compares the identified one or more modes with the predefined or customized trigger mode, the comparison behavior will be performed according to a specific algorithm, the specific algorithm Including but not limited to: linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, nearest neighbor method, naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine, Gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle filter , Gaussian Process Regression, Linear Regression or Extension, Independent Component Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Conditional Random Domain, Hidden Markov Model, Maximum Entropy Markov Model,
  • the specific algorithm may be any one of the above algorithms or a combination of any of a plurality of algorithms. If the control of the environmental control system Module 130 determines that the identified one or more modes match the predefined or customized trigger mode (eg, three minutes and thirty seconds), then the timer will start.
  • the predefined or customized trigger mode eg, three minutes and thirty seconds
  • step 27 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an environmental control system self-learning function.
  • the environmental control system collects variables and/or user commands or other inputs in the surrounding environment and then inputs them into the system in the form of data.
  • the environmental control system can also directly proceed to step 2750, step 2760, and step 2770.
  • the environmental control system can either return to the beginning or proceed to step 2720.
  • the environmental control system stores and classifies the collected data and/or user instructions or other inputs.
  • the acquired data is related to ambient temperature and brightness
  • user commands or other inputs are related to temperature regulation and are related to illumination.
  • Data related to ambient temperature and user commands or other inputs related to temperature regulation can be classified as a type of storage.
  • Data relating to ambient illumination and user commands or other inputs related to illumination can be classified as a type of storage.
  • the environmental control system stores and classifies the collected data and/or user instructions or other inputs as follows, location, time, living body, person, animal, electronic device, mobile phone, smart switch, chemical substance, light, Ambient light, ultraviolet light, commands, user commands, other external commands, data types, etc.
  • the above classification may be a parallel relationship or a hierarchical relationship (for example, humans and animals belong to a living body, and user instructions and other external instructions are instructions).
  • step 2720 and step 2750 may be the same storage device or different storage devices.
  • step 2720 the process directly proceeds to step 2750.
  • step 2750 the process directly proceeds to step 2720.
  • Step 2730 analyzes and processes the classified data. After the analysis and processing are completed, the environmental control system may return to step 2730 or proceed to step 2740.
  • Step 2740 determines if the input data can be identified as one or more modes, and if not recognized as one or more modes, the environmental control system will return to step 2710 to continue collecting data.
  • the pattern identified in step 2750 is stored in the knowledge base.
  • the pattern recognition is accomplished by constructing a statement recognizable by the environmental control system to accomplish the purpose of identifying the surrounding environment.
  • the statement is for example: Wednesday, March 25, 2015, 17:24, porch temperature, 27 degrees Celsius, within the field of view No life activities were found, the carbon dioxide concentration was 0.04%, the chandelier was turned off, no moving objects were detected in the porch, and Tom was watching TV in the living room. It should be noted that the above statements are only for ease of understanding, and the system statements can be flexibly constructed according to specific syntax and specific semantics.
  • the pattern recognition described in step 2740 is performed according to a specific algorithm including, but not limited to, linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, neighbor method, Naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine, gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle filter, Gaussian process regression, linear regression or expansion, independent component analysis, principal component analysis, conditional random domain, hidden Markov model, maximum entropy Markov model, recurrent neural network, associative rules, inductive logic programming, similarity metric learning, deep neural networks, deep neural network problems, deep belief networks, convolutional neural networks, convolution depth belief networks, etc.
  • a specific algorithm including, but not limited to, linear discriminant analysis, quadratic discriminant analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation
  • the specific algorithm may be any one of the above algorithms or a combination of any of a plurality of algorithms.
  • the environmental control system may also return to step 2730, step 2720, and step 2710.
  • Step 2760 analyzes and processes the patterns stored in the knowledge base.
  • the environmental control system may return to step 2750 or proceed to step 2770.
  • Step 2770 determines if the entered mode can be identified as one or more rules. If the input mode cannot be identified as one or more rules, then the environmental control system returns to step 2760 to continue analyzing and processing the input mode. If the entered pattern can be identified as one or more rules, then in step 2770, the identified one or more rules are stored in the knowledge base.
  • the above rule does not refer to the general law in nature.
  • the above identified patterns are recognized as a law when they accumulate over a certain threshold according to a specific algorithm. For example, when the user leaves the door within a month, 97% falls between 9:30 and 10:00, and when the user goes out from 9:30 to 10:00, it is recognized as a regularity. It should be noted that the above examples are only for ease of understanding.
  • the behavior time interval, probability, accumulation time interval, etc. can be flexibly defined according to needs, for example: within one week, within one year, within one quarter, 60%, 80%, 22:30 Wait until 23:00.
  • the above rules can also be updated.
  • the rule identification described in the above step 2770 is performed according to a specific algorithm, including but not limited to: linear discriminant analysis, secondary discrimination Analysis, maximum entropy classifier, decision tree, decision table, kernel estimation, nearest neighbor method, naive Bayes classifier, neural network, visual sensor, support vector machine, gene expression programming, hierarchical clustering, k-means aggregation Class, correlation clustering, kernel principal component analysis, lifting method, Bayesian network, Markov random field, multiple linear principal component analysis, Kalman filter, particle filter, Gaussian process regression, linear regression or expansion, independence Component analysis, principal component analysis, conditional random domain, hidden Markov model, maximum entropy Markov model, recurrent neural network, associative rules, inductive logic programming, similarity metric learning, deep neural network, deep neural network The deep belief network, the convolutional neural network, the convolution depth belief network, etc., the
  • Step 2770 the environmental control system may also return to step 2760.
  • Step 2780 detects if an instruction to terminate the self-learning function is received.
  • the termination command can come from the user or from its environmental control system itself.
  • the environmental control system is pre-configured with a system termination algorithm. When the conditions set by the algorithm are met (eg, one year has been continuously studied), the environmental control system itself will issue a termination command to terminate the self-learning function. For example, if the termination algorithm of the environmental control system detects a certain mode of the surrounding environment (such as detecting no one in the room), the above mode will trigger the environmental control system to issue a termination command.
  • the knowledge base is a storage device, and may be within the environment control system or outside the environment control system, such as a remote server, a cloud server, or the like.
  • Figure 28 is an embodiment of a panel, backplane, and simplified switch combination.
  • the living room 2810 comes pre-loaded with a smart opening back panel or a simplified switch 2811.
  • the bedroom 2820 comes pre-loaded with a smart switch backplane or a simplified switch 2821.
  • the kitchen 2830 comes pre-loaded with a smart switch backplane or a simplified switch 2831.
  • the toilet 2840 is pre-installed with a smart switch backplane or a simplified switch 2841.
  • the smart switch panel 1510 is a mobile handheld device, and the user can flexibly turn the smart switch panel 1510 and the living room 2810 intelligent switch backboard or simplified switch 2811 according to his own needs, and the bedroom 2820 intelligent switch backboard or simplified switch 2821, kitchen 2830 smart switch
  • the backplane or simplified switch 2831, the toilet 2840 smart switch backplane or the simplified switch 2841 are connected.
  • the wired connection type of the interface includes but is not limited to UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter), I2C (Inter-Integrated Circuit), SPI (Serial Peripheral interface), etc., and the type of the interface can also be customized, including but not limited to customization.
  • the number and function of the pins of the interface including but not limited to power supply, hardware connection handshake or communication.
  • the wireless connection type of the interface includes but is not limited to Bluetooth or Wi-Fi. It should be noted that the description about the interface is not limited to the above case, and those skilled in the art can perform other modifications according to the use characteristics of the interface. For example, the same or similar functions can be implemented by using USB, IEEE 1394, ExpressCard, eSATA, SCSI, IDE, PCI, and the like.
  • the connectable device 2920 includes a smart switch 1410, a simplified switch 1420, a lamp 1441, a thermometer 1442, an air outlet 1443, a smart socket 1444, a home appliance 1445, a security device 1446, a ceiling fan 1447, a television 1448, and a cloud server 540.
  • the ceiling fan 1447 can be a fan, a table fan, a ventilating fan, a page turning fan, an air conditioning fan (ie, a cooling fan), and the like.
  • the ceiling fan 1447 can be any combination of any of the above fans or any number of fans.
  • Mobile device 1430 can communicate with connectable device 2920 in any of two ways, 2910-A for mobile device 1430 to communicate with connectable device 2910 via network device 1340 (1370), and 2910-B for mobile device 1430
  • the built-in SIM card communicates with the connectable device 2920 through a network (2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, etc.) provided by the network operator.
  • the network device 1370 can be a smart switch 1410 and a device built into the simplified switch 1420, which can be a smart switch 1410 and an external device that simplifies the switch 1420.
  • Network devices include, but are not limited to, routers, Bluetooth network devices, carrier network devices, payment, paired devices, ZigBee network devices.
  • Mobile device 1430 can communicate bi-directionally with smart switch 1410 and simplified switch 1420 in a manner 2910-A via network device 1340 (1370).
  • the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 receive an instruction from the mobile device 1430. According to the received command, the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 are directed to the lamp 1441, the thermometer 1442, the air outlet 1443, the smart socket 1444, the home appliance 1445, and the security.
  • the mobile device 1430 can also communicate bi-directionally with the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 in a manner 2910-B via a built-in SIM card through a network (2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, etc.) provided by the network operator.
  • the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 receive an instruction from the mobile device 1430. According to the received command, the smart switch 1410 and the simplified switch 1420 are directed to the lamp 1441, the thermometer 1442, the air outlet 1443, the smart socket 1444, the home appliance 1445, and the security.
  • Devices such as device 1446, ceiling fan 1447, television 1448, and cloud server 540 issue corresponding commands.
  • the mobile device 1430 may also directly use any of the above two communication modes without using the smart switch 1410 and simplifying the switch 1420.
  • the lamp 1441, the thermometer 1442, the air outlet 1443, the smart socket 1444, the home appliance 1445, the security device 1446, the ceiling fan 1447, the television 1448, and the cloud server 540 perform two-way communication.
  • the home appliance 1445 can perform two-way communication with the mobile device 1430 directly through the above two communication methods, or can perform two-way communication with the mobile device 1430 through the smart socket 1444 through any one of the above two communication methods.
  • the mobile device 1430 when used to join the environmental control system (eg, directly using Bluetooth networking technology or via a router and communication module 140 in the environmental control system, etc.), it can be loaded by the mobile device 1430.
  • the APP completes the corresponding operation.
  • a welcome page is displayed.
  • the welcome page includes but is not limited to presentation teaching and function introduction.
  • the user can log in to the home account through credentials such as a username and password, or register a new one. User or set nickname, etc.
  • the APP After entering the main APP page, the APP will display, for example, a menu interface from which different devices and/or modes in the environmental control system can be controlled, such as but not limited to: smart lighting mode 1951, security mode 1952, home calendar mode 1953 , intelligent ventilation mode (or temperature and humidity control mode) 1954, message board mode (or video voice call mode) 1955, energy monitoring mode 1956, music playback mode 1957, baby care mode 1958, and settings 1959. Users can also drag the corresponding icon in the menu interface to change Change the position of these function buttons.
  • an area that controls lighting may be selected, which may be one or more rooms, or all lights, or one or more lights, and the like. For example, kitchen, bedroom, living room and toilet. Icons that indicate different areas can also be dragged to change their position on the interface.
  • the intelligent illumination mode 1951 control reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 25, FIG. 27, FIG. 30, FIG. 31, FIG. 32, FIG. 33, FIG. 34, FIG. 35, FIG. 48, and other related to the intelligent illumination mode and artificial intelligence. Description, do not repeat here.
  • the security mode 1952 the user can view real-time or non-real-time images captured by the camera device through the APP, and can also activate the security mode through the security key.
  • the security mode When an event such as an illegal intrusion occurs, the security mode generates a prompt and/or an alert under the APP, and the user can also view the prompt history.
  • the security mode 1952 For specific details of the control of the security mode 1952, reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 21, FIG. 27, FIG. 38, FIG. 39, FIG. 40, FIG. 41, FIG. 42, FIG. 48, and other descriptions of the security mode and artificial intelligence. Make a statement.
  • the user can set events for the day or other date, although the events can be downloaded and/or synchronized from the cloud server 540 or the Internet.
  • the user can view, for example, events that occur or have occurred within a day, within a week, within a month, or within a year.
  • the user can also set the type of prompts when various events occur, such as voice prompts, sirens, flashing lights, push prompts for devices such as APP and/or panels.
  • voice prompts such as voice prompts, sirens, flashing lights, push prompts for devices such as APP and/or panels.
  • the above examples are for convenience of explanation.
  • FIG. 22, FIG. 27, FIG. 48 and other descriptions of the home calendar mode which are not described herein.
  • the user can view and/or mediate, for example, temperature, humidity, and somatosensory temperature of various rooms or areas.
  • the adjustment of the corresponding parameter may be real-time or preset, for example, adjusting the parameter at the moment at this time, or pre-setting the parameter at a certain time in the future.
  • FIG. 27, FIG. 43, FIG. 44, FIG. 48 and other descriptions of the intelligent ventilation mode and artificial intelligence which are not described herein.
  • the user may To send and/or receive messages such as text, voice recordings, pictures, video clips, etc., voice calls or video voice calls can also be initiated or received.
  • the objects for sending and receiving messages and connecting video and/or voice calls may be, for example, other mobile devices 1430, smart switches 1410, computers, tablets, PDAs, televisions 1448-1, 1448-2 or 1448-3, telephones or mobile phones. And other equipment.
  • the message board mode (or video voice call mode) 1955 control reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 25, FIG. 27, FIG. 45, FIG. 46, FIG. 48 and other descriptions of the intelligent ventilation mode and artificial intelligence. Make a statement.
  • the user can view the energy consumption of the current day or other date, and the energy consumption can be displayed in different units or forms, for example, in kilowatt hours, the average power consumption in a certain period of time.
  • the wattage is not a unit, or the relevant equivalent value (for example, equivalent to the current electricity price multiplied by the electricity consumption, etc.) in the currency amount.
  • Users can also view power usage for a certain period of time, such as one day, one week, one month, or one year.
  • the APP can generate an energy consumption report for users' reference.
  • FIG. 23, FIG. 27, and FIG. 48 for specific details of the control of the energy consumption monitoring mode 1956, reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 23, FIG. 27, and FIG. 48, and other descriptions of the energy consumption monitoring mode and artificial intelligence, which are not described herein.
  • the user may choose to play music in one or more rooms or areas, and the device for playing music may be any device having a play function, for example, a smart switch 1410, magnetic link in smart Bluetooth audio below the switch 1410, other wired or wireless access to the environment control system audio, wearable playback devices (eg, headphones, hearing aids, etc.), smart phones, tablets, PDAs, computers, TV 1448-1, 1448-2 Or 1448-3, car speakers, and more.
  • the name of the music, artist, album, playlist and other related information can be displayed on the APP.
  • Users can also choose to synchronize with other devices to transfer or accept music and other files, select the music or list to play, and select the playback mode (for example, sequential playback, loop playback, random playback, etc.).
  • the user can also set (or the environment control system self-learning) the time and volume of the music to play, for example, playing the music called by the birds at 8:00 every morning, the volume is getting stronger; after detecting and/or monitoring the user to fall asleep, for example, 20 minutes Gradually reduce the volume and eventually turn off the music playback.
  • the control of the music play mode 1957 reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 27 and FIG. 48 and other descriptions of the music play mode and artificial intelligence, which will not be described herein.
  • the user may choose to turn the baby care mode on or off.
  • the environmental control system detects and/or monitors the baby and its related parameters within a certain range, and to, for example, the mobile device 1430, the smart switch 1410, the computer, the tablet, the PDA, the television 1448. -1, 1448-2 or 1448-3, a device such as a phone or mobile phone sends a prompt or alert.
  • the content detected and/or monitored by the environmental control system may include, for example, baby crying, baby's breathing, baby's heartbeat, baby's body temperature, baby's mood, movement of a person or thing in the baby's room, entering the baby room.
  • the content that the system can detect and/or monitor is not limited to the above description, and may have other parameters, such as the noise volume of the environment in which the baby room is located.
  • the user can also view real-time or non-real-time video voice information of the baby and its environment, and can also interact with the baby through the video voice call mode, and can also adjust parameters such as lighting, temperature and humidity in the baby room.
  • the environmental control system can also be automatically controlled by self-learning functions or artificial intelligence, for example, automatically detecting the temperature in the baby room after detecting and/or monitoring the baby kicking the quilt.
  • the baby care mode 1958 is not a single care that can only be used for babies, but also applies to care for the elderly, children, pregnant women, patients, pets, etc.
  • the baby care mode 1958 control reference may be made to the description of FIG. 27 and FIG. 48 and other descriptions of the baby care mode and artificial intelligence, which will not be described herein.
  • the user can perform, for example, APP settings and smart switch settings.
  • the APP settings include, but are not limited to, security settings, family calendar reminder settings, energy monitoring settings, temperature unit settings, editing nicknames, Q&A help, related information, and email assistance;
  • smart switch settings include, but are not limited to, smart lighting mode settings, Home address settings, edit room type, silent mode, upload photos, Q&A help, and related information.
  • FIG. 27, FIG. 30, FIG. 48 and other descriptions of settings and artificial intelligence, which are not described herein.
  • the APP When the environment control system is required to issue a prompt and/or an alert to the APP, the APP will display a prompt.
  • the prompt content may include, but is not limited to, an icon, a text message, a shortcut button, and the like.
  • Events that cause prompts include, but are not limited to, weather warnings, security alerts, family calendar reminders, baby care reminders, video voice conversations (or message boards) reminders, and the like. Specific details about the prompt Reference may be made to the descriptions of FIG. 27 and FIG. 48 and other descriptions of emergency processing and artificial intelligence, which are not described herein.
  • the user can choose to use the voice recognition function for input or control, or choose to return to the menu.
  • the expressions of different interfaces, functions, and modes in the APP may be much later, and the above modes and the like are not limited to the APP on the mobile device 1430, and may also be displayed in other devices, such as, but not limited to, the smart switch 1410, moving.
  • Device 1430 television 1448-1, 1448-2 or 1448-3, computer, tablet, PDA, and in-vehicle multimedia system.
  • the device that can display the APP interface is not limited to the above device, and may be other devices having a display function, such as a screen on a home appliance such as a refrigerator or a washing machine.
  • the display scale and layout of the APP interface differ depending on the characteristics of the device, and the number of icons displayed on the APP interface and the type of display mode or function are also different depending on the purpose of the device.
  • 29-A and 29-B are one embodiment of an APP displaying a message board mode (or video voice call mode) 1955 on the mobile device 1430.
  • an icon indication 2901 and a text indication 2902 may be included to prompt the user to be currently in the message board mode (or video voice call mode) 1955.
  • the embodiment shown in Figures 29-A and 29-B shows the state in which the user performs text message exchange (or chat), 2903 displays information of different chat participants (e.g., avatar, nickname, name, etc.), and 2904 displays text information. Content. The user can enter text information by typing in column 2905, or by adding an expression to emoji 2906.
  • the voice control button 2908 can be used at the bottom of the interface to implement voice input and voice control.
  • the menu button 2909 can be used to return to the main menu, and other function buttons 2907 can be used to open sub-menus for other functions.
  • the menus of other functions include functions such as a transmission picture 2911, a deletion history 2914, and a prompt setting 2913. The user can use other function buttons 2907 to close other function submenus and return to the input interface.
  • the intelligent lighting mode can have one or more of the following attributes: 1. Remote setting, or short-range manual setting; 2. Wired or wireless communication setting; 3. Mobile or in/out/day or night depending on the user indoors and outdoors Whether different time periods/users need to go out for a long time, adjust the lighting mode of each room or place in the room; 4. Adapt or self-learn according to the user's daily use habits.
  • Intelligent lighting mode as an integral part of the environmental control system, by receiving different kinds of information/data types (such as security alarms, sudden weather, emergencies, temperature changes, The user moves or enters indoors and outdoors, as well as different time periods during the day or night, changes in the surrounding natural light environment, etc., and the user selects the corresponding light change mode manually or automatically, short-range or remotely, wired or wirelessly.
  • the lighting change mode can achieve the unification of environmental control and energy saving and environmental protection by collecting user's usage habits and preferences, combining energy saving and environmental protection requirements.
  • Users can have different interfaces for intelligent lighting modes, such as smart or non-intelligent user interfaces, or short-range interfaces and remote interfaces.
  • intelligent user interface when it is detected that the user is close to the smart interface, the interface is automatically switched to the light control type user interface.
  • a short-range interface as shown in FIG. 19
  • the user can enter the smart lighting mode by clicking the light control button 1923 located in the upper right corner of the main interface, or directly click on the icon 1911 located in the screen of the main interface to cut in. Intelligent lighting mode.
  • the lighting setting mode of the smart lighting mode can be accessed by clicking the menu button 1924 located in the lower right corner of the main screen.
  • the setting 3010 can be displayed on the touch screen to remind the user that the current page is the setting main interface.
  • the smart lighting mode setting can be accessed by clicking the illumination button 3023 on the main interface.
  • the interface shown in FIG. 30 is also a function of attributes 3021, network 3022, security 3024, means 3025, appearance 3026, help 3027, and information 3028, and the settings of the corresponding functions can be entered through these icons.
  • the content that can be set by the setting interface is not limited to this, and there are many contents that can be set.
  • new home appliances or other devices can be added to the environmental control system through setup functions or paired with an environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system can include or provide an interface or access standard.
  • a home appliance or device can be paired with the environmental control system via this interface or access standard if it includes the corresponding interface or access standard.
  • the environmental control system may implement one or more of the following functions, such as collecting or acquiring parameters or information about the device, user instructions, communicating with the device, controlling the device, and the like.
  • the light intensity control conversion method of the intelligent illumination mode can have different implementation modes. As shown in FIG. 31, the user can manually turn on or off the light between the wave type 3110, the ring type 3120, or the slider type 3130 on the touch screen interface, and control the light intensity change. In the interface 3100, there are two buttons for browsing 3140 and more 3150. The following is an example of the operation mode of the slider type 3120: in FIG. 32, after clicking the light control button 2020 on the upper right, the user can pass The position of the slider showing the light intensity is adjusted to adjust the illumination intensity in the user's room, and after clicking the area selection button 2030 in the lower right area, the user can slide the position of the slide type button 3240 on the sliding type brightness adjustment button 3230.
  • the interface can control lighting devices 3311, 3321, and 3331, etc. in, for example, but not limited to, kitchen 3310, bedroom 3320, and living room 3330.
  • the control of the intelligent lighting mode can also be realized wirelessly by the user remotely operating on the mobile phone app through the remote interface.
  • the app and the APP are used interchangeably to represent the application software.
  • FIG. 34 a mobile phone remote interface embodiment is shown: the mobile device 3420 is connected to the smart switch 3410 through the wireless network 3430. After the user enters the app use interface through the established home account, the control panel can be displayed on the touch screen, and the middle is the illumination icon 3427. , prompting the user that the current page is the main interface of the smart interface in the remote interface. At the bottom of the interface, smart lighting mode 3424, voice call mode 3425, and menu 3426 can be selected.
  • Different lighting areas may be selected in the smart lighting mode interface, such as but not limited to all areas 3423, living room 3422, kitchen 3421, and the like.
  • An area indicator 3428 and a wave-type light level adjustment button 3429 are displayed above the interface.
  • the smart lighting mode 3424 the user can switch between several different smart lighting modes. These modes can intelligently set the corresponding light change mode based on different input data of the environmental control system.
  • Different input data for environmental control systems include, but are not limited to, security alarms caused by intrusion by unknown intruders; or sudden weather changes such as heavy rain, lightning, haze, typhoons, tornadoes, etc.; and earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions Emergencies caused by geological disasters; and different time periods such as morning, noon or night; changes in indoor and outdoor temperatures detected by temperature sensors; movement of humans or animals and moving objects detected by motion sensors, etc. .
  • different smart lighting modes include, but are not limited to, the following modes: awake mode 3531; sleep mode 3532; holiday mode 3533; sport mode 3534; night mode 3535 and light learning mode 3536, and the like.
  • the smart lighting mode can determine whether the user has returned home according to the information collected by the sensing module 120, thereby turning on the sport mode in the smart lighting mode of "welcome home.”
  • the sensing module 120 includes at least one sensor, and the sensor, other modules, and external devices may have several corresponding relationships as disclosed in FIG.
  • the sensing module 120 is in turn coupled to the control module 130 and the external device 160.
  • the sensor can also be an external device or a component of an external device.
  • FIG. 7 is only one embodiment of the internal structure and surrounding structure of the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 may have a different structure and be connected to other peripheral devices; and the connection manner here may be wired or wireless.
  • the sensing module 120 transmits the detected user related information to the processing module 110 for analysis and determination, and the information may include, but is not limited to, sound, light, weight, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed, and acceleration, and text.
  • the information may include, but is not limited to, sound, light, weight, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed, and acceleration, and text.
  • the above sensible data types are only examples for convenience of explanation.
  • the information or data types that the sensing module 120 can sense include other types, such as the user's emotions and magnetic fields.
  • the analysis and determination method of the processing module 110 includes, without limitation, comparing the collected information with certain parameters (for example, a reference value, a reference interval, a threshold, a preset value, or a predicted value).
  • This parameter can be set by the user or can be learned by the environmental control system based on machine training. After the analysis by the processing module 110, if the collected information satisfies a certain parameter requirement (for example, a certain reference value, a certain reference interval, a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.), the information is the user. information.
  • a certain parameter requirement for example, a certain reference value, a certain reference interval, a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.
  • the call control module 130 is started to implement the sport mode of the smart lighting mode, including but not limited to using a light-on algorithm that conforms to the user's usage habits to turn on the user's home lighting and intelligence.
  • Lighting mode The light-on algorithm can be implemented according to the established implementation mode, such as automatically or manually opening the porch and the living room lighting, opening the master bedroom, the guest bedroom, and the garage intelligent lighting mode, automatically or manually according to the temperature change perceived by the temperature sensor. Adjust the lighting of the corresponding room, etc.
  • the intensity setting of the light can be based on the user's light intensity preference. Once triggered, the light will remain for a period of time, for example at least 30 minutes The clock is turned off until the light is turned on.
  • the longest maintenance time includes, but is not limited to, for example, two hours.
  • Implementations of the light-on algorithm include, but are not limited to, software implementations and hardware implementations.
  • Software implementations include, but are not limited to, the currently used C, C++, Python, Java, Javascript, Fortran, Visual C++, and assembly language.
  • Hardware implementations include, but are not limited to, microcontrollers, integrated circuits (ICs), chips, and the like.
  • Computer devices that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices, such as personal desktops, personal laptops, PDAs, tablets, and other examples disclosed in the present specification. The examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable hardware and software may also include other aspects such as a smart anti-theft mode and an in-vehicle electronic mode.
  • the smart lighting mode can determine whether the user is getting up and down in the room according to whether the current time period is in a preset time period, such as late night, and the user activity information collected by the sensing module 120, thereby turning on the intelligent lighting mode night mode of soft lighting.
  • the sensing module 120 includes at least one sensor, and the sensor, other modules, and external devices may have several corresponding relationships as disclosed in FIG.
  • the sensing module 120 is in turn coupled to the control module 130 and the external device 160.
  • the sensor can also be an external device or a component of an external device.
  • FIG. 7 is only one embodiment of the internal structure and surrounding structure of the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 may have a different structure and be connected to other peripheral devices; and the connection manner here may be wired or wireless.
  • the sensing module 120 transmits the detected user-related information to the processing module 110 for analysis and determination, including but not limited to sound, light, weight, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed and acceleration, text, One or more of images, touch, pupil, fingerprint, etc.
  • the above sensible data types are merely examples for convenience of explanation.
  • the information or data types that the sensing module 120 can sense include other types such as time, user's mood and magnetic field.
  • the analysis and determination method of the processing module 110 includes, without limitation, comparing the collected information with certain parameters (for example, a reference value, a reference interval, a threshold, a preset value, or a predicted value). This parameter can be set by the user or can be learned by the environmental control system based on machine training.
  • the processing module 110 After the analysis by the processing module 110, it is assumed that the collected information satisfies a certain parameter requirement. (For example, if a certain reference value is met, a certain reference interval is exceeded, a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc. is exceeded), the environmental control system determines that the user is getting up at night.
  • the call control module 130 is started to implement the night mode of the smart lighting mode, including but not limited to calling a light-on algorithm that activates the soft light.
  • the light-on algorithm can automatically adjust the light intensity of the user's room or adjacent room according to the preset implementation process, or according to the user's activity range and activity mode, and the user's usage habits, and perceive according to the temperature sensor. The temperature changes to automatically or manually adjust the lighting of the corresponding room.
  • the light-on algorithm can set a time period during which the user gets up at night (including but not limited to, for example, from 11:00 to 5 am), and in a short period of time (for example, 10) Seconds) Emphasizes light to a brightness range desired by the user. If the user stops moving, the light sensor gradually reduces the input so that the light goes out after about 15, for example 15 seconds.
  • Implementations of the light-on algorithm include, but are not limited to, software implementations and hardware implementations.
  • Software implementations include, but are not limited to, the currently used C, C++, Python, Java, Javascript, Fortran, Visual C++, and assembly language.
  • Hardware implementations include, but are not limited to, microcontrollers, integrated circuits (ICs), chips, and the like.
  • Computer devices that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices, such as personal desktops, personal laptops, PDAs, tablets, and other examples disclosed in the present specification. The examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable hardware and software may also include other aspects such as a smart anti-theft mode and an in-vehicle electronic mode.
  • the intelligent lighting mode can intelligently adjust the opening and using manner of the intelligent lighting mode according to the overall data of the daily activities and habits of the user collected by the cloud server 540 connected to the communication module 140.
  • the storage unit of the processing module 110 records the operating habits and modifications of the intelligent lighting mode of the user under different conditions.
  • Different conditions include, but are not limited to, security alarms caused by intrusion by unknown intruders; or sudden weather changes such as heavy rain, lightning, haze, typhoons, tornadoes, etc.; and geological disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, etc. Incidents; and different time periods such as morning, noon or night; changes in indoor and outdoor temperatures detected by temperature sensors; human or animal detected by motion sensors and moving objects Move, etc.
  • the data information of the daily usage habits and trends of the record users are uploaded to the cloud server 540, the local area network server, the wide area network server, etc. through the communication module 140.
  • the cloud server 540 may be provided by the environment control system or may be a third-party commercial server outside the environment control system.
  • Communication here generally refers to bidirectional acquisition of signals, which may include, but are not limited to, encoding, numbers, text, pictures, sound, and video.
  • the processing module 110 may invoke the control module 130 to implement a self-learning mode in the smart lighting mode according to the user's daily usage habits and trend data recorded by the server, including but not limited to a light learning algorithm based on user usage habits.
  • a specific embodiment of the light learning algorithm can automatically store and upload the user's usage habit data, analyze the user's customary behavior of adjusting the light, and simulate the user's usage behavior.
  • the algorithm compares the data used by the user with certain parameters (eg, a reference value, a reference interval, a threshold, a preset, or a predicted value). This parameter can be set by the user or can be learned by the intelligent lighting mode according to the machine training.
  • the processing module 110 After the analysis by the processing module 110, it is assumed that the data satisfies a certain parameter requirement (for example, according to a certain reference value, enters a certain reference interval, exceeds a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.), according to some preset optimizations.
  • Algorithms including but not limited to least squares, variational methods, steepest descent methods, or other dynamic optimal algorithms, modify the data values, and accordingly adjust the indoor light intensity, and record user feedback and other information.
  • Implementations of the light learning algorithm include, but are not limited to, software implementations and hardware implementations.
  • Software implementations include, but are not limited to, the currently used C, C++, Python, Java, Javascript, Fortran, Visual C++, and assembly language.
  • Hardware implementations include, but are not limited to, microcontrollers, integrated circuits (ICs), chips, and the like.
  • Computer devices that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices, such as personal desktops, personal laptops, PDAs, tablets, and other examples disclosed in the present specification. The examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable hardware and software may also include other aspects such as a smart anti-theft mode and an in-vehicle electronic mode.
  • the intelligent illumination mode can determine the different time periods and the rest state of the user according to the information collected by the sensing module 120, thereby turning on the related recovery mode 3531 or sleeping of the intelligent illumination mode. Mode 3532.
  • the sensing module 120 includes at least one sensor (eg, a timer, etc.), and the sensor, other modules, and external devices may have several corresponding relationships as disclosed in FIG.
  • the sensing module 120 is in turn coupled to the control module 130 and the external device 160.
  • the sensor can also be an external device or a component of an external device.
  • FIG. 7 is only one embodiment of the internal structure and surrounding structure of the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 may have a different structure and be connected to other peripheral devices; and the connection manner here may be wired or wireless.
  • the sensing module 120 determines a corresponding time period by a timer, including but not limited to midnight, early morning, early morning, dusk, night, late night, and the like.
  • the sensing module 120 transmits the detected related information to the processing module 110 for analysis and determination, including but not limited to sound, light, weight, position, temperature, humidity, pressure, current, speed and acceleration, image, and touch. , one or more of pupils, fingerprints, and the like. This includes, but is not limited to, detecting changes in morning sun's light intensity, seasonal changes, and weather changes, such as the user's normal wake-up time (such as around seven o'clock) set by the user interface of a mobile device, computer, or environmental control system.
  • the above sensible data types are only examples for convenience of explanation.
  • the types of data that the sensing module 120 can sense include other types, such as the user's emotions and magnetic fields, and the user's sleep depth.
  • the analysis and determination method of the processing module 110 includes, without limitation, comparing the collected information with certain parameters (for example, a reference value, a reference interval, a threshold, a preset value, or a predicted value). This parameter can be set by the user or can be learned by the environmental control system based on machine training.
  • the control module can determine the user if the collected information satisfies a certain parameter requirement (for example, according to a certain reference value, enters a certain reference interval, exceeds a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.) In the corresponding active state, including but not limited to sleep, such as shallow sleep or deep sleep; low-intensity activities, including but not limited to reading, walking, watching TV, etc.; high-intensity activities, such as exercise, fitness, party activities and so on.
  • a certain parameter requirement for example, according to a certain reference value, enters a certain reference interval, exceeds a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.
  • the call to the control module 130 to implement the awake mode 3531 or the sleep mode 3532 of the smart lighting mode, including but not limited to using an awake mode algorithm or sleep that conforms to the user's usage habits.
  • the lighting wake-up algorithm gradually waking up in a natural way by gradually brightening the intensity of the light in the room.
  • the lighting wake-up algorithm can be based on the current season and/or weather, from 0% brightness immediately Raised to 100%. Here 0% is the lowest brightness level of the bulb and 100% is the highest brightness level of the bulb (the range of numbers given is only for convenience of description).
  • the user can also manually adjust the brightness of the light. After a period of time, the light gradually returns to the normal indoor light intensity (for example, about five seconds), and the brightness of the light and/or the brightness of the indoor light can also be set by the user.
  • the light sleep algorithm gradually reduces the intensity of the activity by gradually dimming the intensity of the room, preparing for bedtime. As a specific embodiment of the light sleep algorithm, the light intensity is gradually reduced from the current light intensity to 0% and then completely turned off after a buffer time.
  • Implementations of the Light Rescuing Mode 3531 and the Sleep Mode 3532 algorithm include, but are not limited to, software implementations and hardware implementations.
  • Software implementations include, but are not limited to, the currently used C, C++, Python, Java, Javascript, Fortran, Visual C++, and assembly language.
  • Hardware implementations include, but are not limited to, microcontrollers, integrated circuits (ICs), chips, and the like.
  • Computer devices that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices, such as personal desktops, personal laptops, PDAs, tablets, and other examples disclosed in the present specification. The examples described above are for convenience of description only, and the controllable hardware and software may also include other aspects such as a smart anti-theft mode and an in-vehicle electronic mode.
  • Figure 36 is an embodiment of a smart switch companion.
  • the power supply 3610 is responsible for powering the processing module 110, and the power supply mode is wired or wireless.
  • the power supply 3610 includes, but is not limited to, an external power source, an internal battery, and a power generation device that is included in the system.
  • the processing module 110 can function as a processing unit, the processing module 110 can communicate bi-directionally with the communication module 140, the processing module 110 can communicate bi-directionally with the input device 3650, and the processing module 110 can communicate bi-directionally with the near field communication tag 3640.
  • the processing module 110 can be any integrated circuit including, but not limited to, Small Scale Integrated circuits, Medium Scale Integrated circuits, and large Large Scale Integrated Circuits, Very Large Scale Integrated circuits, Ultra Large Scale Integrated circuits, and Giga Scale Integrated circuits.
  • the communication module 140 is mainly responsible for communication between the environmental control system, between the environmental control system and the external device, and between the environmental control system and/or the external device and other systems or devices, including but not limited to wired communication and wireless. Communication, wherein wireless communication includes, but is not limited to, radio communication, free space optical communication, acoustic communication, and electromagnetic induction, and the like.
  • the near field communication tag 3640 is an integrated circuit designed according to a specific standard, and has its own storage unit with read and write functions.
  • the near field communication tag 3640 can be responsible for near field communication with other devices through which the smart switch companion 3600 establishes a matching relationship with the other devices.
  • the input device 3650 can receive externally input data, and the input data is recognized by the processing module 110 as three modes, on, off, and load control, and the three modes respectively control the conduction, the closing, and the power of the load.
  • the three modes are controlled by switch 3651 and dimmer 3652, respectively.
  • FIG 37 is a design diagram of the smart switch companion.
  • the shape of the smart switch companion 3600 can be either Figure 3700-A or Figure 3700-B.
  • the 3710-A is the frame of the Smart Light Companion 3700-A
  • the 3720-A is a circular light adjustment knob that adjusts the intensity of the light by rotating the designated button.
  • the 3710-B is the frame of the Smart Light Companion 3700-B.
  • the 3720-B is a strip light adjustment knob.
  • FIG. 38 shows a smart doorbell mode.
  • the smart doorbell mode can be part of the smart security mode.
  • the processing module 110 can perform two-way communication with the power generation detection 3820, the image sensor 3851, the communication module 140, the motion sensor 3852, the sound sensor 3853, the gas composition sensor 3854, the fingerprint sensor 3855, and the input device 3870.
  • the processing module 110 can receive an electrical signal transmitted by the sound sensor 3853. After receiving and processing the electrical signal, the electrical signal is transmitted to the sound output 3860, and the sound output 3860 performs the output processing of the received electrical signal.
  • the input device 3870 includes, but is not limited to, a keyboard, a button, a touch screen, a scanner, a light pen, a mouse, a handwriting tablet, a joystick, etc., and the input device 3870 can be the above Any combination of devices or any number of the above.
  • the power supply 3810 is responsible for powering the security mode, and the power module 3830 converts the current generated by the power supply 3810 into a specific format to power the processing module 110 and the image sensor 3851.
  • the power detection 3820 is responsible for detecting the status of the power supply 3810, which is responsible for transmitting the status of the detected power supply 3810 to the processing module 110, which can configure the power detection 3820 in a particular manner to operate in a particular manner.
  • Processing module 110 may send a particular command to low battery prompt 3840 upon detecting a particular power state transmitted by power detection 3820.
  • the processing module 110 can receive data transmitted by the image sensor 3851, and the processing module 110 can send specific instructions to the image sensor 3851.
  • the content identifiable by the image sensor 3851 includes, but is not limited to, one or more combinations of facial features, physical features, sound features, and motion features.
  • the facial features include, but are not limited to, one or more of the characteristics of age, pupil, expression, hairstyle, and relative position of the facial features.
  • Physical characteristics include, but are not limited to, one or more of the characteristics of height, volume, body proportion, and the like.
  • the sound features include, but are not limited to, one or more combinations of features such as pitch, timbre, frequency, fluency, and keyword sinking of the user's voice or walking voice.
  • the motion features include, but are not limited to, one or more of a feature of a limb movement (head, arm, leg, etc.), speed, or acceleration.
  • Motion sensor 3852 detects the presence of motion in the surrounding environment by monitoring one or more environmental variables. For example, the motion sensor 3852 can transmit microwaves to the surrounding environment. Using the Doppler effect, the motion sensor 3852 can determine whether motion has occurred based on the reflected microwaves. It should be noted that the above motion sensor 3852 transmits microwaves only for ease of understanding.
  • the sound sensor 3853 can collect sound information including, but not limited to, the pitch, tone, frequency, and the like of the sound.
  • the gas composition sensor 3854 can monitor and/or detect the gas composition and/or content of a particular location, either from the environment or from the human body.
  • the gases in the environment include, but are not limited to, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxygen, ozone, ammonia, methane, formaldehyde, benzene and benzene, smoke, and other organic or inorganic gases.
  • Human gases include, but are not limited to, pheromones and other odors emitted by the human body.
  • Fingerprint sensor 3855 can identify fingerprints, including but not limited to, human fingerprints, fingerprints of some animals (eg gorillas, chimpanzees) Etc.), the palm prints of humans and/or some animals, the foot lines of humans and/or some animals, and the palm prints of humans and/or some animals.
  • Communication module 140 is primarily responsible for communication between the environmental control system and external devices, as well as between the system and/or external devices and other systems or devices.
  • the communication module 140 communicates with the outside through a communication network 3880, including but not limited to wired communication and wireless communication, wherein the wireless communication includes, but is not limited to, radio communication, free space optical communication, acoustic communication, electromagnetic induction, and the like.
  • Figure 39 is an embodiment of a security mode in an environmental control system.
  • the user sets the security key through the operation interface of the environmental control system to activate the security mode.
  • a prompt can be displayed on the touch screen to remind the user that the current page is about security mode.
  • the user can click on the difference (X) 3920.
  • the user can click on the hook number ( ⁇ ) 3910 to continue and enter the key input interface.
  • the user can enter the key via the numeric keypad on the touch screen. It is assumed that the environmental control system allows keys containing other symbols (eg, letters, special matches, etc.) that are included on the keyboard on the touch screen.
  • the number When the user clicks on the number, the number can be illuminated to allow the user to see what was entered. The brightness of the number can end after a period of click action, such as 1s, 2s, 3s, or longer.
  • the security mode prompt icon 4010, the number of digits of the user input key 4020, and the numeric keypad 4030 can be displayed on the touch screen.
  • the user can click on the hook number ( ⁇ ) 4032 to confirm the completion of the input.
  • the user can also cancel the latest input by clicking the back arrow ( ⁇ ) 4031.
  • the form of the key includes, but is not limited to, a physical key, a digital password, a text password, a symbol password, a voice password, an image password, a fingerprint password, an iris password, and an electromagnetic wave password, etc., or may be a combination of the above forms. key. If the security key is a combination of a symbol and a number, the respective number of bits of the symbol and the number in the key and the total length of the key may depend on the specific scenario.
  • the environmental control system can specify the composition of the key to improve security. For example, the environmental control system can specify the minimum length of the key, the key composition (for example: at least one number, one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter, one special symbol), and so on.
  • the key can be used to verify the user pair The privilege of a particular part of a house or house.
  • the key can also be used to clarify the user's access to the environment control system.
  • An environmental control system can have multiple keys, and different keys can specify different access privileges and/or access rights.
  • the first key provides full access privileges (eg, rights to enter any part of the house) and access rights (eg, setting and changing the overall or portion of the environmental control system device (eg, air conditioning mode, security mode, smart lighting mode) Etc) the right).
  • the first key may be provided to an administrator of the environmental control system (eg, the owner of the house) where the environmental control system is located.
  • the first key can be provided by the environmental control system as a master key.
  • the first key can be set by the administrator.
  • the environmental control system can require the manager to provide the master key before setting the first key. Assuming the manager forgets the first key, the environmental control system can provide the manager with an opportunity to retrieve or reset the first key.
  • the second key can provide partial access privileges but no access rights. The second key can be provided to other people, such as children of the family, who can enter certain parts of the house, but others have dangerous parts alone (eg, swimming pool, bathroom, workshop where the machine exists, etc.) except. The child will not be able to change the system device if the second key is obtained.
  • the third key provides partial access privileges (eg, access to portions of the house rather than all) and partial access rights (eg, setting and changing portions of the environmental control system device (except for security mode, eg, air conditioning mode, intelligence) The right to the lighting mode, etc.
  • the third key can be provided to a person such as a cleaning person who can enter a room that needs cleaning but cannot enter other parts of the house. The cleaning person can change the environment while providing the third key. Part of the control system.
  • the security key is stored in the environmental control system for other modules to call when implementing security.
  • the interface 4100 displays a prompt 4130 of whether to activate the security mode, the cross (X) 4120 indicates cancellation and the hook number ( ⁇ ) 4110 indicates the determination.
  • Security mode is available in both working and non-working states. Assuming that the security mode is set to the operational state, the sensing module 120 begins to detect information, and the information it collects is determined to be suspected of having a suspected target (such as a stranger, a robber, and all other targets that do not know the security key). Sensing module 120 includes a number of sensors as described in other disclosures.
  • the information detected by the sensing module 120 is for analyzing whether a moving object appears, and the detecting method includes, but is not limited to, acquiring a video containing image and sound information by using a video capturing device.
  • the sensing module of the local office detects an example of a moving object, just for the convenience of understanding, for Other information that can identify whether a suspected target appears, such as sound, light, weight, temperature, pressure, speed and acceleration, pupil, face, etc., or a combination of such information, can also be detected by the sensing module 120.
  • the sensing module 120 can detect facial information for analysis.
  • the sensing module 120 transmits the detected information to the processing module 110 for analysis and determination, and the determining method includes, without limitation, the collected information and a certain parameter (for example, a reference value, a reference interval, a threshold, a preset value, or Predicted value) for comparison.
  • This parameter can be set by the user or can be learned by the environmental control system based on the self-learning function.
  • the information is assumed to be suspected if the collected information satisfies a certain parameter requirement (for example, conforming to a certain reference value, entering a certain reference interval, exceeding a certain threshold/preset value/predicted value, etc.) Information, the environmental control system will respond accordingly to the suspect information.
  • the reaction is to further determine whether the suspect information is safe.
  • the determination method includes, but is not limited to, requiring the user to input the correct security key to the environmental control system to release the suspect information within a certain time interval.
  • the length of the time interval (for example, 20s, 40s, 60s, etc.) can be set by the user in advance, or the environmental control system can learn according to the self-learning function. If the information entering the processing module 110 through the sensing module 120 does not meet a certain parameter requirement (for example, does not meet a certain reference value, does not enter a certain reference interval, does not exceed a certain threshold / preset value / predicted value, etc.), then This information is considered safe, can be deleted, or it can be stored for other uses.
  • the processing module 110 starts to send an instruction to one module or a plurality of modules of the sensing module 120, the control module 130, the communication module 140, and the like.
  • the instruction sent to the sensing module 130 includes an action instruction to the sensing module. If the sensing module 120 has a camera, the content of the action command includes, but is not limited to, controlling the angle, focal length, resolution, and shooting mode of the camera. Shooting time, etc.
  • the instructions transmitted to control module 130 include switching or adjustments to the content controlled by control module 130.
  • the content that control module 130 can control includes, but is not limited to, control currents, motors, computer equipment, and the like.
  • the current control includes, but is not limited to, controlling the power-on and power-off current of the external device, etc.; wherein the control of the motor includes, but is not limited to, controlling the switch of the motor, displacement, speed, acceleration, rotation angle, angular velocity, angular acceleration, etc.
  • Computer equipment includes, but is not limited to, personal computers, servers, and microelectronic devices. Assuming that the control module 130 has an alarm device, then the instruction packet Including but not limited to turning alarm devices on or off.
  • the instructions transmitted to the communication module 140 may be detecting a network environment, confirming a receiving terminal, connecting or suspending communication, transmitting destination information, and the like.
  • the instructions sent by the processing module 110 to other modules are not limited to the above examples, and those skilled in the art can completely adjust according to actual needs without innovation. For example, if at night, the video capture sensor in the sensing module 120 uses infrared technology to shoot without disturbing the suspect target.
  • the processing module 110 sends instructions to a plurality of modules, and the sequence, control strength, and operating frequency can be learned by the user setting or the environmental control system (or security mode) according to the actual situation.
  • the processing module 110 may first send an instruction to the sensing module 120 to cause the camera to track and record the suspect information, then send an instruction to the control module 130, turn on the alarm device and flash the light, and finally send an instruction to the communication module 140 to establish a communication connection.
  • the suspect information is transmitted to the user to read the terminal, and the time interval for receiving the command between the modules is set according to the actual situation.
  • the processing module 110 can also send the above instructions to the sensing module 120, the control module 130, and the communication module 140 at the same time.
  • the smart switch 4210 transmits the collected information, such as but not limited to sound, video, motion, and other various information of the object, to the user's mobile device 4230 via the cloud server 4220, and moves.
  • Corresponding information 4231 is displayed on device 4230.
  • the security mode can also be used to detect and alarm the surrounding environment.
  • a security mode device can be installed in the home entrance to detect the security of the entrance and front yard and/or backyard. For example, if the porch is detected to have passed, and the object is moved and the size and movement rule of the moving object satisfy the reference value (for example, threshold, preset value, predicted value, etc.), the corresponding information of the changes is automatically recorded, etc. .
  • corresponding information includes, but is not limited to, sound, images, video, motion and identity of objects, and the like.
  • This information can be sent to the user in the manner shown in Figure 42, and the user can make further actions on the mobile device or a device such as a personal computer.
  • This feature prevents, for example, a courier from being stolen from a porch package; or someone illegally entering the front yard and/or backyard.
  • the above examples are for convenience only.
  • the application of the security mode can be of other types.
  • the security mode can perform time-sharing and/or partition control on the target location. Different rooms in the family can be weighted according to the weight of the items placed.
  • the security level of a room such as a study room, a collection room or a room with a relatively easy to invade window can be defined as the highest, and the security level of a room such as a living room, a kitchen, a bedroom, etc. is defined as Medium, the level of security in a room such as a bathroom or bathroom is defined as the lowest, and the security strength (eg, whether it is all-weather, whether a key is required, etc.) varies for different levels.
  • different rooms can be partitioned according to relative positions, such as upstairs rooms and downstairs rooms. When the family members are not at home during the day, the security mode is turned upstairs and downstairs; at night, family members can move upstairs and can temporarily close the building. On the security, only open the security downstairs.
  • the time-sharing and/or sub-zones of the security mode can achieve energy savings and other purposes. Other variations or modifications, such as those of ordinary skill in the art, are within the scope of the present application.
  • the final decision can be made. Assuming that it is suspect information and transmitting the instructions to the environmental control system through the instructions, the system itself can take certain defense measures, such as automatically dialing the alarm phone, sending alarm information, judging whether the bedroom door is locked to ensure the user's personal safety, etc. .
  • the processes and modules of the security mode described above are for ease of understanding.
  • the person skilled in the art can expand or streamline the content of the process or module without any innovation.
  • the sensing module 120 can also directly exchange data with the control module 130 and the communication module 140 across the processing module 110.
  • the information collected by the sensing module 110 may also be processed by the processing module 110 without directly affecting the control module 130 or directly transmitted through the communication module 140.
  • Figure 43 is an embodiment of an environmental control system controlling an external device.
  • the external power source 4310 is connected to the processing module 110 through the power module 4320 of the environmental control system.
  • the external power source 4310 is a power source capable of supplying power to the environmental control system, including but not limited to an external power source, a battery, a generator, etc., as described elsewhere in the text.
  • the power module 4320 can directly supply power to the processing module 110, and can also indirectly power the processing module 110 through the battery charging device 4330.
  • the battery charging device 4330 can employ a rechargeable battery, as described elsewhere in the text. In the environmental control system, a certain way can also be taken to facilitate power management.
  • a specific icon can be set on the user interface to display the type of power supply (eg, external power source, battery or generator, etc.), remaining power (eg, displayed in squares or percentages), or charging. Parameters such as status (charging or not charging).
  • the system sets a minimum threshold or security for the remaining battery Threshold value, when the power is lower than the threshold, the system will take certain measures to notify the user, such as but not limited to automatic alarm, to ensure the normal operation of the system.
  • Processing module 110 can transmit a series of action instructions, including but not limited to current, electric motors, and computer equipment, as described elsewhere herein. It is assumed that the control object is the motor 4360, and its control content includes, but is not limited to, controlling the switching of the motor, the displacement magnitude, the speed, the acceleration, the rotation angle, the angular velocity, the angular acceleration, and the like.
  • the processing module 110 can transmit a specific motion instruction to the motor 4360 in a certain manner, and the motor 4360 drives the external device to generate a corresponding action.
  • the external device 1443 therein may include, but is not limited to, a power source, a network communication device, a communication module, a multimedia device, a home appliance, and the like.
  • the home appliance may include, but is not limited to, an exhaust fan, a refrigerator, a washing machine, a television, an air conditioner, a kitchen appliance, a bathroom appliance, and the like.
  • the external device 1443 is an air outlet of the smart fan, wherein the type of the fan includes but is not limited to a household electric fan and an industrial exhaust fan, wherein the household electric fan includes but is not limited to a ceiling fan, a table fan, a floor fan, a wall fan, and a ceiling.
  • the instructions received by the intelligent fan from the processing module 110 include, but are not limited to, controlling the size, direction, fan blade rotation speed and acceleration, air supply amount, and the like of the air outlet of the fan to achieve the purpose of controlling the temperature of the room. In this way, the temperature of each room can be adjusted in real time as needed to save energy.
  • the action instructions sent by the processing module 110 can control the other communication devices 4350 through the communication module 140.
  • the communication mode of the communication module 140 may be wired or wireless.
  • the wireless communication mode includes but is not limited to radio communication, free space optical communication, acoustic communication, and electromagnetic induction, etc., as described in other disclosures herein.
  • Communication device 4350 includes wireless communication devices and wired communication devices such as, but not limited to, wireless devices (notebooks, wireless televisions, mobile phones, etc.), Bluetooth devices, ZigBee network devices, near field communication devices, and the like.
  • the above examples of smart fans are only for understanding how the environmental control system controls external devices, and do not include a control paradigm for all external devices.
  • the instructions of the processing module 110 may include, but are not limited to, whether to open the fireplace, whether to add fuel, the amount of fuel added, the size of the fire, the size of the oven door, whether to open the row. Fans, etc.
  • the control object is an air conditioner
  • the power supply form of the air outlet control module is as shown in FIG. 44
  • the power source may be an external power source, a battery, a generator, and the like.
  • the battery is further divided into a disposable battery and a rechargeable battery.
  • the rechargeable battery can be charged by an external power source or by an engine 4310.
  • the rechargeable battery is powered by the engine, its implementation includes, but is not limited to, utilizing wind energy generator 4430 located in room ventilation duct 4420 for power generation.
  • the electric power generated by the wind power generation is stored in the rechargeable battery 4440, and the driving motor 4450 is driven to control the air outlet 4470.
  • the power prompt function can also be added, for example, the indicator light 4460, and an alarm is generated when the remaining power is below a certain threshold.
  • the processing module 110 in the ventilation mode may further have a gas composition sensor 4370 for detecting and/or detecting the gas composition and/or content of a specific place in a specific place, which may be from the environment or from the human body.
  • the gases in the environment include, but are not limited to, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxygen, ozone, ammonia, methane, formaldehyde, benzene and benzene, smoke, and other organic or inorganic gases.
  • Human gases include, but are not limited to, pheromones and other odors emitted by the human body.
  • the intelligent ventilation mode device can be mounted on the wall 4410 and connected to the ventilation duct 4420.
  • Figure 45 is an embodiment of a video voice call in an environmental control system.
  • a video voice call icon 4510 In the interface 4500, a video voice call icon 4510, a hold-down call text description 4511, an operation prompt 4520, and a call area selection icon 4530 are displayed.
  • the video voice call system has a processing module 110, a sensing module 120, a control module 130, and a communication module 140.
  • the user turns on the video voice call input operation command
  • the processing module 110 converts the user's operation into a control command to the sensing module 120
  • the sensing module 120 transmits the collected intercom information to the processing module 110
  • the processing module 110 sends
  • the instruction turns on the communication module 140
  • the communication module 140 transmits the intercom information to the specific receiving device.
  • the way the user can open a video voice call can be directly through the operation interface of the environment system itself or through the user terminal.
  • User terminal contains all the environment system applications that can be installed
  • the device is, for example, not limited to desktops, notebook computers, PDAs, tablets, mobile terminals (mobile phones, etc.).
  • the user can select the room to be called through the interface, including not limited to the living room, living room, bedroom, baby room, study, kitchen, bathroom, bathroom, etc., or other user-defined rooms, these rooms can be separated Very close, but also very far apart. Users can be in a certain room or far away from these rooms. Users can choose to talk to a room individually, or they can talk to several rooms at the same time.
  • the processing module 110 converts the operations of the user into a series of instructions, and the processing module 110 can send the instructions to one or more of the modules of the sensing module 120, the control module 130, the communication module 140, and the like.
  • the content of the instruction sent by the sensing module 120 includes, but is not limited to, opening a specific information collection sensor, etc., wherein the content of the information collection may be video, audio or text messages, and the information collection sensor may be a camera, a microphone, a text input device, or the like. .
  • the content of the instruction sent by the control module 130 includes, but is not limited to, opening an earpiece in the target room, a video playing window, etc., wherein the earpiece and the video playing window may be on the operation interface of the environmental control system itself or on the user terminal.
  • the instructions sent to the communication module 140 include, but are not limited to, turning on the communication module, receiving information (such as voice, video, or text message) transmitted by the user through the terminal.
  • the connection between the communication module 140 and other communication modules in the external or environmental control system may be a wired connection or a wireless connection. Wired connections include, but are not limited to, the use of metal cables, optical cables, or hybrid cables of metal and optics, including but not limited to radio communications, free-space optical communications, acoustic communications, and electromagnetic induction.
  • the information collected from the sensing module 120, or the information received by the communication module 140 from the user, is passed to the processing module 110, which sends the command to the communication module 140, which selects the appropriate communication method to communicate the user information to the target. room.
  • the appropriate communication method is the optimal transmission strategy based on whether there are terminal equipment, network environment, information file size and other conditions.
  • the environment system will preferentially select the communication method for the mobile phone, such as wireless network (Bluetooth, WLAN, Wi-Fi, etc.) ), mobile network (2G, 3G or 4G signals), or other connection methods (VPN, shared network, NFC, etc.) to deliver messages, without indirectly passing through the target system's environmental system operation interface to the mobile phone, increasing transmission efficiency.
  • wireless network Bluetooth, WLAN, Wi-Fi, etc.
  • mobile network 2G, 3G or 4G signals
  • VPN shared network, NFC, etc.
  • Messages received by users in the target room can be automatically opened or opened by the user in the target room.
  • the user in the target room can choose the following operations without any processing on the information. You can select the reply message (the operation mode is as described above), you can choose to block the message, you can choose to save or delete the message, you can choose to forward the message.
  • Figure 46 shows a user interface embodiment of a video voice call mode. This embodiment illustrates a call between smart switch 4610 and smart switches 4620, 4630 and/or 4640. Each of the smart switches has a speaker device 4680, a sound collection device 4690, and the like.
  • the intelligent switch display interface has an area indication 4650, and a selection indication 4670. Areas in which video voice calls can be made include, but are not limited to, one or more bathrooms 4661, one or more bedrooms 4662, one or more living rooms 4663, and one or more kitchens 4664.
  • the video voice call mode also supports the phone answering function, which can be implemented as an independent call device, such as but not limited to a fixed phone, a mobile phone, etc., having a specific number and having a dialing or answering function. For example, but not limited to setting a SIM card slot in the smart switch, the dialing and answering function of the mobile phone can be realized.
  • the answering function of the video voice call mode can also be implemented by connecting with a fixed telephone or a mobile phone, and the connection manner can be wired or wireless. For details, refer to the description of the communication module in the text.
  • a device in an environmental control system can make a video voice call with a device in another one or more environmental control systems via a medium such as the Internet or a carrier network.
  • the user can make a video voice call to the smart switch 1410 in another user's home in another street, city or country through the smart switch 1410 in the home; a voice and video call can be made with the neighbor through the smart switch 1410.
  • the above examples are only for convenience of explanation. The application of this fact can also be in other scenarios.
  • user A uses television 1448-1, 1448-2 or 1448-3 in the environmental control system A (for example, with videography).
  • the device and the audio collection device's television, etc.) are connected to the smart switch 1410 and turn on the video voice call with the user B, and the user B completes the voice video call with the user A using the mobile device 1430 in the environmental control system B.
  • the video voice signal can be obtained by the camera device on a smart switch, and the user can select a video call and/or a voice call.
  • Users can initiate video voice calls from other devices such as smart switches, mobile devices, TVs, etc., and can also receive video voice calls on other devices such as smart switches, mobile devices, and televisions.
  • This answering method can be automatically turned on.
  • the environment control system automatically starts the corresponding device when receiving a video voice call invitation, starts a video voice call, etc.
  • it can be a manual answer (for example, when the environment control system receives a video voice call invitation, it will sound like a ringing or Flashing and other prompts, the user then selects whether to answer or not on the interface.
  • the user can also set the do not disturb time period, for example, refuse to answer the video voice call from 10:00 pm to 6:00 am.
  • Users can also set up friend contacts and blacklists, such as location, phone number, IP address or personal information of the other party.
  • the sensing module 120 can also directly exchange data with the control module 130 and the communication module 140 across the processing module 110.
  • the information collected by the sensing module 110 may also be processed by the processing module 110 without directly affecting the control module 130 or directly transmitted through the communication module 140.
  • FIG 47 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an automobile control.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 has a touch screen 1711, a processing module 110, a sensing module 120, and a storage device 520.
  • the communication module 140 of the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 can communicate wirelessly with the car 4720, and the mobile device 1430 and the cloud server 540 can perform two-way wireless co-communication with the communication module 140.
  • the user can transmit data to the car 4720 via the mobile device 1430, which data arrives at the car 4720 via the communication module 140.
  • the car 4720 receives the data and processes it to achieve the purpose of controlling the in-vehicle device.
  • the in-vehicle device includes, but is not limited to, an engine, an electric motor, an in-vehicle multimedia/GPS map, and an air conditioner.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 acquires data of the external environment through the sensing module 120, the data being identifiable by the processing module 110 as a mode that can be sent to the cloud server 540 via the communication module 140 in a particular manner.
  • the mode is received by the cloud server 540 and stored in the cloud server 540.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 can identify another mode at a particular time while the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 passes through
  • the letter module 140 communicates with the cloud server 540, and a certain rule can be derived by applying a particular algorithm to the historical pattern stored in the cloud server 540.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 can act accordingly at the particular time in accordance with the rules.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 can obtain the following information through the sensing module 120: time - 2052/12/287:00AM, season - winter, outdoor temperature - minus 20 ° C, indoor temperature - 20 ° C.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 can obtain the following information by communicating with the car 4720: motor state - flameout, air conditioner state - off, air conditioner temperature - 0 °C.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 communicates with the cloud server 540 to derive a rule that the user typically leaves the room within the interval of 7:30-8:00.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 will make the following command to the car 4720: start the motor 20 to 30 minutes in advance, start the air conditioner, switch the air conditioner to the heating mode, and set the temperature of the air conditioner to 20 °C, start car multimedia and play the user's favorite songs or play real-time traffic information, adjust the seat, activate the GPS map to receive the smart switch or simplify the destination address of the switch 4710 transmission and automatically plan the optimal path according to the destination address, in advance fifteen Start the engine in minutes and warm up the car 4720. Further, the car 4720 can also transmit data to the smart switch or the simplified switch 4710 in real time or at a time through the communication module 140.
  • the data includes, but is not limited to, automobile fuel consumption status, battery status, chilled liquid status, and the like.
  • an alert can be issued to the smart switch or simplified switch 4710, alerting the car 4720 to theft.
  • the intelligent switch or simplified switch 4710 communicates with the car 4720 without being limited by distance, meaning that the car 4720 can communicate with the smart switch or simplified switch 4710 when traveling to any position.
  • the information obtained by the sensing module 120 described above is obtained by applying a specific statistical algorithm, the behavior of the smart switch or the simplified switch 4710, and the behavior of the automobile 4720 for ease of understanding, wherein the sensing module 120 can be obtained.
  • the information is any detectable physical quantity in the environment, which may be the habit of any user within a certain time interval, which may be any intelligent switch or simplified behavior that can be accomplished by the switch 4710, the car 4720 may also For motorcycles, battery cars, electric bicycles, yachts, Segway, airplanes, electric wheelchairs, baby carriages, etc.
  • Figure 48 is a flow chart showing the processing of some preset events by the environmental control system.
  • the processing module 110 determines a letter such as an environmental change, an emergency, or a real-time communication detected or received by the sensing module 120, the communication module 140, and/or the cloud server.
  • the preset event is then processed via the control module 130, or directly connected to the external device 160.
  • the following preset events that need to be processed within a certain period of time are collectively referred to as an emergency, but an emergency does not imply that the event has a strong timeliness or harm.
  • step 4810 it is determined by step 4810 whether an emergency event is detected, and then it is determined by steps 4820, 4830, and 4840 whether the detected emergency event belongs to one of the preset events. If the emergency event is a preset event, the corresponding plan is executed through steps 4821, 4831, and 4841; if the emergency event is not one of the preset events, the event is reported to the user and stored. Possible emergencies include, but are not limited to, weather changes, natural or man-made disasters, security incidents, communication events, time alerts, environmental control system errors, reminders, etc.
  • weather changes include, but are not limited to, sudden rainfall, precipitation, cooling, warming, environmental pollution, and changes in sunshine intensity and wind speed;
  • natural or man-made disasters include, but are not limited to, low temperatures, high temperatures, heavy rain, blizzards, hail, typhoons, Hurricanes, tornadoes, sandstorms, thunderstorms, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, volcanoes, mudslides, pests, rodents, and fires;
  • security incidents include, but are not limited to, theft, robbery, personal injury, illegal intrusion, illegal restrictions on personal freedom, terrorist attacks, Anti-social attacks and other human alarms;
  • communications events include, but are not limited to, landline-based calls within the environment control system or externally connected, mobile device-based calls, and video calls or voice calls transmitted by wireless or limited means, Text information, picture information, voice information, video information, etc.;
  • time prompts include but are not limited to calendars, different time zone events, alarm clocks, timers and stopwatch
  • the environmental control system After an emergency is detected, the environmental control system will match the detected event with the preset event, and if a match is reached, the processing plan for the corresponding event will be executed.
  • the processing of events includes, but is not limited to, sending notification pushes, communicating with public networks, controlling currents, and controlling motors.
  • the handling of the emergency includes, but is not limited to, sending a push on the environmental control system user interface screen, sending a push, alerting, and connecting to the user's mobile device and computer.
  • social networks eg Facebook, Twitter, etc.
  • the emergency handling method may be other methods such as controlling a ventilation device switch and a switch for controlling the water sprayer.
  • Precautions for emergency events include, but are not limited to, events set in the environmental control system storage device, events set by the user through the environmental control system user interface, mobile devices or computers, events downloaded from the local area network or the Internet, controlled by the cloud server and the environment Events set by the system self-learning function, etc.
  • an environmental control system storage device After detecting an illegal intrusion, immediately taking a video, uploading it to the cloud server, simultaneously sounding an alarm and alerting the public security system (for example, a 9-1-1 telephone in the United States); Set by the environmental control system user interface, start and preheat the vehicle's processing plan at a fixed time in the morning of the cold weather working day; if the user downloads from the Internet, other users set up to open the door on the family member's birthday.
  • the environmental control system cloud server self-learning function detects that the user is accustomed to performing operation B in a short time after the event A occurs, and the processing plan of B is executed after the occurrence of A according to the setting Wait.
  • processing plans can be used to control various modules and external devices of the system.
  • the flashing of the light may be used as one of the treatments for the emergency, such as, but not limited to, executing the following processing plans: in the event of a security event alert, the light is pressed The SOS Morse code continues to flash; in the case of sudden weather, the light continues to flash rapidly; in the event of an emergency, the light continues to flash rapidly; in the environmental control system, the intercom communication sends voice or text information. Next, the light performs a breathing flash for a certain period of time; in the case of a timer operation, the light performs a slow flashing for a certain period of time.
  • a smart switch or simplified switch 4911 is installed in the 4910.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 includes at least one Near Field Communication (NFC) module
  • the card 4912 includes an NFC module
  • the other device 4913 includes an NFC module
  • the mobile device 1430 includes an NFC module.
  • Smart switch or simplified opening The gateway 4911 can perform two-way communication with the mobile device 1430, the card 4912, and other devices 4913, and the communication manner can be either an active mode or a passive mode. In the active communication mode, each of the communication parties has its own power supply device, and each of the communication parties generates its own electromagnetic field.
  • An NFC device can operate in a card emulation mode, a peer-to-peer mode, and a card reader mode or a combination of any of these modes.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 can communicate bi-directionally with the object 4920 via the communication module 140, including the merchant 4921, the e-commerce 4922, the bank 4923, other users 4924, other units 4925, and the like.
  • the object 4920 may also include any place that can communicate with the smart switch or the simplified switch 4911, such as a school, a train station, an airport, a cafe, a hospital, a convenience store, and the like.
  • the smart switch or the simplified switch 4911 such as a school, a train station, an airport, a cafe, a hospital, a convenience store, and the like.
  • the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 communicates with other objects in the merchant 4921 or 4920 to receive coupon information or other information pushed by other objects in the merchant 4921 or 4920, such as business hours or changes, school start time or change, event location or Change, etc. Taking the merchant coupon as an example, the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 stores the received coupon information into the corresponding storage device.
  • the mobile device 1430 is sufficiently close to the smart switch or the simplified switch 4911, both parties can perform two-way communication.
  • the mobile device can obtain coupon information stored in the smart switch or simplified switch 4911. After the mobile device 1430 obtains the coupon information, the merchant 4921 that can provide the coupon information directly consumes.
  • the mobile device 1430 can also directly consume the coupon information through the smart switch or the simplified switch 4911.
  • Card 4912 can be in passive communication with a smart switch or simplified switch 4911. After the communication is established, the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 consumes the coupon information stored in the smart switch or simplified switch 4911 by reading the information on the card 4912. After receiving the consumption information of the card 4912, the merchant 4921 will deliver the purchased content to the holder of the card 4912 in a courier or ready-to-use manner. Further, the card 4912 can also be actively communicated with the smart switch or the simplified switch 4911, and can be connected through the active communication card 4912. Receive coupon information stored in smart switches or simplified switches.
  • the environmental control system has a self-learning function.
  • the following is an example of an implementation of the self-learning process: the environmental control system analyzes the rules according to the data obtained during the operation, continuously optimizes the algorithm, and finally achieves the degree of judgment on the unknown situation.
  • the data therein includes, but is not limited to, one or more combinations of types of data obtained by the environmental control system through the sensing module 140, daily usage habits of the user, data passively input by the environmental control system, and the like.
  • the data obtained by the environmental control system through the sensing module includes, but is not limited to, various physical chemical or biological data, wherein the physical data includes but is not limited to: sound, light, time, weight, proximity, position, temperature, humidity. , pressure, current, speed and acceleration, respirable particulate matter, radiation, text, images, touch, pupils, fingerprints, etc.; chemical data including but not limited to: air pollutants and water pollutants; biological data including but not limited to: smell , microorganisms and allergens, etc.
  • the user's daily usage habits include, but are not limited to, the operations performed by the user when using any part of the environmental control system, including but not limited to: delete, add, select, forward, rewind, return, open, close, increase One or more combinations of, reducing, accelerating, slowing, etc., and combinations of one or more of time, location, range, intensity, size, frequency, precision, etc., corresponding to such operations.
  • the user's usage habits also include feedback on the judgment made by the environmental control system, such as but not limited to: consent, rejection, disapproval, and the like.
  • the passive input data of the environmental system includes, but is not limited to, codes, algorithms, and programs that transmit or input to the environmental control system using a network, a floppy disk, a hard disk, an optical disk, a USB flash drive, a chip or other data carrier, or an input device directly using a keyboard and mouse. , software, applications and other content.
  • the environmental system continuously corrects the algorithm by analyzing the obtained data or feedback data, and finally realizes artificial intelligence. For example, the environmental system obtains the user's turn-on time through the user's operation, and uses the light sensor to obtain the brightness of the room before the user turns on the light, after continuous self-learning process, environmental control.
  • the system can learn a mode spontaneously: when the brightness of the room reaches a certain threshold, the light is automatically turned on.
  • the user wants to travel, some time is not at home, every time the brightness reaches a certain threshold, it is judged whether to turn on the light, but the motion detector can not detect the motion information in the room, then the light is no longer turned on.
  • the environmental control system gradually learns a mode: when the room brightness reaches a certain threshold, the lights are no longer turned on.
  • users can manually enter some commands to quickly change the self-learning function of the environmental control system.
  • the environmental control system can connect all or part of the household appliances to the environmental control system according to certain methods, and perform distributed or centralized management on them.
  • the mode of adding a new home appliance can be entered through the setting interface shown in FIG.
  • the user can pair one or more devices or appliances with the environmental control system to enable the environmental control system to communicate with it and obtain information of the one or more devices or appliances and control the device or appliances.
  • These household appliances include, but are not limited to, multimedia electronic devices, office appliances, kitchen appliances, sanitary appliances, and other household appliances.
  • multimedia electronic devices include, but are not limited to, televisions, personal computers, audio, home gaming terminals (such as Microsoft Xbox series and Sony PlayStation series), television set-top boxes, video playback devices, and network television terminals; Appliances such as servers, printing devices, scanning devices, telephones, shredders, etc.; kitchen appliances including but not limited to range hoods, electric stoves, induction cookers, microwave ovens, ovens, refrigerators, dishwashers and, for example, toasters, presses Small kitchen appliances such as juice machines and blenders; sanitary appliances include but are not limited to water heaters, washing machines, dryers, and small sanitary appliances such as hair dryers and beauty instruments; other household appliances include, but are not limited to, heating equipment, air conditioners , lighting equipment, central hot water equipment, doorbells, routers, data storage towers, chargers for mobile devices, and gateway terminals for smart devices.
  • the home appliances may be of other types, such as home theaters, automobiles, and other household appliances.
  • the environmental control system can manage these appliances separately, such as the security mode described above, Lighting mode, etc.
  • the environmental control system can also centrally manage these appliances.
  • the method for centralized management includes, but is not limited to, control according to the synergy and repulsion between different types of appliances and the self-learning of the environmental control system.
  • Synergy includes, but is not limited to, the need to coordinate two or more appliances when completing a task. For example, cooking, microwave oven, induction cooker, mixer and range hood are used at the same time.
  • Rejection includes, but is not limited to, the need to stop the use of other appliances while completing a task. For example, when the air conditioning mode is on, the heating device needs to be turned off, and the security mode needs to be turned on when the lighting mode is off.
  • the self-learning of the environment system mainly analyzes the user's usage habits of different electrical appliances. For example, the user turns on the lighting system after closing the curtains, and the music player is turned on after the rain is turned on.
  • the environmental control system automatically records the operation sequence, and the user continuously In the interaction, the algorithm is optimized to control the appliance.
  • the environmental control system can be used alone according to the synergistic and exclusive relationship of the electrical characteristics and the self-learning of the environmental control system. Can also be used in combination.
  • the environmental control system can be understood for the following example: Assume that the user is an office worker, get up at 7:00 every day, wash at 7:15, make breakfast at 7:35, go out at 8:00.
  • the environmental control system will slowly turn on the bedroom air conditioner at 6:50, turn on the bedroom lighting at 7:00, preheat the bathroom water heater at 7:10, turn on the bathroom lighting at 7:15, and turn off the bedroom air conditioning and lighting at 7:20. 7:35 turns on the kitchen lighting.
  • the environmental control system turns on the range hood, and the bathroom heater and the lighting are turned off at 7:38.
  • the system turns off the range hood, and the washing is turned off at 7:50.
  • Dishwasher, 7:55 turn off the dishwasher and lighting, 7:55 to turn on the living room lighting and broadcast the weather forecast, open the door at 8:00, turn off the lights at 8:00.
  • the environment system has a self-learning function and will adapt to other different situations, and is not limited to the above examples.
  • the environmental control system does not control the electrical appliances in a specific mode.
  • the system can intelligently and smoothly coordinate the electrical appliances according to the real-time actions of the users. For example, the environmental control system determines the user's condition according to the sensing module before receiving or transmitting an instruction. For example, when the 7:15 bathroom lighting is turned on, if the sensor module does not detect the user's appearance, it will be delayed to achieve energy saving.
  • the environmental control system has a smart chat function, one of which is exemplified here.
  • the environmental control system begins to collect user information. Identify the user's identity based on the information. After the user is identified, the environment control system queries the stored database of the user, and outputs the chat content according to the characteristics, habits or inclinations of the user. After receiving the user's response, the environmental control system will determine the semantics of the answer to determine the next chat content, or complete the user's instructions.
  • the smart switch internal or external sensor may be used, and the collected information includes but is not limited to user and environment information or parameters, and the user information includes not limited to the user's face, body type, motion, speed, and Acceleration, sound, expression, temperature, smell, pheromone, etc., environmental information includes but is not limited to images, sound, temperature, humidity, pressure, gas, electromagnetic waves, etc., the information collected by the environmental control system may be one of the above information, It is also possible to combine a variety of information.
  • the sensors used include, but are not limited to, video sensors, motion sensors, speed and acceleration sensors, sound sensors, temperature sensors, pheromone sensors, humidity sensors, pressure sensors, gas composition sensors, electromagnetic wave sensors (such as, but not limited to, visible light, infrared, One or more combinations of sensors such as UV sensors.
  • the environmental control system comprehensively judges the collected information and identifies the user's identity.
  • the recognition method includes, but is not limited to, one or a combination of facial features, physical features, sound features, and motion features.
  • the facial features include, but are not limited to, one or more of the characteristics of age, pupil, expression, hairstyle, and relative position of the facial features.
  • Physical characteristics include, but are not limited to, one or more of the characteristics of height, volume, body proportion, and the like.
  • the sound features include, but are not limited to, one or more combinations of features such as pitch, timbre, frequency, fluency, and keyword sinking of the user's voice or walking voice.
  • the motion features include, but are not limited to, one or more of a feature of a limb movement (head, arm, leg, etc.), speed, or acceleration.
  • the environmental control system transmits the collected information to the processing module, and comprehensively analyzes these to identify the identity of the hostess A.
  • the methods used in the comprehensive analysis include, but are not limited to, using a specific algorithm to compare against an existing database to verify the identity of the user. It is assumed that the environmental control system comprehensively judges the identity of the hostess A according to the user's age, pupil, height, walking speed, etc.
  • the data of the hostess A in the environmental control system is further queried, and then combined.
  • the specific environment refers to time, place, weather and other factors, output chat content.
  • the environmental control system judges the female host People A enters the kitchen in the morning, then the chat content that the environmental control system can output includes but is not limited to: "Good morning, dear A! Are you going to have breakfast?"
  • the chat interface you can use smart switches or other devices.
  • the object category can be customized by the system, or it can be set according to the user's preferences or habits.
  • These objects may be characters, animals or plants, such as but not limited to movie stars, singers, historical figures, cartoon characters, various anthropomorphic animals or plants, etc. These objects may be presented in two or three dimensions.
  • the language type and sound characteristics can be the style of the object to be retained, or can be set by the user.
  • Hostess A will respond after receiving the chat information of the environmental control system. The response may include but is not limited to: "Yes. I want to see what else is in the refrigerator.” The environmental control system received the response. After the information, the judgment will be analyzed again.
  • the environmental control system judges that the hostess A will make breakfast, and according to the keywords such as “refrigerator” and “see”, it is judged that the hostess A needs to view the refrigerator, and the environmental control system processes the information and generates Open the refrigerator door and output the voice: “Okay. Is there any other place to help?”
  • the environmental control system has a smart care function (such as but not limited to the baby care mode 1915 or 1958 displayed by the menu interface, etc.), one of which is exemplified herein.
  • the main process is: the environmental control system collects information on the target to be monitored, transmits the information to the caregiver or supporter in real time, automatically analyzes the unexpected situation and issues an alarm.
  • the target may be implemented by its sensing module, and the collected information includes but is not limited to user and environment information, and the user's information or parameters include not limited to the user's face, body type, motion, speed and acceleration, sound, expression, temperature, Odour, pheromones, etc.
  • sensors used include, but are not limited to, their own or external devices such as video sensors, motion sensors, speed and acceleration sensors, acoustic sensors, temperature sensors, pheromone sensors, and the like. It is also possible to identify human or animal related information by means of equipment worn by humans or animals, such as GPS devices, mobile phones, smart glasses, smart watches, and other wearable devices, in conjunction with other information.
  • the environmental control system detects information such as the equipment worn by a person or an animal and the height of a person or an animal to identify the identity of the person or animal. After collecting this information, the environmental control system can use the communication module to transmit to the caregiver or the supporter's room, so that the user can get the status of the care target in time.
  • the existence status of the information may be in the form of text, voice, video, and the like.
  • the environmental control system also has an emergency alarm function, including emergency situations including but not limited to children falling, children crying, children falling out, children playing, children calling, old people falling, old people awakening, old people calling, etc. Users can also customize emergency situations that require special alerts.
  • the care target is a child
  • the target place is a swimming pool
  • the environmental control system can capture the child's activities through the camera on the smart switch and other external shooting equipment, and transmit it to the intelligent switch of the study room or other external display device through the communication module, so that the parents can know the behavior of the child at any time.
  • the system does not deliberately disturb parents when the caregiver is safe.
  • the video information collected by the environmental control system can also be analyzed by the processing module, such as detecting whether the child is close to the swimming pool, whether it falls into the swimming pool, or the like.
  • the method of video analysis by the environmental control system can be defined by the user or self-learned by the environmental control system. If the environmental control system detects that the child is near the edge of the swimming pool, it will give an alarm to the living room.
  • the relevant equipment in the living room such as the horn or alarm of the smart switch, will execute the alarm command to let the parents get dangerous news.
  • the environmental control system can be used in nursing homes, nursing homes, laboratories, baby rooms, kindergartens and other places, as well as pet care or patient care.
  • other tasks can be accomplished in conjunction with other external devices, such as, but not limited to, timing for pet feeding, preventing pets from damaging home facilities, chatting with pets, and the like.
  • Tasks that can be completed include, but are not limited to, helping the patient to call the caregiver, alerting the patient to medication, reporting the patient's condition to the patient, and the like. Extensions such as these are within the scope of this application.
  • the environmental control system is able to create a health profile for each family member and provide health information to the user in real time.
  • the process of establishing a health file includes, but is not limited to, a user's physical parameter obtained by the environmental control system through the sensing module, obtained through user input, and obtained through a self-learning function.
  • These physical parameters include, but are not limited to, the user's gender, age, height, weight, measurements, blood type, body temperature, respiration, pulse, heart rate, blood pressure, blood sugar, blood lipids, pupil and corneal reflexes, medical history (such as but not limited to tuberculosis, heart Disease, asthma, high blood pressure, diabetes, etc.). Signs of the parameters also include sleep conditions, metabolism, physical examination and so on.
  • the environmental control system can also give health advice on a daily basis or at an appropriate time according to their own analysis and judgment. For example, when the user gets up, he can learn the quality of his sleep last night from the environmental control system, and can know his body temperature, heart rate, breathing, pulse, blood pressure, blood lipids and other physical parameters.
  • the environmental control system can combine the physical parameters of the moment with the health record of the user for comprehensive analysis. If the physical parameters are within the normal range of variation, the user may not be actively reminded.
  • the environmental control system will remind the user to take the medicine and measure the body temperature at an appropriate time (such as, but not limited to, before, after, after bed, etc. depending on the specific drug type). Blood pressure and so on.
  • the environmental control system updates the user's health profile.
  • This update can be implemented by user input, or automatically updated by the environmental control system, or the environmental control system is updated based on information provided by third parties.
  • the environmental control system may update the user's health profile in the environmental control system by obtaining the user's health or rehabilitation information from the patient's hospital (or electronic case) or medical prescription record stored at the hospital or at the user's personal doctor.
  • the environmental control system does not create or maintain a user's health profile, but instead obtains the user's health profile from a third party.
  • the environmental control system can obtain the user's health profile from a third party in real time, periodically, or when a triggering event occurs.
  • the triggering event may include the creation or update of a case (eg, an electronic case) or medical prescription record that the user has saved at the hospital or at the user's personal doctor.
  • Third parties can include hospitals, A clinic, pharmacy, or other institution or individual that can create, update, save, or access user health or other information.
  • the environmental control system is applied to a ward or a nursing home to cope with the patient's disease treatment.
  • the environmental control system can also share the user's health file with the private doctor in time to facilitate the doctor to understand the user's physical parameters.
  • the environmental control system can intelligently manage the user's living environment.
  • the environmental control system calls the built-in device or the external device of the environmental control system according to the living habit of the user, and intelligently cooperates with the user to complete a series of activities.
  • the living room includes but is not limited to getting up and resting, and the equipment includes but is not limited to various smart appliances.
  • the environment control system can cooperate with, but not limited to, opening alarms, turning on lights, opening curtains, turning on air conditioners, and recommending clothing index.
  • the alarm sound and the number of times can be defined according to the user's preference or habit.
  • the alarm sound can be music, vocal, animal tweet, etc.
  • the number of alarms can be only one time, or at intervals. Remind once.
  • the light When the light is turned on, the light can be turned on at a specific time, or the light can be gradually turned on for a period of time (for example, the process of simulating the rising of the sun), the lighting time and the brightness of the light can be set by the user, or can be self-learned by the system.
  • Judge. Whether the curtain is opened and the opening time can be determined according to the user's setting, or after the system detects whether the user gets up and dresses.
  • the air conditioner can be turned on after the user gets up, or can be turned on before the user gets up.
  • the environmental control system can control the air conditioner based on user instructions and/or one or more other parameters, which can include the user's wake-up time, room temperature at the time of getting up, or room temperature for a period of time before getting up (eg, half an hour or one hour before getting up).
  • One or more of the parameters such as the room temperature to be reached, the speed of temperature change, and the like.
  • Control of the air conditioner may include, but is not limited to, a change in startup time, operating power, power (eg, changes over time), and the like.
  • the reminder of the dressing index is based on the fact that the environmental control system has the function of receiving weather forecast. For example, when the outdoor temperature is low, the environmental control system can remind the user to wear more clothes.
  • the environment control system can be combined with but not limited to reminding rest, turning off the lights, turning on the air conditioner, closing the curtains, and so on.
  • the environment control system can be played by playing video, voice or music, and the selection of video, voice or music can be set according to the user's preferences or habits.
  • the light can be turned off at a specific time, or the light can be gradually darkened over a period of time (for example, the process of mimicking the sun).
  • the air conditioning mode can be turned on before the user falls asleep, or can be determined by the environmental control system based on the detected real-time temperature.
  • the environmental control system can recommend users' life recommendations that they are really interested in, anytime, anywhere. These life suggestions include, but are not limited to, recommending a three-course menu, a TV/movie show, a visitor object, a travel plan, a fitness program, and the like. For example, the user's nationality, religious beliefs, eating habits, physical condition, etc. can be stored in the environmental control system, and the environmental control system will automatically recommend a reasonable diet menu using this information. Specifically, it is assumed that the environmental control system detects and analyzes the dishes on the table and finds that it is mainly vegetables.
  • the environmental control system can automatically recommend some dishes containing meat for the user to choose.
  • the environmental control system can automatically record and analyze the phone number dialed by the user, the guest appearing in the living room, the name of the person mentioned, or remind the user to meet certain guests or contact some guests on a regular basis according to the user's settings.
  • the environmental control system can record and analyze the records of the user watching the television, such as channels, time slots, programs, etc., and assume that when there is a program update that is of interest to the user at a certain time, the user is recommended to watch.
  • the environmental control system can also remind users whether they need to add clothes, carry umbrellas, wear masks, etc. according to the weather forecast for the day.
  • the environmental control system can also be based on the user's daily life. Habits, eating habits, and health conditions recommend whether the user needs fitness and what fitness methods to choose.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • Fuzzy Systems (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Circuit Arrangement For Electric Light Sources In General (AREA)
  • Selective Calling Equipment (AREA)
  • Air Conditioning Control Device (AREA)
  • Control Of Non-Electrical Variables (AREA)
  • Feedback Control In General (AREA)
  • Laser Beam Processing (AREA)
  • Control By Computers (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

公开了一种环境控制系统，该控制系统能够检测环境中的自然环境和人为环境的变化，自动或半自动的控制电子设备的使用。该系统可以通过网络连接和内置存储模块内存储的采集信息，来计算和学习用户对电子设备的使用习惯。

Description

环境控制系统 技术领域
本申请涉及环境控制系统，包括多种子系统或模式集成、建筑环境设计与控制、数据采集和分析、电路集成、数据通信和智能科学领域。
背景技术
现代社会的生活环境常常依赖于多种电子设备的相互协作，例如建筑物内的灯光控制，常用电器(例如电冰箱、电视机等)的安装和使用，安保系统(例如门铃、闭路电视等)，以及供暖和空调系统等等。这类电子设备大多使用物理开关，例如电灯的手动开关，电冰箱的插座连接，门铃的按钮，水暖系统的阀门，以及空调的开关等。物理开关的使用有时候可能给人们带来一些不便。例如，夜间进屋或半夜起床，也许需要用手摸索电灯开关；出门可能忘了关灯，关电视；睡觉忘记将电视关机，电视机播放一整晚，浪费能源；有客来访按门铃，主人可能要穿堂过室去开门；空调需要人去打开，经过一段时间才能达到设定的温度，否则可能就需要长时间无效地运行；安防闭路电视的录制功能一般需要长时间打开，有时会占用大量存储空间。以上所列举仅仅是一些常见的情形，可见尽管一些电子设备已经加入了智能控制的元素(例如电冰箱的智能温控等)，但人们仍旧需要更智能、更方便、功能更强大的环境控制系统。
简述
本申请涉及环境控制系统及用法。该环境控制系统可以包括多种子系统或模式集成、建筑环境设计与控制、数据采集和分析、电路集成、数据通信和智能科学领域。根据其中一个实施例，该系统包括：第一面板和第二面板。第一面板可以包括第一传感模块和第一处理模块。第一传感模块能够采集一种与第一设备相关的参数。第一处理模块能够根据至少一部分采集的数据或用户输入决定对第一设备的控制。第一面板可以通过其它方式(例如，位于第二面板的传感器或传感元件，位于系统外(独立于系统) 的传感器或传感元件，等等)获取关于第一设备的一种或多种参数，以作为决定对第一设备的控制的依据。第二面板可以独立于第一面板工作。第二面板可以包括第一物理调节器。第一物理调节器可以对第一设备进行控制。第一面板可以控制第一物理调节器。第一面板和第二面板之间是可拆卸连接。第一面板也可以称为面板。第二面板也可以称为背板。为方便，环境控制系统也可以称为系统。
根据本申请的一个实施例，所述第一面板的第一传感模块可以包括一个或多个传感器或传感元件。例如，第一面板的第一传感模块可以包括环境温湿度感应器，气体成分传感器，运动传感器，接近传感器，能感受环境光强度的光度传感器，等等，以及各种传感器或传感元件的任意一种组合。一个运动传感器能够探测环境中的速度、轮廓以及物体与智能开关间的距离。第一面板包括一个摄像设备。所述摄像设备可以具有物理挡板，该物理挡板可以打开或关闭。第一面板可以包括一个网关。该网关可以是一个智能网关。在本申请中，关于智能网关的描述可以参考说明书下文所述。
根据本申请的一个实施例，所述第一面板进一步包括第一通信模块。第一面板可以通过第一通信模块与第二设备通信。第一面板可以通过与第二设备的通信控制第二设备。第一面板可以采集或获取关于第二设备的参数或用户输入，据此对第二设备进行通信或控制。参见关于第一面板采集或获取关于第一设备的参数或用户输入的描述。第一通信模块与所述第二设备的通信是通过一个或多个运营商网络。第一通信模块与第二设备的通信可以是通过一个无线网络。
根据本申请的一个实施例，所述第一面板包括一个触感装置。所述触感装置可以是一个触摸屏。在本申请中，触感装置和触摸屏可以统称为触摸屏。第一面板可以通过所述触摸屏获取用户输入。第一面板可以通过触摸屏显示与第一设备相关的信息。用户输入可以是用户点击或选中触摸屏上显示的与第一设备相关的至少一部分信息。第一面板可以通过触摸屏显示其它信息。用户输入可以是用户点击或选中触摸屏上显示的信息的一部分或全部。用户输入可以是用户输入的其它信息或指令。第一面板可以通 过所述第一通信模块获取用户输入(例如：用户在可以与环境控制系统通信的手机，电脑，电视或电视遥控器上的输入，等等)。根据本申请的一个实施例，第二面板包括一个第二传感模块和(或)第二通信模块。第二传感模块可参见第一传感模块的描述。第二通信模块可参见第一通信模块的描述。
根据本申请的一个实施例，一个环境控制系统包括：第一面板和第二面板。第一面板可以配置成能够采集或获取一种与第一设备相关的参数或用户输入。与第一设备相关的参数可以由一种传感器或传感元件采集。该传感器或传感元件可以是环境控制系统的一部分。例如：环境控制系统包括一个传感模块，该传感器或传感元件可以是该传感模块的一部分。该传感模块可以是第一面板的一部分，也可以是第二面板的一部分。与第一设备相关的参数可以通过该环境控制系统的其它部分或模块获取。例如：与第一设备相关的参数可以由环境控制系统外的(或独立于系统的)传感器或传感元件采集并发送到系统。与第一设备相关的用户输入可以由一种输入输出设备获取。这个输入输出设备可以是一个触摸屏。该输入输出设备可以是环境控制系统的一部分。例如：环境控制系统包括一个触摸屏，该触摸屏可以是第一面板的一部分，也可以是第二面板的一部分。与第一设备相关的用户输入可以通过该环境控制系统的其它部分或模块获取。例如：与第一设备相关的用户输入可以由环境控制系统外的(或独立于系统的)输入输出设备获取并发送到系统。该环境控制系统可以根据至少一部分采集或获取的参数或用户输入决定对第一设备的控制。该决定可以由一个处理器做出。该处理器可以是环境控制系统的一部分。例如：环境控制系统包括一个处理模块，该处理器可以是该处理模块的一部分。该处理模块可以是第一面板的一部分，也可以是第二面板的一部分。该处理器也可以是，例如，云服务器的一部分。该云服务器可以是环境控制系统的一部分，或环境系统外的(独立于环境控制系统)的。第二面板可以包括第一物理调节器。第一物理调节器可以对第一设备进行控制。第一面板可以控制第一物理调节器，以此对第一设备进行控制。第一面板和第二面板之间是可拆卸连接。第一面板可以与除第一设备之外的其它设备通信或对该设 备进行控制。
根据本申请的一个实施例，一个环境控制系统包括一个连接器，该连接器连接第一面板和第二面板。
根据本申请的一个实施例，第二面板进一步包括一个电流检测装置，可以采集电流信息，并将该电流信息发送给所第一面板。第二面板上的第一物理调节器可以是一个调光器。
根据本申请的一个实施例，一个环境控制系统进一步包括一个无线开关，该无线开关可通过第一面板控制第一设备。
根据本申请的一个实施例，一个环境控制系统进一步包括一个第三面板，该第三面板包括第二物理调节器，该第二物理调节器可以对第三设备进行控制；第一面板可控制该第二物理调节器。该第三面板进一步包括一个或多个模块，例如，第三传感模块，第三通信模块，第三传感模块等一个或多个模块，或多个模块的不同组合。第一面板可以进一步通过第一通信模块和第三面板通信。进一步的，第一面板与第三面板是可拆卸连接。该第三面板也可以成为简化开关。
根据本申请的一个实施例，一种方法包括通过第一面板采集式获取一种与第一设备相关的参数或用户输入；根据至少一部分获取的参数或用户输入由该第一面板决定对该第一设备的控制操作；执行对该第一设备的控制操作,其中对第一设备的控制操作包括由第一面板控制第一物理调节器,该第一物理调节器可以独立于第一面板控制该第一设备。
进一步的，该第一面板包括第一传感模块，一种与第一设备相关的参数由第一传感模块采集。该第一面板包括一个触摸屏，用户输入通过所述触摸屏获取。该第一物理调节器也可以是一个调光器。该第一面板进一步包括第一通信模块，第一面板可以通过第一通信模块与第二设备通信。该第一面板可以通过与第二设备的通信控制该第二设备。
附图描述
为了更清楚地说明本申请的实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅 是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明，图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。
图1：环境控制系统模块示意图
图2：系统运作流程
图3-A：系统运作子流程
图3-B：系统运作子流程
图4-A：部分常用家用交流电源插座图示
图4-B：部分常用接线盒图示
图5：处理模块示意图
图6：处理模块运作流程图
图7：传感模块示意图
图8：传感模块运作流程图
图9：控制模块示意图
图10：控制模块运作流程图
图11：通信模块示意图
图12：通信模块运作流程图
图13-A：模块运用实施例
图13-B：模块运用实施例
图13-C：模块运用实施例
图13-D：模块运用实施例
图14：环境控制系统结构示意图
图15：智能开关结构示意图
图16：智能开关结构示意图
图17：智能开关连接结构示意图
图18：简化开关结构示意图
图19：菜单界面实施例示意图
图19-A：菜单界面实施例示意图
图19-B：菜单界面实施例示意图
图19-C：菜单界面实施例示意图
图19-D：菜单界面实施例示意图
图19-E：菜单界面实施例示意图
图20：光控界面实施例示意图
图21：安防模式界面实施例示意图
图22：家庭日历界面实施例示意图
图23：能耗监测界面实施例示意图
图24：天气预警界面实施例示意图
图25：视频语音通话界面实施例示意图
图26：时钟界面实施例示意图
图27：自学习功能实施例流程图
图28：面板自由组合实施例示意图
图29：移动设备控制实施例示意图
图29-A：留言板界面实施例示意图
图29-B：留言板界面实施例示意图
图30：设置界面实施例示意图
图31：智能照明模式选择实施例示意图
图32：智能照明模式实施例示意图
图33：多区域智能照明实施例示意图
图34：远程智能照明实施例示意图
图35：智能照明实施例示意图
图36：智能开关伴侣实施例示意图
图37-A：智能开关伴侣设计一个示例
图37-B：智能开关伴侣设计一个示例
图38：安防模式实施例示意图
图39：安防模式实施例示意图
图40：安防模式实施例示意图
图41：安防模式实施例示意图
图42：安防模式远程控制实施例示意图
图43：智能通风模式实施例示意图
图44：智能通风模式实施例结构图
图45：视频语音通话模式实施例示意图
图46：视频语音通话网络示意图
图47：机动车控制实施例示意图
图48：紧急事件处理实施例示意图
图49：近场通信支付功能实施例示意图
具体描述
为了更清楚地说明本申请的实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明，图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。
如本说明书和权利要求书中所示，除非上下文明确提示例外情形，“一”、“一个”、“一种”和(或)“该”等词并非特指单数，也可包括复数。一般说来，术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素，而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列，方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。
本说明书涉及的环境控制系统可用于多种场景，比如家庭，办公场所，学校，医院，以及其它私人或公共场所。该环境控制系统可以控制一种或多种装置，例如照明，温度，电器，或其它设备。该环境控制系统可以有一个或多个开关。一个开关可以有两个面板，第一面板和第二面板。第一面板和第二面板可以是可拆卸的连接，即第一面板可以从第二面板反复分离和连接。第一面板可以有一个触摸屏。该触摸屏可以为用户显示内容，也可以接受用户的输入。第一面板可以控制一种或多种装置。第二面板可以有一个或多个物理调节器。一个物理调节器可以独立于第一面板工作。 当第一面板受损或失灵时，用户可以将第一面板移除，通过第二面板上的物理调节器实现至少一部分第一面板正常工作时可以实现的控制功能。该环境控制系统可以和已有的电源线路或其它控制线路连接安装(这样就不必要为该环境控制系统重新布线)，以实现对这个电源线路或其它控制线路的控制功能，同时还可以对另外至少一种设备进行控制。例如，该环境控制系统可以连接安装在已有的连接或控制照明的电源线路，实现对照明的控制；同时，该环境控制系统可以以有线或无线的方式对一个或多个其它设备进行控制，例如但不限于空调、吊扇、灯、电视、门铃、摄像设备或其它家用电器等。当第一面板受损或失灵时，用户可以将第一面板移除，通过第二面板上的物理调节器实现至少对照明的控制功能。
图1展示的是一个环境控制系统中可能包含或用到的模块的示意图，包括但不限于一个或多个组件100、一个或多个电源150、和一个或多个外部设备160等。其中，组件100包括但不限于处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130和通信模块140等。处理模块110可以用于环境控制系统的计算与主要逻辑判断，协调各个模块间的关系，处理模块110可以是集中式的(集成在一个电子元件上)也可以是分布式的(由多个电子元件配合运作)、可以是本地的(位于所控环境内部)也可以是远程的(位于所控环境外部)。传感模块120主要用于获取各种环境及环境控制系统相关的参数、变量等内容，传感模块120获取信息的方式可以是集中式的也可以是分布式的、可以是本地的也可以是远程的、可以是有线的(通过例如电缆或光缆等)也可以是无线的(通过例如无线电或光信号等)。控制模块130主要用于对环境控制系统和(或)外部设备进行控制，控制的方式可以是集中式的也可以是分布式的、可以是本地的也可以是远程的、可以是有线的也可以是无线的。通信模块140主要负责环境控制系统内、环境控制系统与外部设备之间、以及环境控制系统和(或)外部设备与其它系统或设备之间的通信，通信方式可以是有线的也可以是无线的。电源150泛指能提供电能的设备，电源的连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。要注意的是，此处和下文所指的连接方式可以包括但不限于电源电路的连接或信号传输的连接等，而关于连接方式的具体形式会在图3-B的 描述之后有所体现；后文对连接方式的描述适用于全文所述的“连接”或“连接方式”等词汇。外部设备160泛指与环境控制系统或者环境控制系统的某个设备相关的各种直接或间接的设备，可以是本地的也可以是远程的、可以是有线的也可以是无线的。
处理模块110和其它模块和(或)其它设备相连，例如但不限于传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140等。连接的方式可以是有线的也可以是无线的。传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140也可以互相连接，其各自连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140可以有各自独立的电源，也可以两两共享、三者或三者以上共享同一个电源。传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140可以分别连接外部设备，单个外部设备可以连接一个或多个模块，连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。一个处理模块110可以和另一个或多个处理模块(图中未体现)相连，也可以和存储设备(图中未体现)和(或)云服务器(图中未体现)相连，连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。上文所描述的各个模块和设备并不是必须的，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技术原理、结构的情况下，对该系统进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，各个模块可以任意组合，或者构成子系统与其它模块连接，而这些修正和改变仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。例如，图1所示的控制模块130与通信模块140可以构成一个子系统，该子系统可以以有线或无线的方式再与处理模块110相连。类似的变型仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。另外，各个模块可以是分布在不同电子元件上的，也可以是一个以上的模块集成在同一个电子元件上的，还可以是同一个模块分部在一个以上电子元件上。例如，处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140各为一个独立的芯片；或者传感模块120和控制模块130集成在同一个芯片上，而处理模块110和通信模块140各为一个独立的芯片；又或者处理模块110、传感模块120和控制模块130各为一个独立的芯片，而通信模块140将不同网络模块分布在多个芯片上等。
图2概述了该环境控制系统的运作流程的一个示例，包含以下步骤： 环境信息和(或)用户输入信息在步骤210被采集，这些信息数据经过步骤300A进行处理后在步骤220由处理模块110进行处理。步骤300A相关操作将在后文详细介绍。步骤230根据步骤220处理的结果判断是否需要控制模130块执行控制命令。若不需要控制模块130执行控制命令，或者虽然控制模块130需要执行命令，但部分或者全部数据仍需要存储，则经过步骤300B以及240来存储数据；若需要执行控制命令，则系统可以执行步骤250，经由步骤300B’和步骤260存储后，返回步骤210。步骤300B和步骤300B’相关操作将在后文详细介绍。被存储的数据可以进一步通过有线或无线的连接传输到外部设备(图中未体现)，也可以由系统进一步用于模式分析和学习的功能(图中未体现)。此处的描述仅仅是一个具体实施例的主要过程，不应被视为是唯一的实施例，其中的各个步骤并不是必须的，整个流程及其具体步骤也并不局限于图中和上文的描述。例如，步骤210检测和(或)检测到当前室温，继而执行步骤300A从云服务器提取当时当地的天气信息，接着连接通信模块140推送通知给用户预报可能的天气预警等。接下来由步骤230根据用户对于室温的偏好或设定做出判断并由步骤250驱动空调和出风口来调节室温，而后由步骤300B’和260存储相关数据。通过反复执行步骤210、220、300A、230、250、300B’和260来使室温达到舒适的温度，最后执行步骤300B和步骤240存储相关的数据。需要说明的是，步骤210所述的采集信息包含了检测(单次或多次执行采集任务)和(或)监测(持续执行采集任务)的意思，该流程可以单次或多次运行，也可以在一定时间内，或始终持续运行。环境控制系统可以有自学习功能，通过环境控制系统收到的用户指令和(或)至少一部分存储的数据来学习用户的作息或活动习惯，生成模型对相关环境(比如温度，照明等)进行调节或控制。显然，类似的，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技术原理、结构的情况下，对此流程进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。
图3-A所体现的是步骤300A的一个实施例。步骤300A通过310、320、和330的三个判断流程来决定是否执行步骤350、360、和370。其中步骤 350通过连接存储设备进行数据或其它信息的读写，存储设备例如但不限于常见的各类存储设备如硬盘、闪存、磁带、光驱、云存储设备等等。该存储设备可以是环境控制系统内部的，也可以是环境控制系统的外接设备。该存储设备的连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。步骤360连接云端服务器进行数据或其它信息的读写。云端服务器可以是环境控制系统自带的，也可以是环境控制系统之外第三方的商用服务器。步骤370与通信模块140协作，除了读写数据的功能以外也可以执行环境控制系统对环境的控制，用户与用户，或用户与环境控制系统之间的通信。这里的通信泛指信号的单向或双向获取，信号可以包括但不局限于指令、编码、数字、文字、图片、声音和视频等内容。此处的描述仅仅是一个具体实施例的主要过程，不应被视为是唯一的实施例，其中的各个步骤并不是必须的，整个流程及其具体步骤也并不局限于图中和上文的描述。例如，步骤350、360的执行顺序可以是如图3-A所示，也可以在执行步骤350和360前先执行步骤370与通信模块140建立连接。步骤310、320及330可以分步进行，也可以同时进行。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技术原理、结构的情况下，对此流程进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在本发明的权利要求保护范围之内。图3-B所体现的是步骤300B和300B’的一个实施例。步骤300B和300B’在步骤300A的基础上增加了步骤380建立临时文件，即当不需要读写存储设备，不需要读写云端数据，也不需要建立通信的情况下，环境控制系统可以建立临时文件以备后用。
环境控制系统可以由单个或多个电源驱动，电源提供环境控制系统运行的能量，而电源泛指能提供能量的不同实施例。以下介绍的电源类型只是部分可以适用的实施例，并不包括所有可以适用于该控制系统的实施例。电源包括但不限于外接电源，内蓄电池，该环境控制系统自带的发电设备。其中外接交流电源常见但不局限于家用或工业交流电源。进一步的，不同国家或地区对家用交流电的电压和频率有不同的要求，例如但不限于：美国和加拿大基本使用120V和60Hz，欧洲各国大多使用220V至240V和50Hz的组合，澳大利亚和新西兰使用230V或240V和50Hz，阿根廷 和智利使用220V和50Hz，巴西使用110V或220V和60Hz，埃及、南非、和摩洛哥大多使用220V和50Hz，沙特阿拉伯使用127V或220V和60Hz，土耳其使用230V和50Hz，日本使用100V和50Hz(东部)或60Hz(西部)，中国大陆、香港特别行政区、和澳门特别行政区使用220V和50Hz，韩国使用220V和60Hz，而中国台湾使用110V和60Hz的标准。进一步的，该环境控制系统和家用交流电的连接可以是通过内部电线的连接，也可以是用标准插头进行连接。其中该环境控制系统和家用交流电之间的电线连接可以参考但不限于以下标准：美国标准UL244A、UL514A、UL514B、UL514C、UL514D、CSA C22.2No.177和NFPA70等，欧洲标准IEC/EN 61058-1、IEC/EN 61347-2-11和IEC/EN 61347-1等，澳洲标准AS/NZS3123、AS/NZS3131、AS/NZS60320.1和AS/NZS60320.2.2等，日本标准JIS C 8281-2-1等，中国标准GB16915.1、GB16915.2、GB16915.3和EN60669等。而使用标准插头连接的标准有但不限于图4-A所列举的一部分国家的标准插座图示。其中400A和400B所示的是美国、加拿大和日本通用的插座，美国和加拿大所使用的400A插座又有分极(一头大一头小)，欧洲多国使用400C和400F所示的插座，英国使用400G插座，大洋洲多国使用400I所示插座，而中国使用400A、400I、和400G所示插座。图4-B给出了一部分接线盒的示例，例如410所示单只接线盒、420所示双只接线盒、430所示的三只接线盒，和440所示的四只接线盒等。以上列举的电压、频率、家用电源标准、插座规格和接线盒示例只是为了便于说明的一部分例子，其它类型的电压、频率、家用电源标准、插座规格和接线盒示例也可适用于环境控制系统，例如：电源也可以用无线的方式连接到环境控制系统，例如，通过电感耦合可以将能量从电源传输到该控制系统。该技术也可以将能量传输到电池进而供应该控制系统运作。
该环境控制系统也可以使用电池(或称为蓄电池)作为电源，电池有但不限于一次性电池，也可以是可充电电池。电池的种类又有但不限于铅酸电池、镍镉电池、镍氢电池、锂离子电池、燃料电池、锌锰电池、碱锰电池、锂电池、水银电池、和锌汞电池。当然电池的种类也可以是其它类型。如果使用可充电电池，对电池的充电可以通过一个环境控制系统内部 的接口，也可以将电池取出充电，也可以使用无线充电技术等。
另外，还可以将一个发电设备集成到环境控制系统中，也就是一些环境控制系统的实施例可以同时包含一个或多个或一组或多组发电设备。用于发电的能源类型有但不限于煤炭、石油及其制品、水流、风能、地热、沼气、和太阳能等。能源的类型并不局限于上述几种，其它能源类型也可以用于该环境控制系统的发电，例如：垃圾焚烧热等。
以上列举了几种环境控制系统驱动电源的类型，但环境控制系统可以使用的驱动电源类型并不局限于这些，另外，几种驱动电源类型也可以结合起来使用，给该控制系统或其中的某些模块提供能源。
环境控制系统中各个模块之间，模块和外部设备之间的连接，以及系统与存储设备或云服务器之间的连接都可以通过有线连接或无线连接。其中有线连接包括但不限于使用金属电缆、光学电缆或者金属和光学的混合电缆，例如：同轴电缆、通信电缆、软性电缆、螺旋电缆、非金属护皮电缆、金属护皮电缆、多芯电缆、双绞线电缆、带状电缆、屏蔽电缆、电信电缆、双股电缆、平行双芯导线、和双绞线。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，有线连接的媒介还可以是其它类型，例如，其它电信号或光信号等的传输载体。无线连接包括但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等。其中无线电通信包括但不限于，IEEE802.11系列标准、IEEE802.15系列标准(例如蓝牙技术和紫蜂(ZigBee)技术等)、第一代移动通信技术、第二代移动通信技术(例如FDMA、TDMA、SDMA、CDMA、和SSMA等)、通用分组无线服务技术、第三代移动通信技术(例如CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA、和WiMAX等)、第四代移动通信技术(例如TD-LTE和FDD-LTE等)、卫星通信(例如GPS技术等)和其它运行在ISM频段(例如2.4GHz等)的技术；自由空间光通信包括但不限于可见光、红外线讯号等；声通信包括但不限于声波、超声波讯号等；电磁感应包括但不限于近场通信技术等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，无线连接的媒介还可以是其它类型，例如，Z-wave技术、蓝牙低功耗(BLE)技术、433MHz通信协议频段、其它收费的民用无线电频段和军用无线电频段等。
环境控制系统中各个模块之间，模块和外部设备之间的连接，以及系统与存储设备或云服务器之间的连接并不局限于以上所列举的技术。上述的连接方式在该环境控制系统中可以单一使用，也可以多种连接方式结合使用，在不同连接方式结合使用的过程中，需要配合相应的网关设备达到信息交互。各个模块也可以集成在一起，通过同一个设备或电子元件上实现一个以上模块的功能。外部设备也可以集成在一个或多个模块的实施设备或电子元件上，而单个或多个模块亦可以集成在单个或多个外部设备或电子元件上。
图5所示的是处理模块110和周围设备的示意图。处理模块110包含一个或多个处理器512。处理模块110可以和存储设备520以及其它模块530相连。其中存储设备520也可以包含在处理模块110之内。另外，处理模块110可以和其它一个或多个处理模块110-1、110-2、和110-N等有选择的相连，也可以不连接其它处理模块。处理模块110还可以通过其它模块530和云服务器540相连。存储设备520和(或)云服务器540可以是环境控制系统的一部分，也可以是环境控制系统外部的设备。例如，存储设备520或云服务器540可以由第三方提供。这里所提及的所有连接都可以是有线或无线的。并且处理模块110内部，处理模块110于周围设备的连接关系并不局限于图5所示。处理模块110中的一个或多个处理器512可以是集成在同一个电子元件上的，也可以是由多个电子元件组合的。
图6是处理模块110或处理功能的运行流程示意图，图中描述的流程仅仅为其中一个范例。通过步骤610，处理系统会从其它模块、存储设备520、或云服务器540里面获取信息，步骤620对获取的信息进行分析处理。步骤630会给出判断是否需要其它模块，或经由其它模块连接外部设备作出相应的动作。若需要作出应对，则会执行步骤680对比参数和690向相关模块发出指令，这里的参数泛指任何可以与采集得到的数据作对比的数据，例如但不限于，预设值，阈值，参考值，或预测值等。若不需要作出应对，则会执行步骤640统计所采集的数据，步骤650根据上述采集的数据、之前存储的数据以及其它参数建立一个模型，和步骤660存储数据。处理模块110的处理功能可以包括更多步骤，也可以省略图6所示的 任意一个或多个步骤。例如，在处理模块110对“开门”这一指令进行处理的时候，可以略过统计640和建立模型650这两个步骤。又例如，步骤680可以省略，如果步骤630给出判断需要作出应对，则执行步骤690向相关模块发出指令。
所有数据，例如但不限于用户指令，传感模块120所检测和(或)监测得到的数据，以及云服务器540中存储的数据等，在经由处理模块110收集和处理后，都会有选择的存入存储设备520和云服务器540，以便处理模块110读取和分析。这里提到的存储设备520泛指所有可以读取和(或)写入信息的媒介，例如但不局限于随机存储器(RAM)和只读存储器(ROM)。其中RAM有但不限于：十进计数管、选数管、延迟线存储器、威廉姆斯管、动态随机存储器(DRAM)、静态随机存储器(SRAM)、晶闸管随机存储器(T-RAM)、和零电容随机存储器(Z-RAM)等；ROM又有但不限于：磁泡存储器、磁钮线存储器、薄膜存储器、磁镀线存储器、磁芯内存、磁鼓存储器、光盘驱动器、硬盘、磁带、早期非易失存储器(NVRAM)、相变化内存、磁阻式随机存储式内存、铁电随机存储内存、非易失SRAM、闪存、电子抹除式可复写只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、屏蔽式堆读内存、浮动连接门随机存取存储器、纳米随机存储器、赛道内存、可变电阻式内存、和可编程金属化单元等。以上提及的存储设备是列举了一些例子，该控制系统可以使用的存储设备并不局限于此。
除此以外，数据的读写还可以通过云存储的方式。云存储是云计算的一部分，主要通过互联网来连接一组或多组远端服务器，并实现数据的几种存储和处理。在环境控制系统中所使用的云计算模式可以是公共的，个人的，或二者并用的。例如，用户的个人信息、家庭或工作环境中获取的数据和相应参数都可以在个人云中存储和计算，这里所谓个人云在读写过程中都需要进行一定程度的身份识别，而一些例如天气信息等的数据可以来自于公共云。由处理模块110来选择读取个人云和公共云中的数据。
云计算除了运用在数据的存储以外，也可以用在数据处理分析上。当处理模块110接收到数据后，可以对数据进行步骤640的统计和步骤650 的建立模型两部处理。首先，其它模块所采集到的数据、存储设备上读取的数据、和云服务器540上存储的数据可以由处理模块110集中整理汇总。接下来，这些数据会作为统计样本已辅助建立一个数学模型，这个数学模型可以分析、判断、预测和模仿环境的变化和用户的行为特点。例如，人和动物在室内走动的模式，灯光开关的时间和数量，电器的使用习惯，用户的个人信息，用户对多媒体形式、内容的选择和观看时间等、温度和湿度的偏好，门窗开启的时间，用户的落锁习惯，水的用量、温度和时间，用户上厕所的频率和饮食习惯，用户的健康状况，用户的饮食习惯，用户的语言习惯(包括口音、惯用词、和情绪表达等)，访客的个人信息，访客到访的频率等。以上所举例主要基于个人云和其它采集数据的分析建模，另外，还可以再次基础上结合公共云所提供的信息来建立更完善的模型。例如，结合天地和气候信息计算一年中和一天中适宜的温湿度、通风时间；通过社交网络分析用户与访客的社交关系；结合区域新闻调整家庭住所或工作场地的安全要求标准等。这些数学模型通过大量的数据统计和计算以及实证检验来预测和模拟用户和环境的变量，这类模型的用处有很多。例如，对用户的生活或工作习惯进行分析，让用户在发出较少或最少指令的情况下实现环境控制的自动化；通过这种学习该环境控制系统在发现异常情况(如天气突变、用户健康隐患、安全隐患、和非法入侵等)的时候可以做出相应的措施；还可以随时模拟用户对电器的使用情况，哪怕用户不在家或公司，以减少安全危害。对数据的统计分析和建模并不局限于上述这些方法和用途。例如，这种对数据的统计和分析还可以利用云服务器540和大数据等建立一个人工智能系统，该人工智能系统可以分析用户的动作以及和用户互动等。
图7所示的是环境控制系统中传感模块120的示意图。传感模块120包括一个或多个传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等。传感模块120又与其它模块720和外部设备160相连。传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等也可以是外部设备，或外部设备的一个部件或电子元件。图7只是传感模块120内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，传感模块120也可以有不同的结构，与其它周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有线或无线的。传 感模块120可以是多个传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等集成在同一个电子元件上，也可以是多个电子元件(各包含一个或多个传感器711-1、711-2或711-N等)结合。
图8是传感模块120或传感功能的流程示意图。传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等在步骤810检测和(或)监测到变化后，会执行步骤820将变化汇报给处理模块110，然后根据步骤830的判断，若收到指令则执行指令840再结束流程，若未收到指令则直接结束流程。而图8只是传感模块120可以执行的流程的一个实施例，传感模块120的功能并不局限于此。
传感模块120向处理模块110传输时，传输内容可以是传感模块120所检测和(或)监测到的环境或人为变化等；处理模块110向传感模块120传输时，内容可以是一些动作指令等，例如控制摄像设备的角度、红外安防模式的开关等。某些情况下(例如但不限于处理模块110故障或与处理模块110间的连接失效等)传感模块120也可以越过处理模块110，直接与控制模块130、通信模块140、或外部设备160中的一个或多个连接并进行数据交换。在另一个实施例中，环境控制系统内部或外部的传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等在检测和(或)监测到数据时，通过向环境控制系统的通信模块140发送有线或无线的信号将数据发送给处理模块110。
一个或多个传感器711-1、711-2和711-N等可以获取的数据类型包括但不限于：物理数据、化学数据和生物数据等。其中，物理数据包括但不限于：声音、光、时间、重量、接近、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、可吸入颗粒物、辐射、文字、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等。化学数据包括但不限于：空气污染物、水污染物、一氧化碳浓度、二氧化碳浓度等。生物数据包括但不限于：生物体的血压、心率、血糖、胰岛素等。以上举例只是为了方便说明，可检测和(或)监测的数据不限于此，例如，气体成分传感器1329(见图13A-13D)可检测和(或)监测周围环境中的各种气体，包括但不限于，一氧化碳、二氧化碳、氧气、氮气、氨气等，气体成分传感器1329包含但不限于半导体气体传感器、电化学气体传感器、催化燃烧式气体传感器、热导式气体传感器、红外线气体传感器、固体电解质气体传感器等。气体成分传感器1329(见图13A-13D)包 含但不限于酶传感器、微生物传感器、细胞传感器、组织传感器、免疫传感器、生物电极传感器、半导体生物传感器、光生物传感器、热生物传感器、压电晶体传感器等。气体成分传感器1329可检测和(或)监测各种生物体征信息，包括但不限于血糖、心跳、表情、年龄、瞳孔、发型、气味、微生物、过敏原等。需要注意的是，以上对于气体成分传感器1329的描述只是为了便于理解。在物理组成上，气体成分传感器1329也可分为多个独立的传感器，分别为气体传感器和生物信息素传感器。在一些实施例中，一个气体成分传感器1329可以检测和(或)监测一种气体成分；在一些实施例中，一个气体成分传感器1329可以检测和(或)检测多种气体成分。以上这些数据类型只是为了便于说明而做的举例，传感模块120可以获取的数据类型还包括其它类型，例如：用户的情绪和磁场等。进一步的，用来检测和(或)监测以上数据的设备和方法也包括很多类型。可以检测和(或)监测声音的设备包括但不限于麦克风等。可以检测和(或)监测光的设备包括但不限于照度传感器，环境光传感器等。进一步地，环境光和接近传感器1323(见图13A-13D)中可有光敏元件，所述光敏元件包括但不限于光敏电阻、光敏二极管、光电三极管、硅光电池等。所述光敏元件将周围环境的光线情况转化为电信号，环境光和接近传感器1323通过处理所述电信号可以感知周围的光线情况。可以检测和(或)监测时间的设备包括但不限于机械表、电子表等。可以检测和(或)监测重量的设备包括但不限于弹簧秤、电子秤等。可以检测和(或)监测接近的设备包括但不限于电磁场收发装置等。可以检测和(或)监测位置的设备包括但不限于微波测距、被动红外测距仪、超声波测距仪、层析成像测距仪等。进一步地，运动传感器1326(见图13A-13D)应用微波测距的原理时，首先向周围发送微波，微波遇到无法绕开的物体时会发生反射，运动传感器1326通过接收反射回的微波可以确定物体的距离。通过不断接收反射回的微波，运动传感器1326可以识别物体是否运动。可以检测和(或)监测温度的设备包括但不限于电阻温度计、硅带隙温度传感器、红外线温度计、热敏电阻温度计等。可以检测和(或)监测湿度的设备包括但不限于电容式湿度传感器、电阻式湿度传感器、热导率湿度传感器、重量法湿度计等。 可以检测和(或)监测压强的设备包括但不限于气压计、压力计、压力传感器、压强计、麦克劳德压力计、增压计等。可以检测和(或)监测电流的设备包括但不限于转动线圈式电流表、转动铁片式电流表、热偶式电流表、热线式电流表、数字电流表等。可以检测和(或)监测速度与加速度的设备包括但不限于微波测速仪、光电流速传感器、光电风速传感器、光电式车速传感器、磁电式车速传感器、霍尔式车速传感器等。可以检测和(或)监测可吸入颗粒物的设备包括但不限于Beta射线、微量震荡天平等。可以检测和(或)监测辐射的设备包括但不限于曝光计、日射强度计、盖革计数器等。可以检测和(或)监测文字的设备包括但不限于机械键盘、导电橡胶式键盘、无接点静电电容键盘等。可以检测和(或)监测图像的设备包括但不限于光学摄像头等。可以检测和(或)监测触感的设备包括但不限于触觉传感器等。可以检测和(或)监测虹膜或指纹的设备包括但不限于光学识别、电容传感器、生物射频、数字化光学识别等。可以检测和(或)监测空气和水污染物的设备包括但不限于化学试剂、pH监测仪、电导率仪、溶解氧监测仪、浊度计等。可以检测和(或)监测微生物的设备包括但不限于生物毒性测定仪等。可以检测和(或)监测过敏源的设备包括但不限于酶联免疫吸附抗体、金标检测卡、聚合酶链式反应、三菱酸腺苷(ATP)检测等。对移动物体身份的识别包括但不限于识别物体的大小，移动速度和移动模式等；对声音的识别包括但不限于识别频率，振幅(响度)，和节奏等；对图像的识别包括但不限于图像的主题，图像内的人物长相、年龄、身高、种族和体型等；对触感的识别包括但不限于力度，受力位置，受力的方向，受力时长，受力间隔时间，和力的变化方向和大小等。以上对数据识别的举例仅为了说明方便之用，可识别的数据还有很多，例如：移动物体的身份和用户的情绪等。以上这些可以使用的仪器和测量参数指作为举例之用，可以用来达到传感效果的设备和方法还有很多。所检测和(或)监测到的数据可以进行识别，并与一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值进行对比。
一个传感器可传感一个或多个项目，以下几个传感器的实施例可以作为参考。多个传感器也可以整合集成在传感模块120上，或外部设备160 上。这些实施例例如：一个触摸屏，可以识别文字输入和手势，也可以验证密码等信息；一个带有麦克风的摄像头可以采集静止或动画的画面和声音；一个集成了微波、红外线和热感技术等技术的系统，可以采集人、动物和其它物体的运动，并加以判断；一个光检测系统，可以检测和(或)监测日照强度、时间、能见度、灯光开关情况等；一个物理开关，通过检测和(或)监测到用户对开关的物理变动来实现灯光的调节。一个传感器可以连续执行检测和(或)监测功能(比如全天候检测和(或)监测)，或定时执行检测和(或)监测功能(比如，每1分钟测一次，每2分钟测一次，等等)，或被激活时才执行检测和(或)监测功能(比如，根据用户实时输入或预设的指令被激活，或因相关环境数据超过预设阀值被激活，等等)。各个传感器可以相对独立工作。比如，各个传感器检测和(或)监测的数据，时间，与环境控制系统其它模块的通信等，可以独立完成。以上这些实施例只是传感模块的几种可能的情况，传感模块的功能不局限于此。
除了传感模块120检测和(或)监测的数据外，处理模块110也可以获取或处理其它外部传感器或传感设备的检测和(或)监测的数据。例如，户外有一个无线摄像头，是一个独立于环境控制系统的一个监视系统的一个部分。环境控制系统可以获取这个无线摄像头拍摄的图片，并对图片进行处理，以判断是否需要有任何后续动作。再例如，用户使用一个独立于或不属于环境控制系统的血糖仪，环境控制系统可以获取血糖仪上关于用户的血糖信息，还可对血糖信息单独作处理或结合环境控制系统中的其它相关信息(例如用户健康的历史数据，医生的诊断或治疗方案等)进行处理，以判断是否需要任何后续动作。
图9所描述的是环境控制系统中的控制模块130的结构和周围设备。其中控制模块130包括一个或多个控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等。控制模块130又与其它模块920和外部设备160相连。控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等也可以是外部设备，或外部设备的一个部件或电子元件。图9只是控制模块130内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，控制模块130也可以有不同的结构，于其它周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有 线或无线的。控制模块130可以是多个控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等集成在同一个电子元件上，也可以是多个电子元件(各包含一个或多个控制器911-1、911-2或911-N等)结合。
图10是控制模块130或控制功能的一种流程示意图。步骤1010判断处理模块110是否发出指令，若有需要执行的指令，则执行步骤1020；若没有指令，则执行步骤1030，并回到流程起点。图10只是控制模块130可以执行的流程的一个实施例，控制模块130的功能并不局限于此。
处理模块110向控制模块130传输时，传输内容可以是一些动作指令等；控制模块130向处理模块110传输时，传输内容可以是完成动作的汇报、请求执行动作、和报错等。某些情况下(例如但不限于处理模块110故障或与处理模块110间的连接失效等)控制模块130也可以越过处理模块110，直接与传感模块120、通信模块140、和外部设备160连接并进行数据交换。在另一个实施例中，处理模块110通过通信模块140向环境控制系统内部或外部的控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等传输信号，从而向控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等下达指令。
控制器911-1、911-2和911-N等可以是控制模块130内部的，也可以是安装在外部设备160上的。在控制的过程中，可以是单个控制器执行任务，也可以是多个控制器协调执行任务。可以控制的内容有但不限于直接控制电流，控制电动机和计算机设备等。其中直接控制电流包括但不限于控制外部设备的通电和断电和供电电流等，例如：控制空调系统中的电热片和压缩机的通电断电和供电电流，控制灯光的通电断电和供电电流，控制冰箱制冷系统的通电断电和供电电流，控制热水锅炉的通电断电和供电电流，控制电炉的通电断电和供电电流，控制微波炉的通电断电和供电电流，控制烤箱的通电断电和供电电流，控制咖啡机的通电断电和供电电流，控制洗衣机的通电断电和供电电流，控制洗碗机的通电断电和供电电流，控制烘干机的通电断电和供电电流，控制多媒体设备的通电断电和供电电流，控制摄像设施的通电断电和供电电流，控制收音设施的通电断电和供电电流，控制存储设备的通电断电和供电电流，控制警报器的通电断电和供电电流，控制汽车点火装置的通电断电等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便 说明之用，可控的电流还可以包括其它方面，例如：网络设备的电流和防盗系统的电流等。控制电动机包括但不限于，控制电动机的开关与否、位移大小、速度、加速度、旋转角度、角速度、角加速度等，例如：控制煤气式炉灶的给气阀门的开合、控制门窗的落锁与否，控制通风口的开关幅度，控制烟雾报警器的开关幅度，控制窗帘的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制安全护栏的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制排风扇的开口大小、扇叶旋转速度和加速度，控制消防喷水器的阀门开关，控制锅炉进出水阀的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制暖气阀门的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制浴缸储水放水的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制泳池储水放水的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制坐便器储水放水的开关幅度、速度和加速度，控制电梯的停留位置、升降速度和加速度等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的电动机还可以包括其它方面，例如：电动玩具的移动和家庭机器人的移动等。计算机设备包括但不限于，个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等，例如：控制个人台式机，控制个人笔记本电脑，控制掌上电脑(PDA)，控制平板电脑，控制移动终端，控制智能电视机，控制智能冰箱，控制智能微波炉，控制智能电炉，控制机器人，控制公共服务器，控制个人或企业服务器，控制智能照明设备，控制智能图像采集设备，控制智能音频采集设备等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的电动机还可以包括其它方面，例如：智能防盗系统和车载电子系统等。
图11所示的是环境控制系统中的通信模块140的结构和周围设备。其中通信模块140包括一个或多个信号输入设备1111，一个或多个网关1112，和一个或多个信号输出设备1113。网关1112可以是例如但不限于：一个或多个网间连接器、一个或多个协议转换器、或一个或多个智能网关等。进一步的，智能网关包括但不限于一个或多个网络模块，例如，蓝牙模块、无线局域网模块、紫蜂(ZigBee)模块、GPRS模块、卫星GPS模块、近场通信模块和其它2.4GHz频段模块等。更进一步的，智能网关还可以包括但不限于一个或多个网络设备，例如蓝牙网络设备、路由器、紫蜂(ZigBee)网络设备、运营商网络设备、卫星GPS设备、支付以及配对设备和其它支持2.4GHz频段的设备等。网络模块和网络设备可以支持的 通信方式不局限于以上所述，也可以是其它例如上文所述的方式，在此不做赘述。通信模块140还可以连接外部设备160，和其它模块1130，也可以和有选择的和其它的通信模块140-1、140-2、和140-N等相连。图11只是通信模块140内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，通信模块140也可以有不同的结构，于其它周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有线或无线的。通信模块140可以是多个通信协议、网络模块和(或)网络设备集成在同一个电子元件上，也可以是多个电子元件(各包含一个或多个通信协议、网络模块和(或)网络设备)结合。
图12所描述的是环境控制系统中的通信模块140或通信功能的一种流程示意图。步骤1210判断处理模块110是否发出关于通信的指令，若未发出指令，则执行步骤1250待命并返回流程开始；若发出指令，则执行步骤1220建立通信，1230开启相关设备，1240传输数据。而图12只是通信模块140可以执行的流程的一个实施例，通信模块140的功能并不局限于此。
处理模块110向通信模块140传输时，传输的内容可以是连接通信的命令，或其它需要向外传输的信息等；通信模块140向处理模块110传输时，传输内容可以是获得的输入信息，和对外通信请求等。某些情况下(例如但不限于处理模块110故障或与处理模块110间的连接失效等)通信模块140也可以越过处理模块110，直接与传感模块120、控制模块130、其它通信模块140或外部设备160中的一个或多个连接并进行数据交换。
通信模块140与外界或环境控制系统内其它通信模块140的连接可以是有线连接或无线连接。其中有线连接包括但不限于使用金属电缆、光学电缆或者金属和光学的混合电缆，例如：同轴电缆、通信电缆、软性电缆、螺旋电缆、非金属护皮电缆、金属护皮电缆、多芯电缆、双绞线电缆、带状电缆、屏蔽电缆、电信电缆、双股电缆、平行双芯导线、和双绞线。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，有线连接的媒介还可以是其它类型，例如，其它电信号或光信号等的传输载体。无线连接包括但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等。其中无线电通信包括但不限于，IEEE802.11系列标准、IEEE802.15系列标准(例如蓝牙技术和 紫蜂技术等)、第一代移动通信技术、第二代移动通信技术(例如FDMA、TDMA、SDMA、CDMA、和SSMA等)、通用分组无线服务技术、第三代移动通信技术(例如CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA、和WiMAX等)、第四代移动通信技术(例如TD-LTE和FDD-LTE等)、卫星通信(例如GPS技术等)、和其它运行在ISM频段(例如2.4GHz等)的技术；自由空间光通信包括但不限于可见光、红外线讯号等；声通信包括但不限于声波、超声波讯号等；电磁感应包括但不限于近场通信技术等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，无线连接的媒介还可以是其它类型，例如，Z-wave技术、蓝牙低功耗(BLE)技术、433MHz通信协议频段和其它收费的民用无线电频段和军用无线电频段等。
进行通信的设备可以是环境控制系统内部模块、外部个人设备、外部公共设备等。其中环境控制系统内部模块包括但不限于处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和其它通信模块140等。而其它通信模块140的相关设备有但不限于摄像设备、麦克风、显示器和触摸屏等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，环境控制系统内部模块还可以包括其它设备，例如，报警系统和提醒系统等。外部个人设备包括但不限于无线设备或有线设备等。例如：个人台式电脑、个人笔记本电脑、掌上电脑(PDA)、平板电脑、移动终端、个人或企业服务器、个人云、和车载通信系统等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，外部个人设备还可以包括其它设备，例如，带有通信功能的厨房电器和卫浴电器等。外部公共设备包括但不限于无线设备或有线设备等。例如：公安网络设备，互联网设备，他人的个人台式电脑、他人的个人笔记本电脑、他人的掌上电脑(PDA)、他人的平板电脑、他人的移动终端、他人的车载通信系统、公共服务器、和云服务器540等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，外部公共设备还可以包括其它设备，例如，群组内部其它用户的环境控制系统中的通信模块140等。通信模块140可以完成的任务例如但不限于：实现环境控制系统内多个通信模块140间的通信，实现环境控制系统与移动设备的通信，实现环境控制系统与机动车智能设备的通信，实现环境控制系统与互联网的通信等。进一步的，通信模块140可以执行环境控制系统内部的视频电 话，与手机之间互传信息，驱动和控制汽车，从互联网获取信息等。更进一步的，通信模块140可以执行的实施例有：家居环境内部(如楼上和楼下之间和不同的房间之间)的视频和(或)电话；从互联网下载商店打折信息等本地生活信息，并通过系统内部部件或移动设备推送给用户，用户可以进一步的通过例如但不限于近场通信技术等的通信技术下载和使用这些本地生活信息。
以下举例说明了一些环境控制系统可能实现的功能。举例只是为了方便说明，该环境控制系统可以实现的功能不局限于此。
图13-A、图13-B、图13-C和图13-D是基于以上所述各个模块的几个实施例。需要注意的是，该环境控制系统中的模块可以是其它不同的表现形式，而并不局限于以下所描述的几个实施例。
图13-A、图13-B、图13-C和图13-D各分别具有处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、通信模块140、外部设备160和电源模块1350。图13-A和图13-C代表了两种智能开关的模块构造。图13-B和图13-D代表了两种简化版智能开关(后简称简化开关)的模块构造。
图13-A中处理模块110包括但不限于存储设备1313、处理器A 1311和处理器B 1312等。处理器A 1311又与传感模块120相连，传感模块120包括但不限于声音传感器1321、温湿度传感器1322、环境光和接近传感器1323、电流传感器1324、用户界面1325、运动传感器1326、图像传感器1327(例如但不限于摄像设备)、指纹传感器1328和气体信息传感器1329等中的一个或多个传感器相连。这些传感模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，传感模块120还可以包括其它如上文对传感模块120描述中的传感器。处理器A 1311同时连接了音响1363、警报器1364和近场通信标签1365等外部设备。处理器A 1311也与通信模块140相连，其中通信模块包括但不限于无线网模块、蓝牙模块、GPRS模块、近场读写模块、ZigBee(紫蜂)模块和其它2.4GHz模块等中的一个或多个。这些通信模块等一个或多个模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，通信模块140还可以包括其它如上文对通信模块140描述中的通信方式。通信模块140又与网络设备1340相连，网络设备1340包括但不限于路由器、蓝牙网络设备、运营商网络设 备、支付、配对设备、ZigBee(紫蜂)网络设备等中的一个或多个。网络设备1340的举例只是为了方便说明，还可以是其它形式，例如卫星定位设备等。网络设备1340中，路由器又可以和无线设备1341相连；运营商网络设备又可以和SIM卡1342相连。SIM卡又与处理器A 1311相连。处理器A 1311与处理器B 1312相连，而处理器B 1312连接了输入设备1320和控制模块130等。控制模块130包括但不限于一个或多个开关、调光器1331。该开关、调光器1331通过电源模块1350与外部设备160中的电源1361相连；同时又可以控制外部设备灯1362相连。另一方面，开关、调光器1331也和电流传感器1324相连。
图13-B中处理模块110包括但不限于存储设备1313和处理器1310等。处理器1310又与传感模块120相连，传感模块120包括但不限于输入设备1320、声音传感器1321、温湿度传感器1322、环境光和接近传感器1323、电流传感器1324、运动传感器1326、图像传感器1327(例如但不限于摄像设备)、指纹传感器1328和气体信息传感器1329等中的一个或多个传感器相连。这些传感模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，传感模块120还可以包括其它如上文对传感模块120描述中的传感器。处理器1310同时连接了音响1363、警报器1364和近场通信标签1365等外部设备。处理器1310也与通信模块140相连，其中通信模块包括但不限于无线网模块、蓝牙模块、GPRS模块、近场读写模块、ZigBee(紫蜂)模块和其它2.4GHz模块等中的一个或多个。这些通信模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，通信模块140还可以包括其它如上文对通信模块140描述中的通信方式。通信模块140又与网络设备1340相连，网络设备1340包括但不限于路由器、蓝牙网络设备、运营商网络设备、支付、配对设备、ZigBee(紫蜂)网络设备等中的一个或多个。网络设备1340的举例只是为了方便说明，还可以是其它形式，例如卫星定位设备等。网络设备1340中，路由器又可以和无线设备1341相连；运营商网络设备又可以和SIM卡1342相连。SIM卡又与处理器1310相连。处理器1310又连接了控制模块130等。控制模块130包括但不限于一个或多个开关、调光器1331。该开关、调光器1331通过电源模块1350与外部设备160中的电源1361相连；同时又可以控制 外部设备灯1362相连。另一方面，开关、调光器1331也和电流传感器1324相连。
图13-C中处理模块110包括但不限于存储设备1313、处理器A 1311和处理器B 1312等。处理器A1311又与传感模块120相连，传感模块120包括但不限于声音传感器1321、温湿度传感器1322、环境光和接近传感器1323、电流传感器1324、用户界面1325、运动传感器1326、图像传感器1327(例如但不限于摄像设备)、指纹传感器1328和气体信息传感器1329等中的一个或多个传感器相连。这些传感模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，传感模块120还可以包括其它如上文对传感模块120描述中的传感器。处理器A 1311同时连接了音响1363、警报器1364和近场通信标签1365等外部设备。处理器A 1311也与通信模块140相连，通信模块140包括但不限于通信模块中的网络模块1360和通信模块中的网络设备1370等。其中通信模块中的网络模块1360包括但不限于无线网模块、蓝牙模块、GPRS模块、近场读写模块、ZigBee(紫蜂)模块和其它2.4GHz模块等中的一个或多个。这些网络模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，通信模块中的网络模块1360还可以包括其它如上文对通信模块140描述中的通信方式。通信模块中的网络设备1370包括但不限于路由器、蓝牙网络设备、运营商网络设备、支付、配对设备、ZigBee(紫蜂)网络设备等中的一个或多个。通信模块中的网络设备1370的举例只是为了方便说明，还可以是其它形式，例如卫星定位设备等。通信模块中的网络设备1370中，路由器又可以和无线设备1341相连；运营商网络设备又可以和SIM卡1342相连。SIM卡又与处理器A 1311相连。处理器A 1311与处理器B 1312相连，而处理器B 1312连接了输入设备1320和控制模块130等。控制模块130包括但不限于一个或多个开关、调光器1331。该开关、调光器1331通过电源模块1350与外部设备160中的电源1361相连；同时又可以控制外部设备灯1362相连。另一方面，开关、调光器1331也和电流传感器1324相连。
图13-D中处理模块110包括但不限于存储设备1313和处理器1310等。处理器1310又与传感模块120相连，传感模块120包括但不限于输 入设备1320、声音传感器1321、温湿度传感器1322、环境光和接近传感器1323、电流传感器1324、运动传感器1326、图像传感器1327(例如但不限于摄像设备)、指纹传感器1328和气体信息传感器1329等中的一个或多个传感器相连。这些传感模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，传感模块120还可以包括其它如上文对传感模块120描述中的传感器。处理器1310同时连接了音响1363、警报器1364和近场通信标签1365等外部设备。处理器1310也通信模块140相连，通信模块140包括但不限于通信模块中的网络模块1360和通信模块中的网络设备1370等。其中通信模块中的网络模块1360包括但不限于无线网模块、蓝牙模块、GPRS模块、近场读写模块、ZigBee(紫蜂)模块和其它2.4GHz模块等中的一个或多个。这些网络模块的举例只是为了帮助说明，通信模块中的网络模块1360还可以包括其它如上文对通信模块140描述中的通信方式。通信模块中的网络设备1370包括但不限于路由器、蓝牙网络设备、运营商网络设备、支付、配对设备、ZigBee(紫蜂)网络设备等中的一个或多个。通信模块中的网络设备1370的举例只是为了方便说明，还可以是其它形式，例如卫星定位设备等。通信模块中的网络设备1370中，路由器又可以和无线设备1341相连；运营商网络设备又可以和SIM卡1342相连。SIM卡又与处理器1310相连。处理器1310又连接了控制模块130等。控制模块130包括但不限于一个或多个开关、调光器1331。该开关、调光器1331通过电源模块1350与外部设备160中的电源1361相连；同时又可以控制外部设备灯1362相连。另一方面，开关、调光器1331也和电流传感器1324相连。
基于例如但不限于以上所描述的这些模块的表现形式，该环境控制系统可以实现一系列智能，自动，手动或半自动的操作。例如，自动感应人物的移动而调节家庭照明设备，家庭安防智能检测和警报功能，自动温湿度调控，内部视频通话，日历、天气、治安提示，水电费、购物、个人转账等的支付，家用电器的预置或自动控制，和家庭成员以及宠物GPS定位追踪。以上举例只是该环境控制系统可以实现的一小部分功能，举例是为了方便说明，该环境控制系统还可以实现其它很多功能，例如，与移动设备组网通信，和控制机动车设备等。
图14是环境控制系统中各个组成部分连接方式的一个实施例。一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430可以通过组网和(或)主从的方式相连。它们也可以分别连接云服务器540。在一个实施例中智能开关1410有第一面板(或面板)和第二面板(或背板)，第三面板是简化开关1420。对智能开关1410和简化开关1420的举例只是为了方便说明，它们也可以有其它形式，例如，智能开关1410的第一面板同时可以安装到简化开关1420是。上述的连接的一下例子如下，一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430加入同一个无线局域网进而获得相应的网络地址完成匹配；或者一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430使用基于IEEE802.15.1蓝牙技术的标准由其中一个单元作为主设备，其余开关作为从设备，组建微微网完成配对；又或者一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430使用基于IEEE802.15.4紫蜂技术的标准，由其中一个单元作为协调器，其余开关发送关联请求命令，协调器回复以完成配对；再或者一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430使用红外线通信技术组建微微网完成配对；再或者一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430通过两两之间或一个面板与其它面板之间，通过近场通信的方式，一方发送电信号，另一方接收信号并通过电感耦合完成配对。以上举例只是为了方便说明之用，配对的方式还可以是其它的，例如，通过在一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430分别进行人脸识别匹配等。进一步的，通过蓝牙技术进行组网配对，可以使用上述的主从关系，也可以是通过点对点的方式，例如，在一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430之间组成蓝牙局域网，这种局域网并不局限于点对点拓扑结构，还可以有例如总线拓扑结构、星状拓扑结构、环形拓扑结构、网状拓扑结构、树状拓扑结构、混合式拓扑结构、菊花链拓扑结构、线形拓扑结构以及主从拓扑结构等。另外，移动设备1430也可以通过运营商网络或通过无线局域网，经由路由器与环境控 制系统连接。
一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430又可以通过无线局域网模块连接到互联网和云服务器540。一个或多个智能开关1410可以连接包括但不限于灯1441-1、温度计1442-1、出风口1443-1、智能插座1444-1、家用电器1445-1、安防设备1446-1、吊扇1447-1和电视1448-1等设备。一个或多个简化开关1420可以连接包括但不限于灯1441-2、温度计1442-2、出风口1443-2、智能插座1444-2、家用电器1445-2、安防设备1446-2、吊扇1447-2和电视1448-2等设备。一个或多个移动设备1430可以连接包括但不限于灯1441-3、温度计1442-3、出风口1443-3、智能插座1444-3、家用电器1445-3、安防设备1446-3、吊扇1447-3和电视1448-3等设备。吊扇1447也可以是风扇、台扇、换气扇、转页扇、空调扇(即冷风扇)等。吊扇1447可为上述任意一种风扇或者任意数量风扇的组合。这里的连接方式例如但不限于蓝牙技术、无线局域网技术、紫蜂技术、红外线技术和近场通信技术等。这里对连接方式的举例只是为了方便说明，连接方式还可以是其它形式的，例如运营商网络、GPS卫星信号、其它2.4GHz无线通信技术以及上文所介绍的各种形式等。家用电器(1445-1、1445-2、1445-3等)可以入上述的直接与一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430相连，也可以通过智能插座(1444-1、1444-2、1444-3等)和一个或多个智能开关1410、一个或多个简化开关1420和一个或多个移动设备1430连接。家用电器(1445-1、1445-2、1445-3等)和智能插座(1444-1、1444-2、1444-3等)之间的连接包括但不限于通过标准插座连接等。
对于图14的描述中，对有线或无线的连接方式的举例只是为了方便说明，有线或无线的连接方式还可以有其它类型，这些连接方式已经在上文做了较为详细的描述，在此不做赘述。而对于环境控制系统中的设备的描述，也只是为了举例以便说明，除了灯、温度计和出风口等这些提及的设备以外，还可以有其它的设备，例如可以控制多控开关的智能开关伴侣等。新购买或升级的家用电器设备也可以通过在智能开关1410、简化开关 1420或移动设备1430进行设置，从而加入该环境控制系统的网络。
图15为环境控制系统智能开关的结构示意图。在一个环境控制系统中，可以含有一个或多个智能开关，图15为该系统中智能开关结构的一种实施方案。该智能开关包括第一面板1510与第二面板1530。第一面板1510和第二面板1530可拆卸地连接在一起，这种可拆卸的实现包括但不限于磁力连接、螺纹连接、销连接、弹性变形连接、锁扣连接或插接等方式的一种或几种，也可以是其它任何能将两个独立的面板可拆卸地连接起来的方法，比如膨胀螺栓或数据接口。在实际应用中，第二面板1530可以安置在墙壁上或任何其它合适位置，第一面板1510可以装到或扣在第二面板1530上。在此种情况下，由于第一面板1510直接面对用户，可以称为面板，第二面板1530被遮挡，可以称为背板，但其称呼可以根据不同的安装情形有所不同。第一面板可以被移除或取下，用户就可以看见第二面板1530，或对第二面板1530进行操作。第一面板1510可以反复被移除或取下，反复装到或扣回第二面板。另外，在第一面板1510和第二面板1530之间，还可以有一个遮挡板1520，可以在第一面板1510卸下的情况下，对至少一部分的第二面板1530(例如，第二面板的电源线，电路板或其他结构)施以遮挡作用，避免第二面板1530的这部分直接暴露给用户。
第一面板1510外部可以包括但不限于摄像设备1511和输入输出模块。摄像设备1511可以采集视频和(或)音频，视频画面可以是静止的也可以是运动的。摄像设备1511的角度、焦距、分辨率、拍摄模式、拍摄时长可以由用户或者系统进行设定或更改。摄像设备1511可以带有防窥设计，即在第一面板1510上设置摄像设备物理挡板，供用户自主选择开启或关闭摄像头，避免他人远程操作(例如，恶意远程操作等)摄像头获取信息。
输入输出模块包括但不限于按键1512和触摸屏1513。按键1512可以作为快捷键使用，可以是功能快捷键、返回快捷键或菜单快捷键等。触摸屏1513同时具有输入和输出功能，是用户使用环境控制系统的操作界面。输入输出的信息类型包含但不限于数字、模拟量、文字符号、语音和图形 图像等。触摸屏1513的类型包含但不限于电阻技术触摸屏、电容技术触摸屏、红外线技术触摸屏或表面声波技术触摸屏等，可以根据具体使用要求进行选择。需要注意的是，输入输出设备可以装置在第一面板1510上，但不是必须的，也可以在实现输入输出功能的前提下，对技术进行其它变形。例如第一面板1510上的触摸屏1513，可以用具有输入和(或)输出功能的一种设备或多种设备来代替。对于使用一种设备的情形，包含但不限于手机、PDA、平板电脑、触屏电视、可穿戴式智能设备(眼镜、手套、手环、手表、服饰、鞋子等)等。对于使用多种设备的情形，包含但不限于：电脑(台式电脑、笔记本电脑等)和键盘(或鼠标)，电视机(平板电视机、CRT显像管电视机、背投电视、投影电视、3D电视等)加遥控器(或手机)等。这些设备的单独或配合使用可以实现数据的输入输出，假设用电视机和遥控器来代替触摸屏1513，则利用电视机可以显示数据界面，利用遥控器可以进行输入操作等。
另外，第一面板1510还包含其它模块或部件，例如但不限于连接接口、传感模块、控制模块和通信模块等(参见图17)。其中连接接口用来与其它设备进行数据交换，其它设备包含但并不限于第二面板1530、USB、电源、音箱、耳机等，接口的个数与位置不受限制，可以根据具体需求而定，例如第一面板1510与第二面板1530间的接口，可以放在两者之间的一个位置，第一面板与智能开关外部设备的接口，可以放在第一面板1510的周围。接口的类型可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。接口的有线连接类型包含但不限于UART(Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter)，I2C(Inter-Integrated Circuit)，SPI(Serial Peripheral interface)等，接口的类型还可以是自定义的，包含但不限于自定义接口的针脚(pin)的数目与功能，这些功能包含但不限于供电、硬件连接握手或通信等内容。接口的无线连接类型包含但不限于蓝牙或Wi-Fi。在无线连接接口时，可以运用可拆卸的方式，让第一面板1510与其它设备在空间上连接在一起，例如但不限于采用磁力连接等方法。假设需要与智能开关相连接的是一套蓝牙音箱，由于其体积较小，蓝牙音箱可以运用磁力与智能开关靠近，通过蓝牙进行数据传输。需要注意的是，关于接口的描述并不限于以上情形，该领 域的普通技术人员可以根据接口的使用特点进行其它变形。例如，将与外部设备相连的接口设置在第二面板1530上，也可以实现同样或类似的功能。
第二面板1530(按设计安装或使用时)靠近第一面板1510一侧，包含一个或多个物理调节器1531。一个物理调节器1531可以是一个物理开关，有开和关两种状态，一个物理调节器1531可以控制灯、空调、暖气等的开和关。一个物理调节器1531可以调节一个设备介于开和关之间的电流载荷，例如，一个物理调节器1531可以是一个物理调光器，供用户手动调节灯光的亮度。这个物理调节器1531也可以是一个物理调温器，供用户手动调节空调和(或)暖气的温度。物理调节器1531的数量可以根据用户的具体需要进行设置，例如一个、两个、三个或者更多，可以依照美国保险实验室(UL，Underwriter Laboratories Inc.)的UL 514A、UL 514B、UL 514C、与UL 514D系列标准(如图4-B)，也可以根据用户的实际应用场景参照其它的标准。如果第二面板1530上含有多个物理调节器，在有些情况，其中至少两个物理调节器可以有相似功能。例如，其中至少两个物理调节器均与照明电源线路相连，都是物理调光器，可以对相同的灯或不同的灯进行控制。或者，其中至少两个物理调节器都与空调系统的控制线路相连，都是物理调温器，可以对同一房间或场所，或不同房间或场所的空调进行控制。在有些情况下，至少两个物理调节器1531可以控制不同的设备，例如，两个物理调节器1531中，一个是物理调光器，一个是物理调温器。第二面板1530上还包括一个接口1532，与第一面板1510上的接口进行连接。
第二面板1530(按设计安装或使用时)远离第一面板1510一侧结构的一种实施方案见图16，其中包括第二面板1530、固定装置1620、电源调光器模组1640和电源线1650。第二面板1530与面板固定装置1620连接，电源线1650从电源调光器模组1640下部伸出，也可以从电源调光器模组1640其它部位伸出。其外部接线盒构造与物理开关1531的个数相适应，可以依照美国保险实验室(UL，Underwriter Laboratories Inc.)的UL 514A、UL 514B、UL 514C、与UL 514D系列标准(如图4-B)，也可以根 据用户的实际应用场景参照其它的标准。该环境控制系统的第二面板1530可以和已有的电源线路连接安装，这样就不必再为该环境控制系统重新布线，并实现对这个电源线路的控制功能。例如，该第二面板1530可以和已有的照明控制线路连接按照，实现对照明控制系统的控制功能。该环境控制系统的第二面板1530还可以和已有的温度(空调或供暖)控制线路连接安装，实现对温度控制系统(例如制冷系统和供暖系统)的控制功能。该环境控制系统还可以对另外其它设备进行控制(例如家用电器、汽车等)。
需要注意的是，图15与图16所描述的智能开关结构，并不局限于图中提到的模块或部件。本领域的普通技术人员可以在实现同样或类似功能的情况下，对模块或部件进行精简或扩充，也可以添加其它附属模块。例如，第一面板1510上的触摸屏1513作为输入输出界面，可以以用户终端(例如，手机，计算机，平板电脑，PDA，电视等)安装的智能开关应用软件或与环境控制系统的通信来替代。再例如，在第一面板1510或第二面板1530上，可以安装某一附属模块，例如但不限于LED呼吸灯，呼吸灯具有提示智能开关上按键或物理调节器的位置和(或)状态、便于用户快速找到操作键、反映智能开关电源状态、提示未读消息等作用，可以在光线较暗时(例如阴天或夜晚)方便用户与环境控制系统进行交互。诸如此类的变形，在本申请的保护范围之内，例如，第一面板1510或第二面板1530上还可以有至少一个背景灯。
图17为环境控制系统中智能开关详细结构的一种实施方案。第一面板1510为面板，第二面板1530为背板，背板自身的外接电源为交流电源1730，为面板1510提供直流电源。
对于面板1510，是系统的一系列组件或模块，包括但不限于处理模块110-A、传感模块120-A、控制模块130-A和通信模块140-A等，这些模块可以是触摸屏1711、摄像头1712、麦克风1713、音响/警报器1714、处理器A、网络模块1716、网络设备1717、传感器1718等，也可以有其它设备。面板1510与背板1530之间的数据传输可以采取接口的方法，面板1510上的接口1710与背板1530上的接口1720相对应，构成一个连接器。 接口的类型可以是UART(Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter)(包含RS232、RS449、RS423、RS422和RS485等接口标准规范和总线标准规范)、I2C(Inter-Integrated Circuit)、SPI(Serial Peripheral interface)等，接口的类型还可以是自定义的，包含但不限于自定义接口的针脚(pin)的数目与功能，这些功能包含但不限于供电、硬件连接握手或通信等内容。这个连接器或第一面板1510与第二面板1530之间其它方式的连接也可以为第一面板1510装到或扣在第二面板1530上提供力学支持。
对于背板1530的结构，包含但不限于处理模块110-B、传感模块120-B、控制模块130-B和通信模块140-B等，这些模块可以是处理器1721、传感器1722、物理开关1723、调光器1724和电源模块1725等，也可以包含其它设备。图17中处理模块110-A和处理模块110-B在原理、功能和(或)结构上，可以是相似的，也可以是不同的；传感模块120-A和传感模块120-B在原理、功能和(或)结构上，可以是相似的，也可以是不同的；控制模块130-A和控制模块130-B在原理、功能和(或)结构上，可以是相似的，也可以是不同的；通信模块140-A和通信模块140-B在原理、功能和(或)结构上，可以是相似的，也可以是不同的；
需要注意的是，图17是智能开关内部结构的示意图，只是便于理解，各个模块间的相对位置、连接方式以及功能关系，并不局限于此图所举情况。处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140可以按一定次序连接，也可以互相连接，其各自连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140可以有各自独立的电源，也可以两两共享、三者或三者以上共享同一个电源。处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130、和通信模块140可以分别连接外部设备，单个外部设备可以连接一个或多个模块，连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的。诸如此类的变形，包含在本申请的保护范围之内。
图18是环境控制系统中简化开关的一种实施例。简化开关1800上可以包含电源调光器模组1810和第三面板1820等，其中电源调光器模组1810与交流电源1730相连。在第三面板1820上，包含但不限于物理调节 器1821、摄像设备1822和其它组件等。其中物理调节器1821可以是一个物理调光器，供用户手动调节灯光的亮度。物理调节器1821也可以是一个物理调温器，供用户手动调节空调和(或)供暖以调节的温度。其中物理调节器1821的数目可以是一个、两个、三个或者更多，以依照美国保险实验室(UL，Underwriter Laboratories Inc.)的UL 514A、UL 514B、UL 514C、与UL 514D系列标准(如图4-B)，也可以根据用户的实际应用场景参照其它的标准。如果简化开关1800上含有多个物理调节器，在有些情况，其中至少两个物理调节器可以有相似功能。例如，其中至少两个物理调节器均与照明电源线路相连，都是物理调光器。或者，其中至少两个物理调节器都与空调系统的控制线路相连，都是物理调温器。在有些情况下，至少两个物理调节器可以控制不同的设备，例如，两个物理调节器中，一个是物理调光器，一个是物理调温器。
简化开关里的其它组件或模块包括但不限于麦克风1823、音箱/报警器1824、处理器1825、网络模块1826、网络设备1827、传感器1828和电源模块1829等。需要注意的是，以上的结构只是为了方便理解简化开关提出的一种实施方案，并不包含所有的简化开关类型。在实际应用中，任何根据需要对智能开关所作出的简化均可包含在简化开关范围内，该领域的普通技术人员可以根据该智能开关和简化开关的原理，作出其它变形。这些变形包含但不限于添加新的组件(例如添加输入设备或输出设备等)、省略一些组件(例如省略摄像设备或麦克风等)等，均在此申请的保护范围之内。例如，第三面板1820也可以进一步包括一个类似于第二面板1530上的接口1532的结构。通过这个接口，一个简化开关1800与第一面板1510连接。通过这个连接可以实现第一面板1510与简化开关1800间数据或信息的通信，也可以为第一面板1510与简化开关1800之间的连接提供力学支持。第一面板1510和简化开关1800的连接可以是可拆卸的连接，类似于说明书中关于第一面板1500和第二面板1530间的可拆卸连接。
本申请中，智能开关1410和(或)简化开关1420可以是或包括智能调节器。相对于物理开关或物理调节器，智能开关、简化开关、或智能调 节器可以控制物理开关或物理调节器可以控制的设备。例如，智能开关、简化开关、或智能调节器可以通过对物理开关或物理调节器实现对该设备的控制。又例如，智能开关、简化开关、或智能调节器可以通过其它方式控制该设备。智能开关、简化开关、或智能调节器还可以控制除该设备以外的其它设备，和(或)具有除控制该设备以外的其它功能(例如，本申请中的描述的智能看护，智能安防等其它功能)。例如，一个智能开关1410有传感模块，可以采集一个或多个参数。又例如，一个智能开关1410有一个触摸屏，可以接收用户的输入和(或)向用户显示信息。一个智能开关1410还可以具有在本说明书中所描述的其它结构和(或)其它功能。
图19为菜单界面实施例示意图。1930是一个摄像设备，1940是一个物理挡板，可以通过改变其与摄像设备1930的相对位置达到遮挡摄像设备1930的目的，1910控制菜单，1920快捷菜单。其中控制菜单1910包括但不限于智能照明模式1911、天气更新及预警模式1912、时钟模式1913、以及能耗监测模式1914。以上举例只是为了方便说明，控制菜单1910还可以包括其它模式，例如，婴儿看护模式1915等，控制菜单1910还可以包括设置1916。菜单界面可以显示在不同的设备上，例如但不限于，智能开关1410，移动设备1430，电视1448-1、1448-2或1448-3，电脑，平板电脑，PDA，和车载多媒体系统等。当然，可以显示菜单界面的设备不局限于上述设备，还可以是其它具备显示功能的设备，例如，冰箱、洗衣机等家电上的屏幕等。菜单界面的显示比例和版面根据显示设备的大小等特性而有所不同，菜单界面所显示的功能模式数量以及显示的模式的类型也根据显示设备用途的不同而不同。菜单界面的显示比例和版面根据显示设备的大小等特性可以由环境控制系统或显示设备自动调整，或由用户调整。用户可以调整一个或多个功能模式的图标的位置。例如，用户可以根据用到图19至19E中显示的一个或多个功能模式的频率，调整这个或这些功能模式的图标在显示设备上显示的位置(比如，放到比较靠前的位置，等等)。用户也可以自己定义一个功能模块的图标。例如，用户可以用自己孩子或家人的照片，或一个自己选择的图片，作为一个功能模块的图标。菜单界面显示的一个实施例如图19-A和图19-B所示，在智能开关 1410的触摸屏1711上显示包括但不限于智能照明模式1911、天气更新及预警模式1912、时钟模式1913、能耗监测模式1914、婴儿看护模式1915和设置1916等。菜单界面显示的另一个实施例如图19-C图、19-D和图19-E所示，在移动设备1430上显示菜单界面括但不限于智能照明模式1951、安防模式1952、家庭日历模式1953、智能通风模式(也可以称为温湿度控制模式)1954、留言板模式(也可以称为视频语音通话模式)1955、能耗监测模式1956、音乐播放模式1957、婴儿看护模式1958和设置1959等。菜单界面还可以包括一些其它的按键，以智能开关1410为例，又可以有：快捷菜单1920包括但不限于视频和(或)语音通话按键1921、安防模式启动按键1922、灯光控制按键1923以及菜单按键1924。智能开关1410可以有一个或多个传感器，其中包括但不限于有环境光和接近传感器1950等。
图19是所述环境控制系统的一种实施例，所述环境控制系统包含但不局限于以下功能，智能光线学习、自定义光线模式、室内安全系统或安防模式、家用对讲机、家庭日历、能耗监测、天气更新及预警、智能通风(或温湿度控制)、时钟、婴儿看护、音乐播放、留言板(或视频语音通话)、家庭局域物联网、家庭局域语义网、智能空间。值得注意的是，本处所举出的功能，只是为了便于理解。环境控制系统的功能可根据应用场景实时更新，而不局限于以上列举的特殊实例。
启动环境控制系统，传感模块120开启，对环境中的变量进行实时或定时检测和(或)监测。传感模块120可跟踪并检测和(或)监测各种物理量，如声音、光、时间、重量、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、可吸入颗粒物、辐射、文字、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等，其能够检测和(或)监测的可以是其中一种或者多种信息，也可以对各种信息进行分类以便于进一步分析和处理。传感模块120可充分利用现有的各种可实施的设备，包括但不局限于：温度传感器、亮度传感器、湿度传感器、环境光传感器、气体传感器、生物信息素传感器(也可以是一种气体传感器)、运动传感器等。传感模块120通过对环境中物理量的跟踪和检测和(或)监测，可以将上述物理量转换为电信号。所述电信号作为数据 被存放于传感模块120中，该数据具有但不局限于以下形式：二进制、八进制、十进制、十六进制、六十进制等。所述数据拥有但不局限于以下属性：时间、主体、单位、天气等。所述传感模块120可通过与控制模块130通信实时地获取时间信息，所述时间信息包括但不限于以下形式：纳秒、微妙、毫秒、秒、分、时、年、月、日、上午、下午、中午、黎明、黄昏、午夜等。所述数据拥有一个或者多个主体，所述数据从属于所述一个或者多个主体，所述数据通过与控制模块130的通信被赋予所述一个或者多个主体。所述主体包括但不局限于以下内容：客厅、卧室、餐厅、洗手间、阳台、地下室、厨房、冰箱、微波炉、电视机、个人电脑、玄关等。需要注意的是，本处所列举出的数据拥有主体，只是为了便于理解。数据拥有主体可根据应用场景、应用领域、应用对象等灵活定义和分类，数据拥有主体可以为任何一个或者多个占有广延的实体。所述数据拥有但不局限于以下单位：摄氏度、华氏摄氏度、勒克斯、帕斯卡、米、毫米、微米、安培、伏特、欧姆、亩等。所述控制系统拥有特殊或普遍的存储格式，所述数据，时间，主体，单位等通过所述特殊或普遍的存储格式被存放于所述环境控制系统的存储设备520中或云服务器540中。所述环境控制系统拥有特殊或普遍的识别方法，所述环境控制系统通过将所述特殊或普遍的识别方法应用于所述数据及其属性以达到模式识别的目的。通过对所述物理量数据及其属性进行识别，所述环境控制系统通过一定的模式识别方法可以识别一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式。所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式包含但不局限于以下内容：日出时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、日中时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、日落时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、早餐时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、游戏时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、洗澡时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、读书时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为、睡眠时间区间以及此区间内一个或多个主体的位置和行为等。需要注意的是，此处所举的一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式，只是为了便于理解。所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式可根据时间以及一个或多个主体的行 为得出，所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式可随时间更新。所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式可以以一定的存储方法被存储在存储设备520中或云服务器540中。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130拥有一种或多种统计算法，所述统计算法的对象是所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式。所述控制模块130通过将所述统计算法应用于所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式，可以得出一种或多种特殊或普遍的规律。所述控制模块130依据所得出的一种或多种特殊或普遍的规律，可以将一种或多种预定义或自定义的触发模式存储于存储设备520中或云服务器540中，所述触发模式可以随时间不断更新。所述控制模块130通过将所述触发模式与所述一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式进行比较，依据一定的算法，启用或关闭所述环境控制系统的功能模块。需要注意的是，上述数据，所识别的一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式以及一种或多种预定义或自定义的触发模式被存储在存储设备520中不是必须的，其存储地点也可为云服务器540，也可以为其他一个或多个服务器。图27及相关描述提供了更多的关于环境控制系统的模式识别或自学习功能的介绍。
图20为光控界面实施例示意图。区域指示2010显示目前所控制的区域。区域指示2010可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。灯光控制按键2020用来进入灯光控制模式。灯光控制按键2020可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。区域选择按键2030用来选择目标区域。区域选择按键2030可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。波浪形灯光亮度调节按键2040可以调节目标区域灯光的亮度。波浪形灯光亮度调节按键2040可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。
启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。存储设备520或云服务器540中存有预定义的或自定义的触发模式，例如：检测和(或)监测到物体运动、起床模式、睡觉模式、离开模式以及夜间模式。周围环境变量中的模拟信号和(或)用户的指令 或其他输入被转换为电信号后，所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将特定的模式识别方法应用于所述电信号上，所述电信号被识别为一种或多种模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式进行比较，所述比较行为将依据特定的算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。若所述环境控制系统的控制模块130判断所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式相符，例如：检测到物体运动则亮灯若干分钟，然后熄灭；检测到起床模式则灯从熄灭到全亮需要若干分钟；检测和(或)监测到睡觉模式则灯从全亮到全灭需要若干分钟；检测和(或)监测到离开模式则相应的灯会在一个时刻打开然后在另一个时刻熄灭；检测和(或)监测到夜晚模式，若检测和(或)监测到物体连续运动则开始增加灯光亮度，如果未检测和(或)监测到物体运动则减小灯光亮度。需要注意的是上述模式及行为(例如灯光从灭到亮的时间)只是为了便于理解，所识别的模式以及相应的行为可根据需要灵活定义。
图21为安防模式界面实施例示意图。取消按键2110用来关闭或退出安防模式的安全警告功能。取消按键2110可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。安全警告文字提醒2120用来警告用户所检测到的安全事件。安全警告文字提醒2120可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。安全警告图标2130用来警示用户安全警告功能开启。安全警告图标2130可为文字、图像、数字或任 意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。存储设备520或云服务器540中存有预定义的或自定义的触发模式。周围环境变量中的模拟信号和(或)用户的指令或其他输入被转换为电信号后，所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将特定的模式识别方法应用于所述电信号上，所述电信号被识别为一种或多种模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式进行比较，所述比较行为将依据特定的比较算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。若所述环境控制系统的控制模块130判断所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式相符(例如触发模式为在下午一点五六分，在卧室中有运动被检测到)，则所述安防模式的报警将启动。
图22为家庭日历界面实施例示意图。取消按键2210用来取消提醒事件。取消按键2210可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。家庭日历文字提醒2220用来提示用户预设的提醒事件。家庭日历文字提醒2220可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。家庭日历图标2230用来提示用户当前模式为家庭日历模式。家庭日历图标2230可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮 度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。存储设备520或云服务器540中存有预定义的或自定义的触发模式(例如日历中需要提醒的事件)。周围环境变量中的模拟信号和(或)用户的指令或其他输入被转换为电信号后，所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将特定的模式识别方法应用于所述电信号上，所述电信号被识别为一种或多种模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式进行比较，所述比较行为将依据特定的算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。若所述环境控制系统的控制模块130判断所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式相符(例如提醒事件为在下午七点去接孩子，或提醒天气变化，或通过室内通话广播警告非法入侵等)，则所述家庭日历的事件提醒将启动。
图23为能耗监测界面实施例示意图。当前日期提示2310提示用户当前选择的日期。当前日期提示2310可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2320用来显示前一天能耗数据。能耗数据2320可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2330用来显示当前日期的能耗数据。能耗数据2330可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2340用来显示后一天能耗数据。后一天能耗数据2340可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号 或符号的组合。启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。周围环境变量中的模拟信号和(或)用户指令或其他输入被转换为电信号后，所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将特定的模式识别方法应用于所述电信号上，所述电信号被识别为一种或多种模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式存储于一个存储设备中(例如存储设备520，云服务器540等)。环境控制系统的显示设备接收控制模块130中存储设备的模式数据，将按照一定的显示算法显示所存储的模式数据(例如2015年2月11日，耗能2.1千瓦时，平均805瓦特)。
图24为天气更新及预警界面实施例示意图。2410显示目前天气状况。目前天气2410的图标可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2420显示当前气温。当前气温2420的图标及温度数值可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2440显示当日最高气温。当日最高气温2440的图标及温度数值可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2450显示当日最低气温。当日最低气温2450的图标及温度数值可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2430显示天气状况。天气状况2430可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。传感模块120可与通信模块140通信，通信模块140接收外部输入的信息(例如天气信息等)，所述信息被识别为一种或多种特殊或普遍的模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义或自定义的触发模式进行比较，若所述环境控制系统的控制模块130判断所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式相符(例如实时显示天气和温度，湿度，阴雨天气预警)，则所述天气预警功能将 启动。
图26为时钟界面实施例示意图。2610为时钟模式选择菜单，可用来选择相应的时钟模式。可选的时钟模式可以包括但不限于时间显示模式、计时器模式、闹钟模式等。时钟模式选择菜单可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2620为时钟模式指示，显示当前选中的时钟模式。时钟模式指示2620可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2640为计时器模式下的暂停按钮，用来暂停当前选中的计时器。暂停按钮2640可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。2630显示当前选中的模式为计时器模式。时钟图标2640可为文字、图像、数字或任意具有特定语义的符号或符号的组合。启动环境控制系统，传感模块120(或温度传感器、亮度传感器、电流传感器、触感传感器、运动传感器、图像传感器等开启)，对周围环境内的变量进行检测和(或)监测，传感模块120负责将周围环境内的变量转换为电信号。存储设备520或云服务器540中存有预定义的或自定义的触发模式(例如日历中需要提醒的事件)。周围环境变量中的模拟信号和(或)用户指令或其他输入被转换为电信号后，所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将特定的模式识别方法应用于所述电信号上，所述电信号被识别为一种或多种模式。所述环境控制系统的控制模块130将所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式进行比较，所述比较行为将依据特定的算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。若所述环境控制系统的控制 模块130判断所识别的一种或多种模式与所述预定义的或自定义的触发模式相符(例如计时三分三十秒)，则所述计时器将启动。
图27为环境控制系统自学习功能一个实施例的示意图。开启自学习功能后，在步骤2710，环境控制系统采集周围环境中的变量和(或)用户指令或其它输入，然后以数据的形式输入到系统中。步骤2710完成后，环境控制系统也可直接进入步骤2750、步骤2760以及步骤2770。接收输入以后，环境控制系统可以返回开始，也可以进入步骤2720。步骤2720中，环境控制系统对采集到的数据和(或)用户指令或其它输入进行存储和分类。例如，采集到的数据与环境温度、亮度有关，用户指令或其它输入与温度调节有关，与照明相关。与环境温度相关的数据以及与温度调节相关的用户指令或其它输入可以归为一类存储。与环境照度有关的数据以及与照明有关的用户指令或其它输入可以归为一类存储。再例如，环境控制系统对采集到的数据和(或)用户指令或其它输入进行如下存储和分类，地点、时间、生命体、人、动物、电子设备、手机、智能开关、化学物质、光、环境光、紫外线、指令、用户指令、其它外部指令、数据类型等。上述分类可以是平行关系，也可以是层级关系(比如人和动物属于生命体，用户指令和其它外部指令都属于指令)。步骤2720完成之后，环境控制系统可以返回步骤2710，也可以进入步骤2730。步骤2720以及步骤2750中所述的存储设备，可以是同一个存储设备，也可以是不同的存储设备。步骤2720完成后，可直接进入步骤2750，步骤2750完成后，也可直接进入步骤2720。需要注意的是，上述的分类只是为了便于理解，环境控制系统的分类可根据应用场景灵活定义。步骤2730对完成分类的数据进行分析和处理。完成分析和处理之后，环境控制系统可以返回步骤2730，也可以进入步骤2740。步骤2740判断输入数据是否可以被识别为一种或多种模式，如果不能识别为一种或多种模式，环境控制系统将返回步骤2710继续采集数据。如果输入的数据可以被识别为一种或多种模式，则在步骤2750中所识别的模式被存储在知识库中。所述模式识别为通过构造环境控制系统所能识别的语句来完成对周围环境识别的目的。所述语句例如：2015年3月25日星期三17点24分，玄关温度27摄氏度，视野范围内 未发现生命活动，二氧化碳浓度0.04％，玄关吊灯关闭，在玄关未检测到任何运动物体等，在客厅检测到汤姆在看电视。需要注意的是，上述语句只是为了便于理解，系统的语句可根据特定的语法及特定的语义灵活构造。步骤2740中所述的模式识别依据特定的算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。步骤2740完成后，环境控制系统也可返回步骤2730、步骤2720以及步骤2710。步骤2760对知识库中存储的模式进行分析和处理。步骤2760完成之后，环境控制系统可以返回步骤2750，也可以进入步骤2770。步骤2770判断输入的模式是否可以被识别成一种或多种规律，如果输入的模式不能被识别为一种或多种规律，则环境控制系统返回步骤2760继续分析和处理输入的模式。如果输入的模式可以被识别为一种或多种规律，则在步骤2770中，所识别的一种或多种规律被存储在知识库中。需要注意的是，上述规律并不指自然界中的普遍规律，上述所识别的模式依据特定的算法积累超过一定阈值时则被识别为一种规律。例如：用户在一个月内出门的时间区间有97％落在了9:30到10:00之间，则9:30到10：00用户出门则被识别为一种规律。需要注意的是，以上的举例只是为了便于理解，行为时间区间、概率、积累时间区间等可根据需要灵活定义，比如：一周内，一年内，一季度内，60％，80％,22:30到23:00等。上述规律也可进行更新，如用户在特定的时间区间内的出门时间发生了变化，则新的规律将被识别以适应用户的行为。上述步骤2770中所述的规律识别依据特定的算法进行，所述特定的算法包括但不限于：线性判别分析、二次判别 分析、最大熵分类器、决策树、决策表、核估计、近邻法、朴素贝叶斯分类器、神经网络、视感控器、支持向量机、基因表达式编程、分级群聚、k均值聚类、相关聚类、核主成分分析、提升方法、贝叶斯网络、马尔科夫随机场、多重线性主成分分析、卡尔曼滤波器、粒子滤波器、高斯过程回归、线性回归或拓展、独立成分分析、主成分分析、条件随即域、隐马尔科夫模型、最大熵马尔科夫模型、递归神经网络、关联式规则、归纳逻辑编程、相似性度量学习、深度神经网络、深度神经网络的问题、深度信念网络、卷积神经网路、卷积深度信念网络等，所述特定的算法可为上述任意一种算法或者任意多种算法的组合。步骤2770完成后，环境控制系统也可返回步骤2760。步骤2780检测是否收到终止自学习功能的指令。所述终止指令可以来自用户，也可来自其环境控制系统自身。例如环境控制系统预设有系统终止算法，在满足算法设定的条件时(如已经连续学习一年)，环境控制系统自身将发出终止指令以终止自学习功能。再例如环境控制系统的终止算法为检测到周围环境的某一模式时(比如检测到室内没人)，则上述模式将触发环境控制系统发出终止指令。如果收到终止自学习功能的指令，则环境控制系统终止自学习功能，退出自学习模式。如果未收到终止自学习功能的指令，则环境控制系统将所识别的规律存入知识库中。步骤2780完成后，也可返回步骤2750。所述知识库为存储设备，可以在环境控制系统之内，也可以在环境控制系统之外，如远程服务器、云端服务器等。
图28为面板、背板以及简化开关组合实施例。客厅2810预装智能开光背板或简化开关2811。卧室2820预装智能开关背板或简化开关2821。厨房2830预装智能开关背板或简化开关2831。厕所2840预装智能开关背板或简化开关2841。智能开关面板1510为可移动手持设备，用户可根据自己的需求灵活地将智能开关面板1510与客厅2810智能开关背板或简化开关2811、卧室2820智能开关背板或简化开关2821、厨房2830智能开关背板或简化开关2831、厕所2840智能开关背板或简化开关2841连接。智能开关面板1510通过连接器的接口2850与客厅2810智能开关背板或简化开关2811、卧室2820智能开关背板或简化开关2821、厨房2830智 能开关背板或简化开关2831、厕所2840智能开关背板或简化开关2841连接。接口的有线连接类型包含但不限于UART(Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter)，I2C(Inter-Integrated Circuit)，SPI(Serial Peripheral interface)等，接口的类型还可以是自定义的，包含但不限于自定义接口的针脚(pin)的数目与功能，这些功能包含但不限于供电、硬件连接握手或通信等内容。接口的无线连接类型包含但不限于蓝牙或Wi-Fi。需要注意的是，关于接口的描述并不限于以上情形，该领域的普通技术人员可以根据接口的使用特点进行其它变形。例如，应用USB、IEEE 1394、ExpressCard、eSATA、SCSI、IDE、PCI等，也可以实现同样或类似的功能。
图29为移动设备控制实施例示意图。可连接设备2920包含智能开关1410、简化开关1420、灯1441、温度计1442、出风口1443、智能插座1444、家用电器1445、安防设备1446、吊扇1447、电视1448以及云服务器540。进一步地，吊扇1447可为风扇、台扇、换气扇、转页扇、空调扇(即冷风扇)等。吊扇1447可为上述任意一种风扇或者任意数量风扇的组合。需要注意的是可连接设备2920可包含的设备并不局限于以上所列举的设备，用户可根据需要灵活扩充，如洗衣机、电视机、空调、加湿器、热水器、燃气灶等。移动设备1430可以通过两种方式中的任何一种与可连接设备2920通信，2910-A为移动设备1430通过网络设备1340(1370)与可连接设备2910进行通信，2910-B为移动设备1430借助内置SIM卡通过网络运营商提供的网络(2G、3G、4G、5G等)与可连接设备2920进行通信。网络设备1370可以是智能开关1410以及简化开关1420内置的设备，网络设备1340可以是智能开关1410以及简化开关1420的外部设备。网络设备包括但不限于路由器、蓝牙网络设备、运营商网络设备、支付、配对设备、ZigBee网络设备。移动设备1430可通过网络设备1340(1370)以方式2910-A与智能开关1410以及简化开关1420进行双向通信。智能开关1410以及简化开关1420接收到移动设备1430发来的指令，根据接收到的指令，智能开关1410以及简化开关1420向灯1441、温度计1442、出风口1443、智能插座1444、家用电器1445、安防设备1446、吊 扇1447、电视1448以及云服务器540等设备发出相应的指令。移动设备1430也可借助内置SIM卡通过网络运营商提供的网络(2G、3G、4G、5G等)以方式2910-B与智能开关1410以及简化开关1420进行双向通信。智能开关1410以及简化开关1420接收到移动设备1430发来的指令，根据接收到的指令，智能开关1410以及简化开关1420向灯1441、温度计1442、出风口1443、智能插座1444、家用电器1445、安防设备1446、吊扇1447、电视1448以及云服务器540等设备发出相应的指令。需要注意的是，以上所描写的通信控制方式并不是本技术唯一的实施方案，移动设备1430也可不通过智能开关1410以及简化开关1420，而是借助上述两种通信方式中任意一种方式直接与灯1441、温度计1442、出风口1443、智能插座1444、家用电器1445、安防设备1446、吊扇1447、电视1448以及云服务器540进行双向通信。家用电器1445可直接通过上述两种通信方式与移动设备1430进行双向通信，也可借助智能插座1444通过上述两种通信方式中任意一种与移动设备1430进行双向通信。进一步地，上述两种通信方式只是为了便于理解，显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解通信的基本原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对实施设备通信的具体方式与步骤进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，如通过有线的方式进行通信，但是这些修正和改变仍在以上描述的范围之内。
在一个实施例中，当使用移动设备1430组网加入环境控制系统时(例如，直接利用蓝牙组网技术或通过路由器和环境控制系统中的通信模块140连接等)，可以通过移动设备1430中加载的APP完成相应的操作，首次打开或重启APP时会显示欢迎页面，欢迎页面包括但不限于演示教学和功能介绍等，另外，用户可以通过例如用户名和密码等凭证登录家庭账户，也可以注册新用户或设置昵称等。进入APP主页面后，APP会显示例如一个菜单界面，从菜单界面可以控制环境控制系统中不同的设备和(或)模式，例如但不限于：智能照明模式1951，安防模式1952，家庭日历模式1953，智能通风模式(或温湿度控制模式)1954，留言板模式(或视频语音通话模式)1955，能耗监测模式1956，音乐播放模式1957，婴儿看护模式1958，和设置1959等。用户也可以在菜单界面拖动相应的图标改 变这些功能按键的位置。
在智能照明模式1951的一个实施例中，可以选择控制照明的区域，该区域可以是一个或多个房间，或所有灯光，或一个或多个灯等。例如，厨房，卧室，客厅和厕所等。指示不同区域的图标也可以拖动来改变其在界面上的位置。对智能照明模式1951控制的具体细节可以参考文中图25、图27、图30、图31、图32、图33、图34、图35、图48的描述以及其它关于智能照明模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。在安防模式1952的一个实施例中，用户可以通过APP观看摄像设备所拍摄的实时或非实时影像，也可以通过安全密钥激活安防模式。当有例如，非法入侵等的事件发生时，安防模式会在APP下发生提示和(或)警报，用户也可以查看提示历史记录。对安防模式1952控制的具体细节可以参考文中图21、图27、图38、图39、图40、图41、图42、图48的描述以及其它关于安防模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在家庭日历模式1953的一个实施例中，用户可以设置当天或其它日期的事件，当然，事件可以是从云端服务器540或互联网下载和(或)同步的。用户可以查看例如一天内，一周内，一月内或一年内的将要发生或已经发生的事件等。另外，用户还可以设置在各种事件发生时的提示类型，例如，语音提示，警报器鸣响提示，灯闪烁提示，APP和(或)面板等设备的推送提示等。上述举例只是为了便于说明，提示的类型可以有很多，例如手机等的震动提示，床升降以及角度改变的提示等。对家庭日历模式1953控制的具体细节可以参考文中图22、图27、图48的描述以及其它关于家庭日历模式的描述，在此不做赘述。
在智能通风模式(或温湿度控制模式)1954的一个实施例中，用户可以查看和(或)调解各个房间或区域的例如温度，湿度，和体感温度等。对相应参数的调节可以是实时的，也可以是预设的，例如调整此时此刻的参数，或预先设定将来某日某时的参数等。对智能通风模式(或温湿度控制模式)1954控制的具体细节可以参考文中图27、图43、图44、图48的描述以及其它关于智能通风模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在留言板模式(或视频语音通话模式)1955的一个实施例中，用户可 以发送和(或)接收例如文字、语音录音、图片、视频片段等的消息，也可以发起或接听语音通话或视频语音通话。收发消息和接通视频和(或)语音通话的对象可以是例如其它移动设备1430，智能开关1410，电脑，平板电脑，PDA，电视1448-1、1448-2或1448-3，电话或移动电话等设备。对留言板模式(或视频语音通话模式)1955控制的具体细节可以参考文中图25、图27、图45、图46、图48的描述以及其它关于智能通风模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在能耗监测模式1956的一个实施例中，用户可以查看当日或其它日期的能耗情况，能耗可以以不同的单位或形式展示，例如以千瓦时为单位，以一定时间内的平均用电瓦数未单位，或以相关的等值(例如，等值于当季电价乘以用电量等)货币金额为单位等。用户还可以查看例如一天，一周，一个月，或一年等一定时间段内的用电情况。除此以外，APP还可以生成一个能耗报告，供用户参考。对能耗监测模式1956控制的具体细节可以参考文中图23、图27、图48的描述以及其它关于能耗监测模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在音乐播放模式1957的一个实施例中，用户可以选择在一个或多个房间或区域播放音乐，用于播放音乐的设备可以是任何有播放功能的设备，例如，智能开关1410，磁力链接在智能开关1410下方的蓝牙音响，其它有线或无线接入环境控制系统的音响，可穿戴播放设备(例如，耳机、助听器等)，智能手机，平板电脑，PDA，电脑，电视1448-1、1448-2或1448-3，车载音箱，等等。APP上可以显示音乐的名称，艺术家，专辑，播放列表等相关信息。用户还可以选择与其它设备同步以传输或接受音乐等文件，选择播放的音乐或列表，选择播放模式(例如，顺序播放、循环播放、随机播放等)。用户也可以设置(或环境控制系统自学习)音乐播放的时间以及音量，例如，在每天早上8点播放鸟叫的音乐，音量渐强；在检测和(或)监测到用户入睡后例如20分钟内逐渐减低音量并最终关闭音乐播放等。对音乐播放模式1957控制的具体细节可以参考文中图27、图48的描述以及其它关于音乐播放模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在婴儿看护模式1958的一个实施例中，用户可以选择开启或关闭婴儿看护模式。在婴儿看护模式1958开启的状态下，环境控制系统会检测和(或)监测婴儿及其一定范围内的相关参数，并向例如移动设备1430，智能开关1410，电脑，平板电脑，PDA，电视1448-1、1448-2或1448-3，电话或移动电话等设备发送提示或警报。环境控制系统所检测和(或)监测的内容可以有例如，婴儿的哭声、婴儿的呼吸、婴儿的心跳、婴儿的体温、婴儿的情绪、婴儿房内是否有人或物的移动、进入婴儿房的人的相貌和生物信息素等身份特征、婴儿房内的温湿度、婴儿房内的空气质量、婴儿尿布的清洁度等等。当然，系统可以检测和(或)监测的内容不局限于以上说述，还可以有其它参数，例如，婴儿房所在环境的噪音音量等。用户还可以观看婴儿及其所在环境的实时或非实时视频语音信息，也可以通过视频语音通话模式与婴儿互动，还可以调节婴儿房的例如照明、温湿度等参数。环境控制系统也可以通过自学习功能或人工智能自动的作出控制，例如，在检测和(或)监测到婴儿踢开了被子后，自动升高婴儿房内的温度等。当然，婴儿看护模式1958不是单一的只能用于婴儿的看护，也同样适用于例如，老人、小孩、孕妇、病人、宠物等的看护。对婴儿看护模式1958控制的具体细节可以参考文中图27、图48的描述以及其它关于婴儿看护模式和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在设置1959的一个实施例中，用户可以进行例如APP设置和智能开关设置等。其中APP设置包括但不限于安防设置、家庭日历提醒设置、能耗监测设置、温度单位设置、编辑昵称、问答帮助、相关信息、和邮件帮助等；智能开关设置包括但不限于智能照明模式设置、家庭地址设置、编辑房间类型、静音模式、上传照片、问答帮助、和相关信息等。对设置1959的具体细节可以参考文中图27、图30、图48的描述以及其它关于设置和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。
在需要环境控制系统向APP发出提示和(或)警报的时候，APP会显示提示。提示内容可以包括但不限于图标、文字信息、和快捷操作按键等。会引发提示的事件包括但不限于天气预警、安全警报、家庭日历提醒、婴儿看护提醒、视频语音对话(或留言板)提醒等。关于提示的具体细节 可以参考文中图27、图48的描述以及其它关于紧急事件处理和人工智能的描述，在此不做赘述。另外，在APP中任意一个界面，用户都可以选择使用语音识别功能进行输入或控制，也可以选择回到菜单等。APP中对不同界面、功能和模式的表现形式可以后很多，而上述的模式等并不局限于移动设备1430上的APP，还可以在其它设备中显示，例如但不限于，智能开关1410，移动设备1430，电视1448-1、1448-2或1448-3，电脑，平板电脑，PDA，和车载多媒体系统等。当然，可以显示APP界面的设备不局限于上述设备，还可以是其它具备显示功能的设备，例如，冰箱、洗衣机等家电上的屏幕等。APP界面的显示比例和版面根据设备的大小等特性而有所不同，APP界面所显示的图标数量以及显示的模式或功能的类型也根据设备用途的不同而不同。
图29-A和图29-B是APP在移动设备1430上显示关于留言板模式(或视频语音通话模式)1955的一个实施例。在2900-A和2900-B显示的APP界面上，可以包括图标指示2901和文字指示2902等，以提示用户当前处于留言板模式(或视频语音通话模式)1955下。图29-A和图29-B所示实施例展示的是用户进行文字信息交流(或聊天)的状态，2903显示不同聊天参与者的信息(例如头像、昵称和姓名等)，2904显示文字信息的内容。用户可以通过键入栏2905输入文字信息，也可以在表情符号2906处添加表情。界面下方可以使用语音控制按键2908是实现语音输入和语音控制，可以通过菜单按键2909返回主菜单，还可以通过其它功能按键2907开启其它功能的子菜单。其它功能的菜单包括例如发送图片2911、删除历史记录2914和提示设置2913等功能。用户可以再次通过其他功能按键2907来关闭其它功能子菜单，返回输入界面。
智能照明模式可具有以下一个或多个属性：1.可远程设定，或近程手动设置；2.可以有线或无线方式通信设置；3.根据用户在室内外的移动或进出/白天或夜晚间的不同时段/用户是否需长时外出，调整室内各个房间或地点的照明方式；4.可依据用户的日常使用习惯进行自适应或自学习。
智能照明模式作为所述的环境控制系统的有机组成部分，通过接收不同种类的信息/数据类型(如安全报警，突发天气，突发事件，温度变化， 用户在室内外的移动或进出，以及白天或夜晚间的不同时段,周围的自然光环境变化等)，由用户手动或自动，近程或远程，有线或无线的选取相应的灯光变化模式。同时，作为有自主学习功能的智能型照明模式，灯光的变化模式可以通过收集用户的使用习惯和喜好，结合节能与环保的要求，达到环境控制与节能环保的统一。
用户对智能照明模式的操作可以有不同的界面，如智能型或非智能型用户界面，或近程界面和远程界面等。作为一个智能型用户界面的一个实施例，当检测到用户靠近智能型界面时，该界面会自动转换至灯光控制型用户界面。而在一个近程界面的实施例中(如图19)，用户可以通过点击位于主界面右上角的灯光控制按键1923来进入智能照明模式，或直接点击位于主界面内屏幕中的图标1911来切入智能照明模式。
在近程界面中，智能照明模式的灯光设置方式可以通过点击位于主屏幕右下角的菜单按键1924来进入。如图30所示，触摸屏上可以显示设置3010，提醒用户当前页面是设置主界面。通过点击设置主界面上的照明按键3023即可进入智能照明模式设置。图30所示的界面是还有属性3021、网络3022、安全3024、是指3025、外观3026、帮助3027，和信息3028等功能，并且可以通过这些图标进入相应功能的设置。当然，设置界面所能设置的内容并不局限于此，可以设置的内容还有很多。例如，可以将新的家用电器或其它设备通过设置功能加入环境控制系统中，或与环境控制系统配对。环境控制系统可以包含或提供一个接口或接入标准。一个家用电器或设备如果包括相应的接口或接入标准就可以通过这个接口或接入标准与环境控制系统配对。环境控制系统可以实现以下一个或多个功能，例如采集或获取关于这个设备的参数或信息，用户指令，与这个设备通信，控制这个设备，等等。
智能照明模式的光强控制转换方式可以有不同的实施方式。如图31所示，用户可以在触摸屏界面上，以手动方式在波浪型3110，环型3120，或者滑尺型3130之间选择开启或关闭灯光，及操控光强变化。界面3100中同时有浏览3140和更多3150两个按键。以下以滑尺型3120的操作方式为例：在图32中，在点击右上的灯光控制按键2020后，用户可以通过 拨动显示光线强度的滑尺位置来调整用户屋内的照明强度，而在点击右下的区域选择按键2030后，用户可以通过拨动滑动型按键3240在滑动型灯光亮度调节按键3230上的位置来调整如图33所示的不同房间内的照明强度，其中界面左侧提示最暗图标3220，右侧提示最亮图标3250。如图33所示，该界面可以控制例如但不限于厨房3310、卧室3320和客厅3330中的照明设备3311、3321和3331等。
对智能照明模式的控制也可以经由无线方式，由用户远程在手机app上通过远程界面进行操作来实现。在本申请中，app和APP互换使用，表示应用软件。如图34所示为一手机远程界面实施例：移动设备3420通过无线网络3430连接到智能开关3410，用户通过设立的家庭账号进入app使用界面后，触摸屏上可以显示控制面板，中间为照明图标3427，提示用户当前页面为远程界面中关于智能照明模式的主界面。界面最下方可以选择智能照明模式3424、语音通话模式3425和菜单3426。智能照明模式界面中可以选择不同的照明区域，例如但不限于全部区域3423、客厅3422和厨房3421等。界面上方会显示区域指示3428和波浪型灯光亮度调节按键3429。当选择智能照明模式3424时，用户可以在若干种不同的智能照明模式间进行切换。这些模式可以基于环境控制系统的不同输入数据，来智能地设置相应的灯光变化模式。环境控制系统的不同输入数据包括但不限于由未知侵入者闯入引起的安全报警；或者突发的天气变化，如暴雨，雷电，雾霾，台风，龙卷风等；又如地震，海啸，火山爆发等地质灾害引起的突发事件；以及不同的时段如早上，中午或晚间；由温度传感器检测到的室内外温度发生的变化；由运动传感器检测到的人体或动物以及活动物体的移动，等等。如图35所示，不同的智能照明模式包括但不限于如下模式：唤醒模式3531；睡眠模式3532；假期模式3533；运动模式3534；夜间模式3535以及灯光学习模式3536等。在界面3500下方又有返回3541、语音通话模式3425和菜单3426等。同时界面上方又有智能照明模式提示3510，左侧有模式开关提示3520等。以下我们对这些模式的描述绝非穷尽了所有相似或类似的智能照明模式。显然，类似的模式，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技 术原理、结构的情况下，对这些模式进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。
以下为智能照明模式的运动模式3534的功能与流程实施例的描述：
智能照明模式可依据传感模块120采集到的信息来判别用户是否已回到家中，从而开启“欢迎回家”的智能照明模式下的运动模式。具体来说，其中传感模块120包括至少一个传感器，而传感器、其他模块以及外部设备可以有如图7中所披露的若干种对应关系。传感模块120又与控制模块130和外部设备160相连。传感器也可以是外部设备，或外部设备的一个部件。图7只是传感模块120内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，传感模块120也可以有不同的结构，与其他周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有线或无线的。
其次，传感模块120将检测到的用户有关信息传递给处理模块110进行分析判断，这些信息可以包括但不限于声音、光、重量、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、文字、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等中的一种或多种。以上这些可传感数据类型只是为了便于说明而做的举例，传感模块120可以感知的信息或数据类型还包括其它类型，例如：用户的情绪和磁场等。而处理模块110的分析判定方法包含并不限于，将采集到的信息与一定的参数(例如一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值)进行对比。该参数可以由用户设定，也可以由环境控制系统根据机器训练习得。通过处理模块110分析后，假设采集的信息满足某项参数要求(例如符合某个参照值，进入某个参照区间，超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则该信息即为用户信息。
在处理模块110做出用户已经返家的判断之后，即开始调用控制模块130实施智能照明模式的运动模式，包括但不限于使用符合用户使用习惯的灯光开启算法，来开启用户的家庭照明及智能照明模式。该灯光开启算法可以依据已设置好的实现方式，实现如自动或手动立即开启玄关以及客厅的灯光，开启主卧，客卧,以及车库智能照明模式，根据温度传感器感知的温度变化来自动或手动调整相应房间的灯光等。灯光的强度设定可以依据用户的光强喜好。一旦被触发，灯光将维持一段时间，例如至少30分 钟，直到被灯光开启算法关闭。最长维持时间包括但不限于，例如两个小时。
灯光开启算法的实现方式包括但不限于软件实现方式以及硬件实现方式。软件实现方式包括但不限于利用目前常用的C,C++,Python，Java，Javascript,Fortran,Visual C++，以及汇编语言，硬件实现方式包括但不限于单片机，集成电路(IC)，芯片等。可利用的计算机设备包括但不限于个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等，例如：个人台式机，个人笔记本电脑，掌上电脑(PDA)，平板电脑，以及其它在本申请说明书中披露的实例。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的软硬件还可以包括其它方面，例如：智能防盗模式和车载电子模式等。
以下为智能照明模式的晚间模式3535的功能与流程实施例的描述：
智能照明模式可依据目前时段是否在预设时段，如深夜，以及传感模块120采集到的用户活动信息来判别用户是否在房间内起身活动，从而开启柔和照明的智能照明模式晚间模式。具体来说，其中传感模块120包括至少一个传感器，而传感器、其他模块以及外部设备可以有如图7中所披露的若干种对应关系。传感模块120又与控制模块130和外部设备160相连。传感器也可以是外部设备，或外部设备的一个部件。图7只是传感模块120内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，传感模块120也可以有不同的结构，与其他周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有线或无线的。
其次，传感模块120将检测到的用户有关信息传递给处理模块110进行分析判断，这些信息包括但不限于声音、光、重量、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、文字、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等其中一种或多种。以上这些可传感数据类型只是为了便于说明而做的举例，传感模块120可以感知的信息或数据类型还包括其它类型，例如：时间，用户的情绪和磁场等。而处理模块110的分析判定方法包含并不限于，将采集到的信息与一定的参数(例如一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值)进行对比。该参数可以由用户设定，也可以由环境控制系统根据机器训练习得。通过处理模块110分析后，假设采集的信息满足某项参数要求 (例如符合某个参照值，进入某个参照区间，超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则环境控制系统判定用户在夜间起身活动。
在处理模块110做出用户起身活动的判断之后，即开始调用控制模块130实施智能照明模式的夜间模式，包括但不限于调用启动柔和灯光的灯光开启算法。该灯光开启算法可以依据已经预设好的实现流程，或根据用户的活动范围与活动方式，并结合用户的使用习惯，来自动调节用户所在房间或相邻房间的灯光强度，并根据温度传感器感知的温度变化来自动或手动调整相应房间的灯光等。作为一个灯光开启算法的具体实施例，灯光开启算法可以设定一个夜间用户起身活动的时间段(包括但不限于，例如从晚间11点到早上5点)，并在一个短时间内(例如10秒)将光强调至用户期望的一个亮度范围内。如果用户停止活动，则光传感器逐渐减少输入，使得灯光在大约，例如15秒后熄灭。
灯光开启算法的实现方式包括但不限于软件实现方式以及硬件实现方式。软件实现方式包括但不限于利用目前常用的C,C++,Python，Java，Javascript,Fortran,Visual C++，以及汇编语言，硬件实现方式包括但不限于单片机，集成电路(IC)，芯片等。可利用的计算机设备包括但不限于个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等，例如：个人台式机，个人笔记本电脑，掌上电脑(PDA)，平板电脑，以及其它在本申请说明书中披露的实例。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的软硬件还可以包括其它方面，例如：智能防盗模式和车载电子模式等。
以下为智能照明模式的自学习模式3536的功能与流程实施例的描述：
智能照明模式可依据与通信模块140相连接的云服务器540采集到的用户日常活动与习惯的总体数据，来智能化地调节智能照明模式的开启和使用方式。具体来说，首先处理模块110的存储单元会纪录下用户在不同条件下的智能照明模式运作习惯与修改方式。这里不同条件包括但不限于由未知侵入者闯入引起的安全报警；或者突发的天气变化，如暴雨，雷电，雾霾，台风，龙卷风等；又如地震，海啸，火山爆发等地质灾害引起的突发事件；以及不同的时段如早上，中午或晚间；由温度传感器检测到的室内外温度发生的变化；由运动传感器检测到的人体或动物以及活动物体的 移动等。这些纪录用户的日常使用习惯与倾向的数据信息都通过通信模块140上传到例如云服务器540，局域网服务器，广域网服务器等。这里云服务器540可以是环境控制系统自带的，也可以是环境控制系统之外第三方的商用服务器。这里的通信泛指信号的双向获取，信号可以包括但不局限于编码、数字、文字、图片、声音和视频等内容。
处理模块110可根据服务器端记录的用户日常使用习惯及倾向数据，调用控制模块130实施智能照明模式下的自学习模式，包括但不限于基于用户使用习惯的灯光学习算法。灯光学习算法的一个具体实施例可以自动存储并上载用户的使用习惯数据，对用户调整灯光的习惯行为进行分析，并模拟该用户的使用行为。具体来说，该算法可将用户使用的数据与一定的参数(例如一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值)进行对比。该参数可以由用户设定，也可以由智能照明模式根据机器训练习得。通过处理模块110分析后，假设该数据满足某项参数要求(例如符合某个参照值，进入某个参照区间，超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则依据一些预设的优化算法，包括但不限于最小二乘法，变分法，最速下降法，或其他动态最优算法，来修改该数据值，并以此相应调整室内的灯光强度，并记录下用户的反馈等信息。
灯光学习算法的实现方式包括但不限于软件实现方式以及硬件实现方式。软件实现方式包括但不限于利用目前常用的C,C++,Python，Java，Javascript,Fortran,Visual C++，以及汇编语言，硬件实现方式包括但不限于单片机，集成电路(IC)，芯片等。可利用的计算机设备包括但不限于个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等，例如：个人台式机，个人笔记本电脑，掌上电脑(PDA)，平板电脑，以及其它在本申请说明书中披露的实例。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的软硬件还可以包括其它方面，例如：智能防盗模式和车载电子模式等。
以下为智能照明模式的苏醒模式3531和睡眠模式3532的功能与流程实施例的描述：
智能照明模式可依据传感模块120采集到的信息来判别不同的时间段及用户的休息状态，从而开启智能照明模式的相关苏醒模式3531或睡眠 模式3532。具体来说，其中传感模块120包括至少一个传感器(例如一个计时器等)，而传感器、其它模块以及外部设备可以有如图7中所披露的若干种对应关系。传感模块120又与控制模块130和外部设备160相连。传感器也可以是外部设备，或外部设备的一个部件。图7只是传感模块120内部结构和周围结构的其中一个实施例，传感模块120也可以有不同的结构，与其他周围设备连接；而这里的连接方式，可以是有线或无线的。
其次，传感模块120通过计时器确定相应的时间段，包括但不限于午夜，凌晨，清早，黄昏，夜晚，深夜等。同时，传感模块120将检测到的有关信息传递给处理模块110进行分析判断，这些信息包括但不限于声音、光、重量、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等其中一种或多种。包括但不限于检测到早晨太阳光强的变化、季节变化和天气变化等，用户在移动设备、电脑或环境控制系统的用户界面设置的正常苏醒起身的时间(如七点钟左右)。以上这些可传感数据类型只是为了便于说明而做的举例，传感模块120可以感知的数据类型还包括其它类型，例如：用户的情绪和磁场，以及用户睡眠深度等。而处理模块110的分析判定方法包含并不限于，将采集到的信息与一定的参数(例如一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值)进行对比。该参数可以由用户设定，也可以由环境控制系统根据机器训练习得。通过处理模块110分析后，假设采集的信息满足某项参数要求(例如符合某个参照值，进入某个参照区间，超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则控制模块可判断用户处于相应的活动状态，包括但不限于睡眠，如浅度睡眠或深度睡眠；低强度活动，包括但不限于阅读，走动，看电视等；高强度活动，如锻炼，健身，聚会活动等。
在处理模块110做出用户所处相应运动模式的判断之后，即开始调用控制模块130实施智能照明模式的苏醒模式3531或睡眠模式3532，包括但不限于使用符合用户使用习惯的苏醒模式算法或睡眠模式算法，来调节用户的家庭智能照明模式。该灯光苏醒算法通过逐渐调亮室内的光线强度，使得用户以自然的方式逐渐苏醒。作为灯光苏醒算法的一个具体实施例，该灯光苏醒算法可以依据当时的季节和(或)天气，从亮度0％马上 升高到100％。这里的0％为灯泡最低的亮度级而100％为灯泡的最高亮度级(给出的数字范围仅为描述方便)。用户也可以手动对灯光亮度进行调节。在经历一段时间后，灯光又逐渐(例如，大概为五秒左右)恢复到正常的室内灯光强度，灯光渐亮的事件和(或)室内灯光的亮度也可由用户自行设定。而灯光睡眠算法则通过逐渐调暗室内的光线强度，使得用户逐渐减低活动强度，为就寝做准备。作为灯光睡眠算法的一个具体实施例，灯光强度会从当前的光强逐步降低到0％，然后在一个缓冲时间后完全关掉。
灯光苏醒模式3531和睡眠模式3532算法的实现方式包括但不限于软件实现方式以及硬件实现方式。软件实现方式包括但不限于利用目前常用的C,C++,Python，Java，Javascript,Fortran,Visual C++，以及汇编语言，硬件实现方式包括但不限于单片机，集成电路(IC)，芯片等。可利用的计算机设备包括但不限于个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等，例如：个人台式机，个人笔记本电脑，掌上电脑(PDA)，平板电脑，以及其它在本申请说明书中披露的实例。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，可控的软硬件还可以包括其它方面，例如：智能防盗模式和车载电子模式等。
需要说明的是，此处的描述仅仅是以上具体实施例的主要过程，不应被视为是唯一的实施例，其中的各个步骤并不是必须的，整个流程及其具体步骤也并不局限于图中和上文的描述。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技术原理、结构的情况下，对这些算法进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。
图36为智能开关伴侣实施例。电源3610负责给处理模块110供电，供电方式为有线的或者无线的。电源3610包括但不限于外接电源，内蓄电池，系统自带的发电设备。处理模块110可以用作处理单元，处理模块110可与通信模块140进行双向通信，处理模块110可与输入设备3650进行双向通信，处理模块110可与近场通信标签3640进行双向通信。处理模块110可以为任意集成电路，包括但不限于小规模集成电路(Small Scale Integrated circuits)、中规模集成电路(Medium Scale Integrated circuits)、大 规模集成电路(Large Scale Integrated circuits)、超大规模集成电路(Very Large Scale Integrated circuits)、甚大规模集成电路(Ultra Large Scale Integrated circuits)以及千兆规模集成电路(Giga Scale Integrated circuits)。通信模块140主要负责环境控制系统内、环境控制系统与外部设备之间、以及环境控制系统和(或)外部设备与其它系统或设备之间的通信，其通信方式包括但不限于有线通信和无线通信，其中无线通信包括但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等。近场通信标签3640是一种依据特定标准而设计的集成电路，它有自己的存储单元，具有读写功能。近场通信标签3640可以负责与其它设备进行近场通信，通过所述近场通信，智能开关伴侣3600与所述其它设备建立起匹配联系。输入设备3650可以接收外部输入的数据，所述输入数据被处理模块110识别为三个模式，开、关及负载控制，所分三个模式分别控制电路的导通、闭合以及负载的功率，所述三个模式分别由开关3651以及调光器3652控制。在识别出相应的模式后，处理模块110根据相应的模式通过通信模块140向所述建立匹配的其它设备发送指令，所述建立匹配的其它设备接收并执行处理模块110发送的指令。图37为智能开关伴侣的外观设计图。智能开关伴侣3600的外形可以是图3700-A，也可是图3700-B。在图3700-A中，3710-A为智能开光伴侣3700-A的框架，3720-A为环形光线调节旋钮，通过旋转指定的按钮，可达到调节光线强弱的目的。3710-B为智能开光伴侣3700-B的框架，3720-B为条形光线调节旋钮，通过上下调节指定的按钮，可达到调节光线强弱的目的。
图38展示了一个智能门铃模式。在有的情况下，该智能门铃模式可以是智能安防模式的一部分。处理模块110可与电量检测3820、图像传感器3851、通信模块140、运动传感器3852、声音传感器3853、气体成分传感器3854、指纹传感器3855以及输入设备3870进行双向通信。处理模块110可接收声音传感器3853传输的电信号，所述电信号经处理模块110接收和处理后，被传输到声音输出3860上，声音输出3860将接收到的电信号作输出处理。输入设备3870包含但不限于：键盘、按钮、触摸屏、扫描仪、光笔、鼠标、手写输入板、游戏杆等，输入设备3870可为上述 任意一种设备或上述任意数量设备的组合。电源3810负责给安防模式供电，电源模块3830将电源3810产生的电流转换成特定的格式给处理模块110以及图像传感器3851供电。电量检测3820负责检测电源3810的状态，电量检测3820负责将检测到的电源3810的状态传输给处理模块110，处理模块110可通过特定的方式配置电量检测3820以使其按照特定的方式工作。处理模块110在检测到由电量检测3820传输的特定电源状态时，可向低电量提示3840发送特定的指令。处理模块110可接收图像传感器3851传输的数据，处理模块110可向图像传感器3851发送特定的指令。图像传感器3851可识别的内容包括但不限于，面部特征、身体特征、声音特征、动作特征中的一种或多种组合。其中，面部特征包含但不限于年龄、瞳孔、表情、发型、以及五官相对位置等特征中的一种或多种。身体特征包含但不限于身高、体积、身体比例等特征中的一种或多种。声音特征包含但不限用户声音或行走声音的音高、音色、频率、流畅性、关键词汇等特征中的一种或多种组合。动作特征包含但不限于肢体动作(头部、臂部、腿部等)、速度或加速度等特征中的一种或多种。运动传感器3852通过监测一种或多种环境变量来检测周围环境中是否有运动出现。例如：运动传感器3852可以向周围环境发送微波，利用多普勒效应，运动传感器3852可根据反射回来的微波确定是否有运动发生。需要注意的是，上述运动传感器3852发送微波只是为了便于理解。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解多普勒效应的基本原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对运动传感器3852的具体方式与步骤进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变(比如利用红外线)，但是这些修正和改变仍在以上描述的范围之内。声音传感器3853可以搜集声音信息，包含但不限于声音的音高、音色、频率等。气体成分传感器3854可以监测和(或)检测特定场所的气体成分和(或)含量，这些气体可以来自环境也可以来自人体。环境中的气体包含但不限于一氧化碳、二氧化碳、氧气、臭氧、氨气、甲烷、甲醛、苯及苯系物、烟雾、以及其它有机或无机气体。人的气体包含但不限于信息素以及人体所散发的其它气味。指纹传感器3855可以识别指纹，所述指纹包含但不限于，人的指纹、一些动物的指纹(如大猩猩、黑猩猩 等)、人和(或)一些动物的手掌纹、人和(或)一些动物的脚纹以及人和(或)一些动物的脚掌纹。通信模块140主要负责环境控制系统与外部设备之间、以及系统和(或)外部设备与其它系统或设备之间的通信。通信模块140通过通信网络3880与外部通信，其通信方式包括但不限于有线通信和无线通信，其中无线通信包括但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等。
需要注意的是，以上所述传感器的示例只是为了便于理解。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解每种传感器原理的情况下，对传感器的具体方式与步骤进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，或者根据实际需要，增添或精简一些传感器，这些修正和改变仍在以上描述的范围之内。
图39是环境控制系统中安防模式的一种实施方案。用户通过环境控制系统的操作界面设定安防密钥以启动安防模式。触摸屏上可以显示提示，提醒用户当前页面是关于安防模式。触摸屏上还可以有提示3930，告诉用户需要先输入安防密钥以启动安防模式。如果用户选择不启动安防模式，用户可以点击差号(X)3920。用户可点击钩号(√)3910选择继续，进入密钥输入的界面。用户可通过触摸屏上的数字键盘输入密钥。假设环境控制系统允许包含其它符号(例如字母、特殊符合等)的密钥，触摸屏上的键盘则包含这些符号。用户点击数字时，数字可以发光以使用户看到输入的内容。数字的光亮可以在点击动作结束一段时间后结束，例如1s，2s，3s，或者更长。如图40所示触摸屏上可以显示安防模式提示图标4010、用户输入密钥的位数4020和数字键盘4030。用户可以点击钩号(√)4032确认输入完成。用户也可以点击后退箭头(←)4031撤销最新的输入。
其中该密钥的形式包括但不限于，物理钥匙、数字密码、文字密码、符号密码、声音密码、图像密码、指纹密码、虹膜密码和电磁波密码等，也可以是以上几种形式组合成的密钥。假如该安防密钥是符号与数字的组合，密钥中符号与数字各自的位数以及密钥的总长度可以根据具体场景而定。环境控制系统可以指定密钥的构成以提高安全性。比如环境控制系统可以指定密钥的最小长度，密钥组成(例如：至少有一个数字，一个大写字母，一个小写字母，一个特殊符号)，等等。密钥可以用来证实用户对 房屋或房屋的某特定部分的特权。另外，密钥也可以用来明确用户对该环境控制系统的访问权限。一个环境控制系统可以有多个密钥，不同密钥可以指定不同的进入特权和(或)访问权限。例如，第一密钥提供全部的进入特权(例如，进入房屋任何部分的权利)和访问权限(例如，设置和更改环境控制系统装置的整体或部分(例如，空调模式、安防模式、智能照明模式等)的权利)。第一密钥可以提供给环境控制系统所安置之处该环境控制系统的管理人员(例如，房屋的拥有者)。第一密钥可以由环境控制系统提供作为主密钥。第一密钥可以由管理人员设置。环境控制系统可以要求管理人员在设置第一密钥之前提供主密钥。假设管理人员忘记第一密钥，环境控制系统可以提供给管理人员找回或重置第一密钥的机会。第二密钥可以提供部分进入特权，但无访问权限。第二密钥可以提供给其它人，例如该家庭的儿童，该儿童可以进入房屋的某些部分，但另一些儿童单独出现有危险的部分(例如，游泳池、浴室、有机器存在的车间等)除外。儿童在获得第二密钥的前提下，将不能更改系统设备。第三密钥提供部分进入特权(例如，进入房屋部分而非全部地方的权利)和部分访问权限(例如，设置和更改部分环境控制系统设备(除安防模式之外的，例如，空调模式、智能照明模式等)的权利。第三密钥可以提供给诸如清洁人员的人，他们可以进入需要清洁的房间，但不能进入房屋其它部分。清洁人员在提供第三密钥的前提下，可以更改环境控制系统的部分装置。安防密钥存储在环境控制系统中，供其它模块在实施安防时调用。
如图41所示，输入安防模式的密钥后，界面4100会显示是否启动安防模式的提示4130、叉号(X)4120表示取消和钩号(√)4110表示确定。安防模式有工作与不工作两种状态可供选择。假设安防模式被设置为工作状态，传感模块120开始检测信息，其采集的信息则会被判定是否有嫌疑目标(如陌生人、强盗以及其它所有不知晓安防密钥的目标)出现。传感模块120包括若干个传感器，如在其它披露处所描述。为了便于说明，此处假设传感模块120检测的信息是为了分析是否出现移动物体，其检测方法包括但不限于用视频采集装置获取包含图像和声音信息的视频。需要注意的是，本处传感模块检测移动物体的示例，只是为了方便理解，对于 其它能够辨别是否有嫌疑目标出现的数据信息，比如声音、光线、重量、温度、压强、速度和加速度、瞳孔、人脸等信息或这些信息的组合，也可以被传感模块120进行检测。例如传感模块120可以对人脸信息进行检测，以供分析。
传感模块120将检测到的信息传递给处理模块110进行分析判断，其判定方法包含并不限于，将采集到的信息与一定的参数(例如一个参照值、参照区间、阈值、预设值或预测值)进行对比。该参数可以由用户设定，也可以由环境控制系统根据自学习功能习得。通过处理模块110分析后，假设采集的信息满足某项参数要求(例如符合某个参照值，进入某个参照区间，超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则该信息即为嫌疑信息，环境控制系统会对该嫌疑信息作出相应的反应。该反应是为了进一步判定该嫌疑信息是否安全。其判定方法包含但并不限于，需要用户在一定时间间隔内，向环境控制系统输入正确的安防密钥来解除该嫌疑信息。该时间间隔的长短(例如20s、40s、60s等)可以由用户事先设定，或环境控制系统根据自学习功能习得。若通过传感模块120进入处理模块110的信息不满足某项参数要求(例如不符合某个参照值，未进入某个参照区间，未超过某个阈值/预设值/预测值等)，则该信息视为安全，可以被删除，也可以被存储起来以供他用。
嫌疑信息若在一定时间内未被解除，处理模块110开始向传感模块120、控制模块130、通信模块140等模块中的一个模块或者多个模块发送指令。其中，对传感模块130发送的指令包含对传感模块的动作指令，假设传感模块120中具有摄像头，那么该动作指令内容包含但不限于控制摄像头的角度、焦距、分辨率、拍摄模式、拍摄时长等。对控制模块130传输的指令包含对控制模块130所控制内容的开关或调节。控制模块130可以控制的内容包含但不限于控制电流、电动机、计算机设备等。其中的电流控制包括但不限于控制外部设备的通电和断电电流等；其中电动机的控制包括但不限于，控制电动机的开关与否、位移大小、速度、加速度、旋转角度、角速度、角加速度等；计算机设备包括但不限于，个人电脑，服务器，和微电子设备等。假设控制模块130中具有报警设备，那么指令包 含但不限于开启或关闭报警设备等。对通信模块140传输的指令可以是检测网络坏境、确认接收终端、连接或中止通信、传输目的信息等。需要注意的是，处理模块110向其它模块发送的指令并不限于以上所举之例，该技术领域的普通技术人员完全可以在无创新的情况下，根据实际需要进行调整。例如若在夜晚，传感模块120中视频采集传感器则要选用红外技术，以便在不惊扰嫌疑目标的情况下进行拍摄。另外，假设处理模块110向多个模块发送指令，其顺序先后、控制强度、动作频率可以根据实际情况由用户设定或环境控制系统(或安防模式)自身机器训练习得。例如，处理模块110可以首先向传感模块120发送指令，使其摄像头跟踪并记录嫌疑信息，然后向控制模块130发送指令，打开报警装置和灯光闪烁，最后向通信模块140发送指令，建立通信连接，将嫌疑信息传输给用户读取终端，其中模块间接收指令的时间间隔根据实际情况设定。处理模块110也可以同时向传感模块120、控制模块130和通信模块140发送以上指令。
进一步的，如图42所示，智能开关4210会将采集的信息，例如但不限于声音、视频、动作和物体的其它各种信息等，经由云服务器4220发送给用户的移动设备4230，而移动设备4230上会显示相应的信息4231。安防模式除了对人居环境室内的检测报警以外，也可以用于对周边环境检测报警。进一步的，一个安防模式的设备可以安装在住宅玄关以检测玄关和前院和(或)后院的安全状况。例如，检测玄关是否有人经过，在检测到物体移动并且该移动物体的大小和移动规则满足参照值(例如阈值、预设值和预测值等)的情况下，自动记录下这些变化的相应信息等。这些相应的信息包括但不限于声音、图像、视频、物体的动作和身份等。这些信息可以通过如图42所示的方式发送给用户，而用户则可以在移动设备或个人电脑等的设备上作出进一步动作。这项功能可以防止例如快递员放置在玄关的包裹被盗取；或有人非法进入前院和(或)后院等。以上举例只为了说明方便，安防模式的应用还可以有其它类型，例如安防模式可以对目标场所进行分时和(或)分区控制。可以将家庭的不同房间按照所放物品贵重程度赋予权重，例如对于书房、收藏室或具有较易入侵窗口等房间的安防级别可以定义为最高，客厅、厨房、卧室等房间的安防级别定义为 中等，洗手间或浴室等房间的安防级别定义为最低，针对不同级别，其安防强度(例如是否全天候，是否需要输入密钥等)有所不同。另外还可以将不同房间按照相对位置分区，例如楼上房间与楼下房间，在白天家庭人员不在家时，楼上与楼下均开启安防模式；夜晚家庭成员在楼上活动，可以暂时关闭楼上安防，只开启楼下安防。安防模式的分时和(或)分区域可以达到节能及其它目的。该领域的普通技术人员，还可以进行其它扩展或修改，诸如此类的变动，均在本申请的保护范围之内。
用户接收到嫌疑信息后，可以作出最后的判定。假设确实为嫌疑信息，并将指令通过指令传输给环境控制系统后，系统自身可以采取一定的防御措施，例如自动拨打报警电话、发送报警信息、判断卧室房门是否紧锁以保证用户人身安全等。
需要注意的是，以上所述安防模式的流程与模块，只是为了便于理解。在实际实施场景中，该领域的普通技术人员可以在毫无创新的前提下，对流程或模块的内容作出扩充或精简。例如，传感模块120也可以越过处理模块110，直接与控制模块130、通信模块140进行数据交换。相应地在流程上，传感模块110采集的信息也可不经过处理模块110处理，直接影响控制模块130或直接经通信模块140传输。这些都包含在此申请的保护范围内。
图43是环境控制系统控制外部设备的一种实施方案。
如图43，外部电源4310通过环境控制系统的电源模块4320与处理模块110连接。其中，外部电源4310是能够为环境控制系统供电的电源，包括但不限于外接电源、蓄电池和发电机等，详如文中其它披露之处所述。电源模块4320可以直接给处理模块110供电，也可以通过电池充电设备4330间接给处理模块110供电。其中，电池充电设备4330可以采用可充电电池，具体如文中其它披露之处所述。在环境控制系统中，还可以采取一定的方式便于电源管理。例如但不限于设置低电量报警功能4340，可以在用户操作界面上设置特定图标来显示供电类型(例如外接电源、蓄电池或发电机等)、剩余电量(例如用方格或百分比来显示)或充电状态(充电或不充电)等参数。其中，系统会对剩余电量设置一个最低阈值或安全 阈值，当电量低于该阈值后，系统会采取一定的措施通知用户，例如但不限于自动报警，以确保系统正常运行。为了便于理解，假设该系统处于一种蓄电池供电、剩余电量低于最低阈值、且没有被充电的情况下，那么自动报警功能被启用，直到用户对以上情况进行改善，改善方法包含但不限于更换电池、对电池充电、改用交流电等。处理模块110可以发送一系列动作指令，接收指令的对象包含但不限于电流、电动机和计算机设备等，如文中其它披露之处所述。假设控制对象为电动机4360，其控制内容包含但不限于控制电动机的开关与否、位移大小、速度、加速度、旋转角度、角速度、角加速度等。处理模块110可以将特定动作指令通过一定方式传输给电动机4360，电动机4360带动外部设备产生相应的动作。其中的外部设备1443可以包括但不限于电源、网络通信设备、通信模块、多媒体设备和家用电器等。进一步的，家用电器可以包括但不限于排风扇、冰箱、洗衣机、电视机、空调、厨房电器、卫浴电器等。例如，外部设备1443为智能风扇的出风口，其中风扇的类型包含但不限于家用电风扇和工业用排风扇，其中家用电风扇包含但不限于吊扇、台扇、落地扇、壁扇、顶扇、换气扇、转页扇、空调扇等。智能风扇从处理模块110接收的指令包含但不限于控制风扇的出风口的大小、方向、扇叶旋转速度和加速度、送风量等，以达到控制室内温度的目的。这样每个房间的温度就可以根据需要实时地进行调节，以达到节省能耗的目的。另一方面，处理模块110发送的动作指令可以通过通信模块140来控制其它通信设备4350。其中通信模块140的通信方式可以是有线的也可以是无线的，其中无线通信方式包含但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等，具体如文中其它披露之处所述。通信设备4350包括无线通信设备和有线通信设备，例如但不限于无线设备(笔记本、无线电视、移动电话等)、蓝牙设备、ZigBee网络设备、近场通信设备等。
需要注意的是，以上所举智能风扇之例，只是为了理解环境控制系统如何控制外部设备，并不包含对所有外部设备的控制范式。例如，该外部设备是智能供暖系统时，处理模块110的指令可以包含但不限于：是否开启壁炉、是否添加燃料、燃料添加量、炉火大小、炉门大小、是否开启排 风扇等。对于智能风扇本身，本领域的普通技术人员，也可以做出拓展。例如控制对象为空调，其出风口控制模块的电源供给形式如图44，电源可以是外接电源、蓄电池和发电机等。假设其电源为蓄电池4440，那么蓄电池又分为一次性电池和可充电电池。假设为可充电电池，那么可充电电池的充电方式可以是外接电源、或者发动机4310。假设可充电电池是由发动机发电，那么其实现方式包含但不限于利用位于房间通风管道4420的风能发电机4430进行发电。利用风力发电得到的电量存入可充电电池4440，带动驱动电机4450供控制出风口4470使用。对于可充电电池4440的电量，也可以增加电量提示功能，例如指示灯4460，当剩余电量低于一定阈值时产生报警。再例如，通风模式中的处理模块110还可以有气体成分传感器4370，用以检测和(或)检测特定场所内特定场所的气体成分和(或)含量，这些气体可以来自环境也可以来自人体。环境中的气体包含但不限于一氧化碳、二氧化碳、氧气、臭氧、氨气、甲烷、甲醛、苯及苯系物、烟雾、以及其他有机或无机气体。人的气体包含但不限于信息素以及人体所散发的其他气味。这些气体的成分或含量数据传输到处理模块110后，可以控制智能风扇(如排风扇)的出风口4470的大小、方向、扇叶旋转速度和加速度、送风量等，达到控制房间气体清新的目的。该智能通风模式的设备可以安装在墙体4410上，与通风管道4420相连。
图45是环境控制系统中视频语音通话的一种实施方案。界面4500中显示视频语音通话图标4510、按住标志通话文字说明4511、和操作提示4520，以及通话区域选择图标4530。
为了方便说明，此处举例介绍视频语音通话的一种实施方案：视频语音通话系统具有处理模块110、传感模块120、控制模块130和通信模块140组成。使用时，用户打开视频语音通话输入操作指令，处理模块110将用户的操作转化为对传感模块120的控制指令，传感模块120将采集的对讲信息传输给处理模块110，处理模块110发送指令开启通信模块140，通信模块140将对讲信息传输到特定接收设备。
用户打开视频语音通话的方式，可以直接通过环境系统本身的操作界面，也可以通过用户终端。用户终端包含所有能够安装环境系统应用程序 的设备，例如并不限于台式机、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑(PDA)、平板电脑、移动终端(手机等)等设备。用户可以通过界面选择要进行通话的房间，这些房间包括并不限于客厅、起居室、卧室、婴儿房、书房、厨房、卫生间、浴室等，也可以是用户自定义的其它房间，这些房间可以相距很近，也可以相距很远。用户可以在某一个房间之中，也可以距离这些房间很远。用户可以选择单独与某一个房间对讲，也可以同时与几个房间对讲。
处理模块110将用户的这些操作转化为一系列指令，处理模块110可以向传感模块120、控制模块130、通信模块140等模块中的一个模块或多个模块发送所述指令。对传感模块120发送的指令内容包含但并不限于开启特定的信息采集传感器等，其中信息采集的内容可以是视频、音频或文字消息等，信息采集传感器可以是摄像头、麦克风、文字输入设备等。对控制模块130发送的指令内容包含但不限于开启目标房间里的听筒、视频播放窗口等，其中听筒和视频播放窗口可以在环境控制系统本身的操作界面上，也可以在用户终端上。假设用户使用终端，对通信模块140发送的指令包含但不限于开启通信模块、接收用户通过终端传递的信息(比如语音、视频或文字消息)等。其中的通信模块140与外界或环境控制系统内其它通信模块的连接可以是有线连接或无线连接。其中有线连接包括但不限于使用金属电缆、光学电缆或者金属和光学的混合电缆，无线连接包括但不限于无线电通信、自由空间光通信、声通信、和电磁感应等。
从传感模块120采集到的信息，或者通信模块140从用户接收的信息，传递到处理模块110，处理模块110发送指令到通信模块140，通信模块140选择适当的通信方式将用户信息传递给目标房间。其中适当的通信方式，是根据是否有终端设备、网络环境如何、信息文件大小等诸多条件综合分析后作出的最优传输策略。例如，假设用户使用环境控制系统界面录制消息，目标房间的用户用移动设备(如手机)进行接收，那么环境系统会优先选择适用手机的通信方式，例如无线网络(蓝牙、WLAN、Wi-Fi等)、移动网络(2G、3G或4G信号)、或其它连接方式(VPN、共享网络、NFC等)传递消息，而不需要间接通过目标房间的环境系统操作界面再传递给手机，增加传递效率。
目标房间的用户收到的消息，可以自动打开，也可以经目标房间的用户点击后再打开。目标房间的用户可以选择以下操作不对信息做任何处理，可以选择回复消息(其操作方式如上述流程)，可以选择屏蔽消息，可以选择储存或删除消息，可以选择转发消息等。
图46所示的是视频语音通话模式的一个用户界面实施例。该实施例列举了智能开关4610与智能开关4620、4630和(或)4640之间的通话。其中每个智能开关都具备扬声装置4680和声音采集装置4690等。智能开关显示界面中有区域指示4650，和选择指示4670。其中可以进行视频语音通话的区域包括但不限于一个或多个浴室4661、一个或多个卧室4662、一个或多个客厅4663和一个或多个厨房4664。
另外，视频语音通话模式还支持电话接听功能，其实现方式可以是作为一个独立的通话设备，例如但不限于固定电话、移动电话等，具有特定号码，具有拨打或接听功能。例如但不限于在智能开关中设置SIM卡卡槽，可以实现手机拨号与接听功能。视频语音通话模式的接听功能还可以通过与固定电话或移动电话相连来实现，其连接方式可以是有线的，也可以是无线的，详细可参看文中的通信模块描述。当固定电话或移动电话被呼叫时，若用户不方便马上找到电话，可以就近开启该系统上的通话键进行通话。例如某用户在浴室或卫生间时，客厅电话被呼叫或手机不在身旁，那么用户可以在浴室直接接听电话而不必选择拒接或跑到客厅去接听。
在另一个视频语音通话模式的实施例中，一个环境控制系统中的设备可以通过例如互联网或运营商网络等媒介，和另外一个或多个环境控制系统中的设备进行视频语音通话。例如，用户可以通过家中的智能开关1410给在另一个街道，城市或国家的另一个用户家中的智能开关1410拨打视频语音通话；可以通过智能开关1410与邻居进行语音视频通话等。以上举例只是为了方便说明，这个事实例的应用还可以是在其它情景下的，例如，用户A用环境控制系统A中的电视1448-1,1448-2或1448-3等(例如带有摄像设备和音频采集设备的电视等)连接到智能开关1410，并接通与用户B的视频语音通话，而用户B利用环境控制系统B中的移动设备1430完成与用户A的语音视频通话。
视频语音信号可以由一个智能开关上的摄像设备获取，用户可以选择视频通话和(或)语音通话。用户可以从一个智能开关、移动设备、电视等其它设备上发起视频语音通话，也可以在一个智能开关、移动设备、电视等其它设备上接听视频语音通话，这种接听方式可以是自动接通的(例如，环境控制系统接收到视频语音通话邀请时自动开启相应设备，开始视频语音通话等)，也可以是手动的接听(例如，环境控制系统接收到视频语音通话邀请时会发出如鸣响或闪烁等提示，用户继而在界面上选择是否接听等)。另外，用户还可以设置勿扰时段，例如，在晚上10点到早上6点期间拒绝接听视频语音电话等。用户也可以设置好友通信录以及黑名单，记录下例如位置、电话号码、IP地址或对方用户个人信息等。
需要注意的是，以上所述视频语音通话的流程与模块，只是为了便于理解。在实际实施场景中，该领域的普通技术人员可以在毫无创新的前提下，对流程或模块的内容作出扩充或精简。例如，传感模块120也可以越过处理模块110，直接与控制模块130、通信模块140进行数据交换。例如在流程上，传感模块110采集的信息也可不经过处理模块110处理，直接影响控制模块130或直接经通信模块140传输。这些都包含在此申请的保护范围内。
图47是汽车控制实施例示意图。其中，智能开关或简化开关4710拥有触摸屏1711、处理模块110、传感模块120以及存储设备520。智能开关或简化开关4710的通信模块140可与汽车4720进行无线通信，移动设备1430以及云服务器540可与通信模块140进行双向无线同通信。用户可通过移动设备1430向汽车4720发送数据，所述数据通过通信模块140到达汽车4720。汽车4720接收所述数据后对其进行处理，以达到控制车载设备的目的。所述车载设备包括但不限于引擎、电动机、车载多媒体/GPS地图以及空调等。智能开关或简化开关4710通过传感模块120获取外部环境的数据，所述数据可被处理模块110识别为一种模式，所述模式可以一种特定的方式通过通信模块140被发送到云服务器540，所述模式经云服务器540接收后被存储在云服务器540中。智能开关或简化开关4710可在特定的时间识别另一种模式，同时智能开关或简化开关4710通过通 信模块140与云服务器540通信，通过将一种特定的算法应用于存储于云服务器540中的历史模式上，可得出一定的规律。智能开关或简化开关4710可依据所述规律在所述特定的时间做出相应的行为。例如，智能开关或简化开关4710可通过传感模块120获得如下信息：时间-2052/12/287:00AM，季节-冬天，室外温度-零下20℃，室内温度-20℃。智能开关或简化开关4710通过与汽车4720通信可获得如下信息：电动机状态-熄火，空调状态-关闭，空调温度-0℃。智能开关或简化开关4710通过与云服务器540通信，可得出如下规律：用户一般在7:30-8:00这个区间内离开房间。依据所得出的规律，智能开关或简化开关4710会做出向汽车4720发出如下指令：提前二十到三十分钟启动电动机、启动空调、将空调切换到制热模式、将空调的温度设定为20℃、启动车载多媒体并播放用户喜爱的歌曲或者播放实时路况信息、调整座椅、启动GPS地图接收智能开关或简化开关4710传输的目的地址并依据此目的地址自动规划最优路径、提前十五分钟启动引擎，预热汽车4720。进一步地，汽车4720也可通过通信模块140向智能开关或简化开关4710实时地或定时当地发送数据。所述数据包括但不限于，汽车油耗状态、电池状态、冷冻液状态等。特别地，当汽车遇到遭遇盗窃是，可向智能开关或简化开关4710发出警报，警告汽车4720遭遇盗窃。智能开关或简化开关4710与汽车4720的通信并不受距离的限制，意即汽车4720行驶至任意位置时，均可与智能开关或简化开关4710通信。需要注意的是，上述传感模块120获得的信息，通过应用特定的统计算法得出的规律，智能开关或简化开关4710的行为以及汽车4720的行为只是为了便于理解，其中传感模块120可获得的信息为环境中任意可检测的物理量，所述规律可为任意用户在特定时间区间内的习惯，所述行为可为任意智能开关或简化开关4710所能完成的行为，所述汽车4720也可为摩托车、电瓶车、电动自行车、游艇、赛格威、飞机、电动轮椅、婴儿车等。
图48所示的是环境控制系统对一些预设事件处理的流程示意图。在这个实施例中，由处理模块110判断传感模块120、通信模块140和(或)云服务器所检测到或接收到的例如环境变化、突发事件或实时通信等的信 息，而后经由控制模块130，或直接连接外部设备160来对预设事件进行处理。以下对这些需要在一定时间内进行处理的预设事件统称为紧急事件，但紧急事件并不暗示该事件有很强的时效性或危害。
首先由步骤4810判断是否检测到紧急事件，再通过步骤4820、4830和4840判断所检测到的紧急事件是否属于预设事件之一。若该紧急事件是预设的事件，则通过步骤4821、4831和4841执行相应的预案；若该紧急事件不是预设的事件之一，则将该事件汇报给用户并存储。可能紧急事件包括但不限于天气变化，自然或人为灾害，安全事件，通信事件，时间提示，环境控制系统错误，提醒等。进一步的，天气变化包括但不限于突发降雨、降水、降温、升温、环境污染以及日照强度和风速的变化等；自然或人为灾害包括但不限于低温、高温、暴雨、暴雪、冰雹、台风、飓风、龙卷风、沙尘暴、雷电、地震、海啸、洪水、火山、泥石流、虫害、鼠患和火灾等；安全事件包括但不限于偷窃、强盗、人身伤害、非法入侵、非法限制人身自由、恐怖袭击、反社会袭击和其它人为报警等；通信事件包括但不限于环境控制系统内部或与外部联系的基于固定电话的通话、基于移动设备的通话和由无线或有限的方式传输的视频通话、语音通话、文字信息、图片信息、语音信息、视频信息等；时间提示包括但不限于日历、不同时区事件、闹钟、计时器和秒表等；系统错误包括但不限于环境控制系统硬件错误或软件错误、家用电器硬件错误或软件错误、家用多媒体设备硬件错误或软件错误、移动设备硬件错误或软件错误、机动车硬件错误或软件错误和其它电子设备硬件错误或软件错误等。提醒包括但不限于用户预设的提醒事项、从移动设备或个人电脑同步的提醒事项和自动提醒事项等。以上举例只为了方便说明，紧急事件还可以包括其它事件，例如，重要节日和预约事项等。
在检测到紧急事件之后，环境控制系统会将检测到的事件与预设事件匹配，达成匹配的情况下将执行对相应事件的处理预案。对事件所作出的处理包括但不限于发送通知推送，与公共网络通信，控制电流和控制电动机等。进一步的，对紧急事件作出的处理包括但不限于在环境控制系统用户界面屏幕发送推送，向用户的移动设备和电脑发送推送，报警及接通其 它电话，发送文字、图像、语音或视频信息的电子邮件，发送文字、图像、语音或视频信息的即时通信消息，在社交网络(例如Facebook、Twitter等)发布文字、图像、语音或视频信息的消息，上传文字、图像、语音或视频信息到云服务器，控制灯光闪烁，控制音响和警报器，控制门窗落锁、控制摄像头开关和角度和控制家用电器的通断电等。以上描述的例子仅作为方便说明之用，紧急事件的处理方法还可以是其它方式，例如，控制通风设备开关和控制喷水器的开关等。
紧急事件的预设方式包括但不限于环境控制系统存储设备中设置的事件，用户通过环境控制系统用户界面、移动设备或电脑设置的事件，从局域网或互联网下载的事件，通过云服务器和环境控制系统自学习功能设置的事件等。例如，环境控制系统存储设备中对与检测到非法入侵后，立即拍摄视频，上传到云端服务器，同时鸣响警报并向公安系统(例如美国的9-1-1电话)报警的处理预案；用户通过环境控制系统用户界面设置的，在低温天气工作日的早晨某个固定时间启动并预热机动车的处理预案；用户从互联网下载的，其它用户所设置的在家庭成员生日当天回家开门的时候播放音乐并配合灯光展示的处理预案；环境控制系统云服务器自学习功能检测到事件A发生后的短时间内用户习惯于执行操作B，依此设置的在A发生后即执行B的处理预案等。这些处理预案可以环境控制系统的各个模块和外部设备等。而进一步的，当所控制的设备是照明设备时，可以由灯光的闪烁作为对紧急事件的其中一种处理方式，例如但不限于执行以下这些处理预案：在发生安全事件警报的情况下，灯光按SOS摩尔斯电码持续闪烁；在出现突发天气的情况下，灯光持续快速闪烁；在出现突发事件的情况下，灯光持续快速闪烁；在环境控制系统内部对讲通信发送语音或文字信息的情况下，灯光执行一定时间内的呼吸式闪烁；在计时器工作的情况下，灯光执行一定时间内的慢速闪烁等。
图49为近场通信支付功能实施例示意图。智能开关或简化开关4911被安装在4910中。智能开关或简化开关4911包含至少一个近场通信(Near Field Communication或NFC)模块，卡片4912包含NFC模块，其它设备4913包含NFC模块，移动设备1430包含NFC模块。智能开关或简化开 关4911可与移动设备1430、卡片4912以及其它设备4913进行双向通信，其通信方式可以是主动模式，也可以是被动模式。在主动通信模式下，通信双方分别有自己的供电设备，通信双方各自产生自己的电磁场。在被动模式下，通信双方只有一方有自己的供电设备，另一方利用拥有供电设备一方发出的电磁场来获取电源驱动自己工作。一个NFC设备的工作方式可以是，卡模拟模式、点对点模式以及读卡器模式或其中任意数量模式的组合。智能开关或简化开关4911可通过通信模块140与对象4920进行双向通信，所述对象包含商户4921、电商4922、银行4923、其它用户4924、其它单位4925等。需要注意的是，上述列举的对象只是为了便于理解，对象4920也可包含学校、火车站、机场、咖啡馆、医院、便利店等任何可与智能开关或简化开关4911通信的场所。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解本申请内容和原理后，都可能在不背离本技术原理、结构的情况下，对对象4920中包含的内容进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在本申请的权利要求保护范围之内。智能开关或简化开关4911通过与商户4921或4920中其它对象通信，接收商户4921或4920中其它对象推送的优惠券信息或其它信息，例如，营业时间或变更，学校开课时间或变更，活动地点或变更等。以商户优惠券为例，智能开关或简化开关4911将收到的优惠券信息存储到相应的存储设备中。移动设备1430与智能开关或简化开关4911充分接近时，双方可以进行双向通信。移动设备可获得存储在智能开关或简化开关4911中的优惠券信息。移动设备1430获得优惠券信息后，可去提供优惠券信息的商户4921直接消费。移动设备1430也可通过智能开关或简化开关4911直接消费优惠券信息，商户4921收到移动设备1430的消费信息之后会将消费的内容以快递或现取的方式交付给移动设备1430的持有人。卡片4912可与智能开关或简化开关4911进行被动通信。通信建立后，智能开关或简化开关4911通过读取卡片4912上的信息来消费存储在智能开关或简化开关4911中的优惠券信息。商户4921收到卡片4912的消费信息之后会将消费的内容以快递或现取的方式交付给卡片4912的持有人。进一步地，卡片4912也可与智能开关或简化开关4911进行主动通信，通过主动通信卡片4912可接 收存储在智能开关或简化开关中的优惠券信息。以上对优惠券信息消费的描述仅仅是具体的示例，不应被视为是唯一可行的实施方案。显然，对于本领域的专业人员来说，在了解近场通信支付的基本原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对实施近场通信支付的具体方式与步骤进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，但是这些修正和改变仍在以上描述的范围之内。其它设备4913可以为任何支持近场通信支付的设备如Wii U GamePad可以通过智能开关或简化开关4911购买游戏。
环境控制系统具有自学习功能，下面举例说明其自学习过程的一种实施方案：环境控制系统根据运行过程中获得的数据，分析其中规律，不断优化算法，最后达到对未知情形作出判断的程度。其中的数据包含但不限于环境控制系统通过传感模块140得到的数据、用户的日常使用习惯、环境控制系统被动输入的数据等类型的一种或多种组合。
进一步地，环境控制系统通过传感模块得到的数据，包含但不限于各种物理化学或生物数据，其中，物理数据包括但不限于：声音、光、时间、重量、接近、位置、温度、湿度、压强、电流、速度和加速度、可吸入颗粒物、辐射、文字、图像、触感、瞳孔、指纹等；化学数据包括但不限于：空气污染物和水污染物等；生物数据包括但不限于：气味、微生物和过敏源等。用户的日常使用习惯包含但不限于，用户在使用环境控制系统的任何一部分时，所进行的操作，这些操作包含但不限于：删除、添加、选择、前进、后退、返回、开启、关闭、增加、降低、加快、减慢等中的一种或多种组合，以及与这些操作相应的时间、位置、范围、强度、大小、频率、精度等中的一种或多种组合。另外，用户的使用习惯还包含对环境控制系统所作判断的回馈，例如但不限于：同意、拒绝、不置可否等。环境系统被动输入的数据包含但不限于利用网络、软盘、硬盘、光盘、U盘、芯片或其它数据载体、或直接利用键盘鼠标等输入设备，传输或输入到环境控制系统的代码、算法、程序、软件、应用等内容。环境系统在自学习过程中，通过分析得到的数据或回馈数据，不断对算法进行修正，最终实现人工智能。例如，环境系统通过用户的操作获得用户的开灯时间，利用光传感器获得用户每次开灯前房间的亮度，经过不断的自学习过程，环境控制 系统可以自发习得一种模式：当房间亮度达到一定阈值时，自动开启电灯。假设用户要出差，某段时间不在家中，每到亮度达到一定阈值时，判断是否开灯，但是运动检测器检测不到房间内的运动信息，这时便不再开灯。此时环境控制系统便有渐渐习得一种模式：当房间亮度达到一定阈值时，不再开灯。另外，用户也可以手动输入一些指令，来快速改变环境控制系统的自学习功能。
需要注意的是，以上所举之例只是为了方便理解，自学习的范式并不限于以上所述情况。该领域的普通技术人员，可以根据以上所述的自学习原理，对技术作出改变。
人工智能实施例一：电器智能管家
本处为环境控制系统作为电器智能管家的一种实施例。环境控制系统可以将所有或部分的家用电器按一定方法接入环境控制系统内，对它们做分布式或集中式管理。例如，可以通过图30所示的设置界面进入添加新家电的模式。用户可以在此模式下将一个或多个设备或电器与环境控制系统配对，使环境控制系统与其具备通信能力并获取该个或多个设备或电器的信息和控制该个或多个设备或电器。这些家用电器包括但不限于：多媒体电子设备、办公电器、厨房电器、卫浴电器和其它家用电器等。其中，多媒体电子设备包括但不限于电视、个人电脑、音响、家用游戏终端(如Microsoft Xbox系列和Sony PlayStation系列等)、电视机机顶盒、影音播放设备和网络电视终端等；办公电器包括但不限于服务器、打印设备、扫描设备、电话、碎纸机之类的电器等；厨房电器包括但不限于抽油烟机、电炉、电磁炉、微波炉、烤箱、电冰箱、洗碗机和例如烤面包机、榨汁机、搅拌机之类的小型厨房电器等；卫浴电器包括但不限于热水器、洗衣机、烘干机和例如吹风机、美容仪之类的小型卫浴电器等；其它家用电器包括但不限于供暖设备、空调、照明设备、中央热水设备、门铃、路由器、数据存储塔、移动设备的充电器和智能设备的网关终端等。以上举例只是为了方便说明，家用电器还可以是其它类型，例如，家庭影院、汽车和其它家用电器。
环境控制系统可以对这些电器单独管理，例如前文所述的安防模式、 照明模式等。环境控制系统还可以对这些电器做集中式管理。对于集中式管理的方法，包含但不限于根据不同种类电器之间的协同与排斥作用以及环境控制系统自学习等途径进行控制等。协同作用包含但不限于在完成某项任务时，需要协调两个或两个以上电器。例如做饭，会同时用到微波炉、电磁炉、搅拌机和抽油烟机等。排斥作用包含但不限于在完成某项任务时，需要制止同时使用其它的电器。例如，空调模式开启时供暖设备需要关闭，照明模式关闭时安防模式需开启等。环境系统自学习主要分析用户对不同电器的使用习惯，例如用户在关闭窗帘之后开启照明系统，在开启淋雨后开启音乐播放器等行为，环境控制系统会自动记录这些操作顺序，与用户的不断交互中，优化算法，对电器进行控制。环境控制系统可以同时根据电器特性的协同与排斥关系，以及环境控制系统的自学习等方法，可以单独使用。也可以综合使用。环境控制系统可以为了理解，举以下之例：假设用户是一个上班族，每天7:00起床，7:15洗漱，7:35做早餐，8:00出门。环境控制系统会在6:50缓缓开启卧室空调，7:00开启卧室照明灯，7:10预热盥洗室热水器，7:15开启盥洗室照明灯，7:20关闭卧室空调与照明灯，7:35开启厨房照明灯，待用户打开燃气后，环境控制系统开启抽油烟机，7:38关闭盥洗室热水器与照明灯，待用户关闭燃气后，系统关闭抽油烟机，7:50开启洗碗机，7:55关闭洗碗机与照明灯，7:55开启客厅照明灯并播送天气预报，8:00开启房门，8:00关闭照明灯。
需要注意的是，在用户使用过程中，会产生一系列的动作，环境系统具有自学习功能，将会适应其它的不同情形，并不局限于以上所举之例。另外，环境控制系统对电器的控制也不是特定的模式，系统可以根据用户的实时动作，智能化与流畅化地协调各个电器。例如环境控制系统每次接收或发送某种指令前，会根据传感模块来判断用户的情况。例如7:15盥洗室照明灯当开启，但是若传感模块未检测到用户出现，便会延迟开启，以达到节能作用。
人工智能实施例二：智能聊天服务
环境控制系统具有智能聊天功能，此处举出其中的一种实施方案。当用户出现在环境控制系统检测范围内，环境控制系统开始搜集用户信息， 根据信息识别用户身份。识别出用户后，环境控制系统查询储存的该用户的数据库，根据该用户的特点、习惯或倾向，输出聊天内容。得到用户的回答后，环境控制系统会判断该回答的语义，以确定下一步聊天内容，或完成用户的指令。环境控制系统采集用户信息时，可以使用智能开关内在或外部传感器，所搜集的信息包含但不限于用户和环境的信息或参数，用户的信息包含并不限于用户的面部、体型、动作、速度和加速度、声音、表情、温度、气味、信息素等，环境信息包含但不限于图像、声音、温度、湿度、压力、气体、电磁波等，环境控制系统搜集的信息可以是以上信息中的一种，也可以多种信息的组合。所采用的传感器包含但不限于视频传感器、运动传感器、速度和加速度传感器、声音传感器、温度传感器、信息素传感器、湿度传感器、压力传感器、气体成分传感器、电磁波传感器(例如但不限于可见光、红外、或紫外传感器)等传感器中的一种或多种组合。环境控制系统将采集到的信息进行综合判断，识别出用户身份。
为了说明方便，此处举例说明主要用到图像识别的实施方案。假设该用户为女主人A，在早上进入某个房间，例如视频传感器会采集女主人A的图像和声音等信息，并将这些信息传输到处理模块进行识别。其识别方法包含但不限于：面部特征、身体特征、声音特征、动作特征中的一种或多种组合。其中，面部特征包含但不限于年龄、瞳孔、表情、发型、以及五官相对位置等特征中的一种或多种。身体特征包含但不限于身高、体积、身体比例等特征中的一种或多种。声音特征包含但不限用户声音或行走声音的音高、音色、频率、流畅性、关键词汇等特征中的一种或多种组合。动作特征包含但不限于肢体动作(头部、臂部、腿部等)、速度或加速度等特征中的一种或多种。环境控制系统将搜集到的信息传输到处理模块，对这些进行综合分析，识别出女主人A的身份。综合分析时所采用的方法包含但不限于使用特定算法与已存数据库进行对比，验证用户身份。假设环境控制系统根据用户的年龄、瞳孔、身高、走路速度等信息综合判断出女主人A的身份，环境控制系统根据女主人身份后，进一步查询环境控制系统中关于女主人A的数据，再结合具体环境，具体环境是指时间、场所、天气等因素，输出聊天内容。根据刚才的假设，环境控制系统判断出女主 人A在早上进入厨房，那么环境控制系统可以输出的聊天内容包含但不限于：“早上好，亲爱的A！请问您是要做早餐了吗？”聊天界面上，可以在智能开关或其它设备的显示器上自定义所出现的聊天对象，对象类别可以系统自定义，也可以根据用户的喜好或习惯设定。这些对象可以人物、动物或植物等，例如但不限于影视明星、歌手、历史人物、卡通人物、各类拟人化动物或植物等，这些对象呈现的方式可以是二维的，也可以是三维的，其语言种类和声音特色可以是保留对象自有的风格，也可以由用户自己设定。女主人A在接收到环境控制系统的聊天信息后，会给出回应，该回应可以包括但不限于：“是的。我想先看看冰箱里还有什么。”环境控制系统收到该回应信息后，会再次分析判断。例如，环境控制系统根据“是的”，判断出女主人A将要做早餐，根据“冰箱”“看”等关键词，判断女主人A需要查看冰箱，环境控制系统将这些信息处理后，会产生将冰箱门打开的动作，并输出语音：“好的。还有其它需要帮忙的地方吗？”
需要注意的是，以上仅为理解之用，具体的使用场景并不局限于以上所举之例。该技术领域的普通技术人员，完全可以在了解该智能聊天的原理下，进行其它变形。例如，将该女主人A的情形，应用到其它家庭成员或宠物上，例如家中需要陪伴的老人或孩子，或者。老人B一个人在卧室，系统通过对信息的一系列采集和判断后，会与老人自动聊天。例如：“亲爱的B，您一个人在卧室静坐2小时了，要不要下楼去逛逛呢？”老人回复可以是：“不了，我想知道孙子C昨晚休息的好吗？”环境控制系统查询家庭成员C昨晚睡的情况可以作出回复“C昨晚9点睡觉，睡眠时长11小时，深度睡眠7小时，睡眠质量不错。”当然，此处也仅做举例之用，诸如此类不改变原理情况下的拓展或变形，均在本申请的保护范围之内。
人工智能实施例三：家庭智能看护
家庭中或许存在这样的场景：父母们需要在某个房间忙碌，暂时无法照顾孩子或老人。环境控制系统具有智能看护功能(例如但不限于菜单界面所显示的婴儿看护模式1915或1958等)，此处举出其中一种实施方案。其主要流程是：环境控制系统采集待看护目标的信息，将信息实时传输给抚养人或赡养人，自动分析意外状况并发出警报。环境控制系统采集看护 目标可以由其传感模块实现，所采集的信息包含但不限于用户和环境的信息，用户的信息或参数包含并不限于用户的面部、体型、动作、速度和加速度、声音、表情、温度、气味、信息素等，所使用的传感器包含但不限于其自身或外部设备如视频传感器、运动传感器、速度和加速度传感器、声音传感器、温度传感器、信息素传感器等。也可以通过人或动物所佩戴的设备，例如GPS设备，手机，智能眼镜，智能手表，以及其它可穿戴式设备等，配合其它信息，来识别人或动物的相关信息。例如，环境控制系统探测到人或动物所佩戴的设备及人或动物的高度等信息，从而识别人或动物的身份。当采集到这些信息后，环境控制系统可以利用通信模块传递给抚养人或赡养人的房间，供用户及时得到所看护目标的状态。信息的存在状态可以是文本、语音、视频等形式。另外，环境控制系统中还具有紧急情况报警功能，其中的紧急情况包含但不限于孩子摔倒、孩子哭泣、孩子掉床、孩子打闹、孩子呼叫、老人摔倒、老人惊醒、老人呼叫等，用户也可以自定义需要特别提醒的紧急情况。为了说明方便，此处假设看护对象为孩子，目标场所为游泳池，父母在客厅聊天。环境控制系统可以通过智能开关上的摄像头以及其它外部拍摄设备，将孩子的活动拍摄下来，通过通信模块传输到书房的智能开关或其它外部显示设备中，方便父母随时得知孩子的行为，在被看护人安全的情况下系统并不刻意打扰父母。环境控制系统采集的视频信息还可以经过处理模块进行分析，如检测孩子是否靠近游泳池，是否掉入游泳池等。环境控制系统对视频分析的方法，可以由用户定义、或者由环境控制系统自学习获得。假设环境控制系统检测到孩子靠近游泳池边缘，则会向客厅发出报警的指令，客厅中相关设备如智能开关的喇叭或报警器，则会执行该报警命令，让父母得到危险消息。
需要注意的是，以上所举之例仅为理解，在实际应用时，并不局限于此。该技术领域的普通技术人员，完全可以在了解该智能看护的原理下，进行其它变形或应用。例如环境控制系统可以用在疗养院、养老院、产房、婴儿室、幼儿园宿舍等场所，还可以用作宠物看护或病人看护等。例如对于宠物看护，可以结合其它外部设备完成其它任务，例如但不限于定时对宠物饲养、阻止宠物破坏家庭设施、与宠物聊天等。对于病人看护情形， 可以完成的任务包含但不限于帮病人呼叫看护人，提醒病人用药，向病人汇报身体状况等。诸如此类的扩展，均在本申请的保护范围之内。
人工智能实施例四：健康智能助手
环境控制系统能够为每个家庭成员建立一个健康档案，并实时为用户提供健康资料。其中健康档案建立的过程包含但不限于，环境控制系统通过传感模块检测、通过用户输入得到、通过自学习功能等方式获取的用户体征参数。这些体征参数包含但不限于，用户的性别、年龄、身高、体重、三围、血型、体温、呼吸、脉搏、心率、血压、血糖、血脂、瞳孔和角膜反射、病史(例如但不限于肺结核、心脏病、哮喘、高血压、糖尿病等)等。体征参数也包含睡眠情况、新陈代谢情况、体检情况等。用户可以根据环境控制系统了解自己的健康状况，另外环境控制系统也可以根据自身的分析与判断，每日或在适当时候给出健康建议。例如，当用户起床后，可以从环境控制系统中了解自己昨晚的睡眠质量，可以得知自己的体温、心率、呼吸、脉搏、血压、血脂等体征参数。环境控制系统可以将此刻的体征参数结合该用户的健康档案进行综合分析，若体征参数在正常变化范围内，则可以不主动提醒用户。但是若用户的体征参数的变化超过了一定阈值，例如体温明显升高、睡眠时间降低、血压或血脂明显升高等，则会通过语音等方式提醒用户注意。假设用户正在生病，例如正在感冒或得了高血压，那么环境控制系统会在适当时候(例如但不限于饭前、饭后、睡前等，根据具体药品种类而定)提醒用户服药、测体温/血压等。当某一疾病痊愈后，环境控制系统会更新用户的健康档案。此更新可以由用户输入实现，或环境控制系统自动更新，或环境控制系统根据第三方提供的信息更新。例如，环境控制系统可以与用户在医院或在用户个人医生处保存的病例(例如电子病例)或医药处方记录中获取用户的健康或康复信息，以此更新用户在环境控制系统中的健康档案。在有些情况下，环境控制系统不创建或维护用户的健康档案，而是从第三方获取用户的健康档案。例如，环境控制系统可以实时、定期、或当有触发事件发生时从第三方获取用户的健康档案。触发事件可以包括用户在医院或在用户个人医生处保存的病例(例如电子病例)或医药处方记录被创建或更新。第三方可以包括医院， 诊所，药店，或其它可以创建、更新、保存、或接触用户健康或其它信息的机构或个人。
需要注意的是，以上所举之例仅为理解，在实际应用时，并不局限于此。该技术领域的普通技术人员，完全可以在了解原理的情况下，进行其它变形或应用。例如将环境控制系统应用到病房或疗养院等场所，配合患者的疾病治疗。环境控制系统也可以将用户的健康档案及时与私人医生分享，方便医生了解用户的体征参数。
人工智能实施例五：起居智能助手
环境控制系统可以智能管理用户的起居，一种实施方案如下：环境控制系统根据用户的起居习惯，调用环境控制系统内置设备或外部设备，智能地配合用户完成一系列的活动。其中的起居包含但不限于起床与休息等，其中的设备包含但不限于各种智能电器。例如，对于用户起床这一项活动，环境控制系统能配合的地方包含但不限于在开启闹铃、开启电灯、开启窗帘、开启空调、建议穿衣指数等多种方面。在闹铃设置上，其闹铃声音与次数可以根据用户喜好或习惯进行定义，例如闹铃声音可以为音乐、人声、动物鸣叫等，闹铃次数可以仅为一次，也可以每隔一段时间提醒一次。在灯光开启上，可以在特定时间开启灯光，也可以在一段时间内逐渐使灯光变亮(例如模仿太阳升起的过程)，开灯时间以及灯光亮度可以由用户设置，也可以由系统自学习判断。窗帘是否开启以及开启时间可以根据用户的设置，或在系统检测到用户是否起床穿衣后确定。空调可以在用户起床后开启，也可以在用户起床前开启。例如，环境控制系统可以根据用户指令和(或)一个或多个其它参数来控制空调，用户指令可以包括用户起床时间、起床时的室温或起床前一段时间的室温(例如起床前半小时或一小时等时间所要达到的室温)、温度变化的速度等参数中的一个或多个。对空调的控制可以包括但不限于启动时间、运行功率、功率的变化曲线(例如随时间的变化)等。穿衣指数的提醒，是建立在环境控制系统具有接收天气预报功能的基础上的，例如当室外温度较低时，环境控制系统可以提醒用户多穿衣服。对于休息，环境控制系统能配合的地方包含但不限于提醒休息、关闭灯光、开启空调、关闭窗帘等方面。在提醒休息 方面，环境控制系统可以通过播放视频、语音或音乐等方式进行，其中视频、语音或音乐的选择都可以根据用户的喜好或习惯进行设定。在灯光关闭上，可以在特定时间关闭灯光，也可以在一段时间内逐渐使灯光变暗(例如模仿太阳降落的过程)。空调模式可以在用户入睡前开启，也可以由环境控制系统根据检测到的实时温度来判定是否开启。
需要注意的是，以上所举之例仅用来理解，在实际应用时，并不局限于此。该技术领域的普通技术人员，完全可以在了解原理的情况下，进行其它变形或应用。例如将该起居智能助手功能与其它功能相结合，完成更复杂的任务。例如起居智能助手功能与智能聊天功能相结合，可以在孩子起床时或入睡时给孩子讲故事、帮助孩子学习歌曲或复习功课等。可以事先在环境控制系统中传入相关应用或指令，在起居时，环境控制系统便能以交流的方式，让孩子接受新知识等。诸如此类在功能与应用上的扩展，均在本申请的保护范围之内。
人工智能实施例六：生活智能推荐
借助大数据、云端等数据以及系统的自学习功能等，环境控制系统能够非常贴心地随时随地为用户推荐他们真正感兴趣的生活建议。这些生活建议包含但不限于为用户推荐三餐菜单、电视/电影节目、会客对象、出行计划、健身计划等各个方面。例如可以在环境控制系统中存储用户的国籍、宗教信仰、饮食习惯、身体状况等信息，环境控制系统运用这些信息会自动推荐合理的饮食菜单。具体来说，假设环境控制系统根据日常对餐桌上菜品的检测与分析，发现其以蔬菜为主，根据该用户的健康档案，发现其体重属于偏瘦，并且发现该用户无特殊宗教信仰，那么综合以上信息，环境控制系统可以自动推荐一些包含肉类的菜品，供用户选择。环境控制系统可以自动记录并分析用户拨打的电话号码、客厅中出现的客人、提到的人名，或者根据用户的设置，提醒用户定期会见某些客人或与某些客人联系。环境控制系统可以记录并分析用户观看电视的记录，例如频道、时段、节目等，假设某个时间将要有用户感兴趣的节目更新时，会推荐用户收看。环境控制系统还可以根据当日天气预报，提醒用户出门时是否需要加衣添帽、携带雨伞、佩戴口罩等。另外，环境控制系统还可以根据用户的起居 习惯、饮食习惯、健康状况推荐用户是否需要健身、以及选择什么样的健身方式等。
需要注意的是，以上所举之例仅用来理解，在实际应用时，并不局限于此。该技术领域的普通技术人员，完全可以在了解原理的情况下，进行其它变形或应用。例如将该功能与其它功能相结合，可完成更复杂的任务。例如将该生活智能推荐功能与NFC相结合，可以向用户推荐真正有价值的广告。诸如此类在功能与应用上的扩展，均在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (35)

  1. 一个系统，包括：第一面板和第二面板；其中，
    所述第一面板包括：
    第一传感模块，所述第一传感模块能够采集一种与第一设备相关的参数；
    第一处理模块，所述第一处理模块能够根据至少一部分采集的参数或用户输入决定对所述第一设备的控制；
    所述第二面板可以独立于所述第一面板工作，所述第二面板包括：
    第一物理调节器，所述第一物理调节器可以对所述第一设备进行控制；
    所述第一面板可控制所述第一物理调节器，所述第一面板和所述第二面板之间是可拆卸连接。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第二面板进一步包括一个电流检测装置，可以采集电流信息，并将所述电流信息发送给所第一面板。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一物理调节器是一个调光器。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个能感受物体接近的接近传感器。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个能够感受环境光强度的光度感应器。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的系统，所述光度感应器进一步能感受物体的接近。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个环境温湿度感应器或一个气体成分传感器。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个运动传感器，所述运动传感器能够探测环境中的速度、轮廓以及物体与智能开关间的距离。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个摄像设备，所述摄像设备具有物理挡板，可以打开或关闭。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个网关。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括第一通信模块，所述第一面板可以进一步通过所述第一通信模块与第二设备通信。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的系统，所述第一面板可以通过与所述第二设备的通信控制所述第二设备。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的系统，所述第一通信模块与所述第二设备的通信是通过一个或多个运营商网络。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的系统，所述第一通信模块与所述第二设备的通信是通过一个无线网络。
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板进一步包括一个触摸屏。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的系统，所述第一面板可以通过所述触摸屏获取所述用户输入。
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的系统，所述第一面板可以通过所述触摸屏显示与所述第一设备相关的信息。
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第一面板可以通过所述第一通信模块获取所述用户输入。
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第二面板进一步包括一个第二传感模块。
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第二面板进一步包括一个第二通信模块。
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，所述第二面板进一步包括一个第二传感模块和第二通信模块。
  22. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，进一步包括一个第三面板，所述第三面板包括第二物理调节器，所述第二物理调节器可以对第三设备进行控制；所述第一面板可控制所述第二物理调节器。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的系统，所述第三面板进一步包括一个第三传感模块。
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的系统，所述第三面板进一步包括一个第三通信模块。
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的系统，所述第三面板进一步包括一个第三传感模块和第三通信模块。
  26. 根据权利要求22所述的系统，所述第一面板可以进一步通过所述第一通信模块与第三面板通信。
  27. 根据权利要求22所述的系统，所述第一面板与第三面板是可拆卸连接。
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，进一步包括一个无线开关，所述无线开关可 通过所述第一面板控制所述第一设备。
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，进一步包括一个连接器，所述连接器连接所述第一面板和所述第二面板。
  30. 一种方法包括：
    通过第一面板获取一种与第一设备相关的参数或用户输入；
    根据至少一部分获取的参数或用户输入由所述第一面板决定对所述第一设备的控制操作；
    执行对所述第一设备的控制操作,其中所述对第一设备的控制操作包括由所述第一面板控制第一物理调节器,所述第一物理调节器可以独立于第一面板控制所述第一设备。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，所述第一面板包括第一传感模块，所述一种与第一设备相关的参数由第一传感模块采集。
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，所述第一面板包括一个触摸屏，所述用户输入通过所述触摸屏获取。
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，所述第一物理调节器是一个调光器。
  34. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，所述第一面板进一步包括第一通信模块，所述第一面板可以通过所述第一通信模块与第二设备通信。
  35. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，所述第一面板可以通过与所述第二设备的通信控制所述第二设备。
PCT/CN2015/075923 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 环境控制系统 WO2016155021A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (23)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017551671A JP2018513531A (ja) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 環境制御システム
US14/902,344 US10502442B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Device control system
AU2015388775A AU2015388775A1 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Environmental control system
BR112017021258-7A BR112017021258A2 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Environmental Control System
PCT/CN2015/075923 WO2016155021A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 环境控制系统
EP15886991.7A EP3279751A4 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Environmental control system
CN201580078464.7A CN107924166B (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 环境控制系统
MX2017012713A MX2017012713A (es) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Sistema de control ambiental.
CA2981608A CA2981608A1 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Environmental control system
CA2981621A CA2981621A1 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Environment control system
PCT/CN2015/080160 WO2016155109A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 环境控制系统
EP15887076.6A EP3279749A4 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Environment control system
JP2017551659A JP2018513530A (ja) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 環境制御システム
BR112017021266-8A BR112017021266A2 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Environmental Control System
CN201580078456.2A CN107980106B (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 环境控制系统
MX2017012714A MX2017012714A (es) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Sistema de control ambiental.
US14/902,345 US10508823B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Device control system
AU2015388807A AU2015388807A1 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Environment control system
CL2017002486A CL2017002486A1 (es) 2015-04-03 2017-10-03 Sistema de control del medio ambiente
CONC2017/0011275A CO2017011275A2 (es) 2015-04-03 2017-11-01 Sistema de control ambiental
CONC2017/0011274A CO2017011274A2 (es) 2015-04-03 2017-11-01 Sistema de control ambiental
US16/707,599 US11287150B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2019-12-09 Device control system
US16/713,736 US11231193B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2019-12-13 Device control system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/075923 WO2016155021A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 环境控制系统

Related Child Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/902,344 A-371-Of-International US10502442B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 Device control system
US14/902,345 Continuation-In-Part US10508823B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 Device control system
PCT/CN2015/080160 Continuation-In-Part WO2016155109A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 环境控制系统
US16/707,599 Continuation US11287150B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2019-12-09 Device control system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016155021A1 true WO2016155021A1 (zh) 2016-10-06

Family

ID=57003862

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/075923 WO2016155021A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-04-03 环境控制系统
PCT/CN2015/080160 WO2016155109A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 环境控制系统

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/080160 WO2016155109A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2015-05-29 环境控制系统

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (4) US10502442B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP3279751A4 (zh)
JP (2) JP2018513531A (zh)
CN (2) CN107924166B (zh)
AU (2) AU2015388775A1 (zh)
BR (2) BR112017021258A2 (zh)
CA (2) CA2981608A1 (zh)
CL (1) CL2017002486A1 (zh)
CO (2) CO2017011275A2 (zh)
MX (2) MX2017012713A (zh)
WO (2) WO2016155021A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI686116B (zh) * 2018-04-30 2020-02-21 佳必琪國際股份有限公司 功能模組集成裝置

Families Citing this family (224)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8977255B2 (en) 2007-04-03 2015-03-10 Apple Inc. Method and system for operating a multi-function portable electronic device using voice-activation
US10271998B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2019-04-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Sensor systems comprising anti-choking features
CN113470640B (zh) 2013-02-07 2022-04-26 苹果公司 数字助理的语音触发器
US9338493B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2016-05-10 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
CN104197299A (zh) * 2014-08-21 2014-12-10 浙江生辉照明有限公司 照明装置及基于该装置的语音播报系统及方法
EP3018978B1 (en) * 2014-11-10 2021-01-20 Schreder Method for setting up and operating a network of luminaires
CN105848374A (zh) * 2015-01-12 2016-08-10 芋头科技（杭州）有限公司 一种灯光控制系统及方法
US11243309B2 (en) 2015-02-16 2022-02-08 Northwest Instrument Inc. Ranging system and ranging method
CN105511742B (zh) * 2016-01-07 2021-10-01 美国西北仪器公司 一种智能交互界面
WO2016155021A1 (zh) 2015-04-03 2016-10-06 绿仕科技控股有限公司 环境控制系统
US10057965B2 (en) * 2015-05-04 2018-08-21 Fulham Company Limited LED driver and lighting systems technologies
JP2016209233A (ja) * 2015-05-07 2016-12-15 セイコーエプソン株式会社 生体情報処理システム、サーバーシステム、生体情報処理装置及び生体情報処理方法
US10460227B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2019-10-29 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant in a communication session
US10660546B2 (en) * 2017-12-21 2020-05-26 Michael Saigh Human and animal physiological comparatives, communication and developers' tool kit
US10181959B2 (en) * 2015-07-27 2019-01-15 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for mindful home automation
US11172273B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2021-11-09 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Transformer monitor, communications and data collection device
WO2017027682A1 (en) 2015-08-11 2017-02-16 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Enhanced reality system for visualizing, evaluating, diagnosing, optimizing and servicing smart grids and incorporated components
WO2017033761A1 (ja) * 2015-08-25 2017-03-02 ソニー株式会社 圃場管理システム、圃場管理方法、および農作業機システム
US10055966B2 (en) 2015-09-03 2018-08-21 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. System and method for determination and remediation of energy diversion in a smart grid network
EP3345281B1 (en) * 2015-09-03 2021-03-03 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Connector and device for wireless transmission of data and/or power
FR3040658B1 (fr) * 2015-09-08 2018-12-07 Valeo Systemes Thermiques Systeme de gestion thermique pour vehicule automobile et procede de gestion thermique correspondant
US10747498B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Zero latency digital assistant
US11196621B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2021-12-07 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Supplemental and alternative digital data delivery and receipt mesh net work realized through the placement of enhanced transformer mounted monitoring devices
US11263461B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2022-03-01 Pillar Vision, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring objects at sporting events
KR102423493B1 (ko) * 2015-10-08 2022-07-21 엘지전자 주식회사 디지털 디바이스 및 상기 디지털 디바이스에서 데이터 처리 방법
WO2017070648A1 (en) * 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Augmentation, expansion and self-healing of a geographically distributed mesh network using unmanned aerial vehicle technology
WO2017070646A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Data transfer facilitation across a distributed mesh network using light and optical based technology
CN105425865B (zh) * 2015-11-03 2017-10-27 上海科勒电子科技有限公司 防温度过冲的控制方法及控制系统
US10691473B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-06-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a messaging environment
CN106856490A (zh) * 2015-12-08 2017-06-16 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 一种基于场景提供服务的方法及设备
US11556170B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2023-01-17 Northwest Instrument Inc. Intelligent interface based on augmented reality
KR20170086339A (ko) * 2016-01-18 2017-07-26 삼성전자주식회사 전자장치 및 그 제어방법
US10325082B2 (en) * 2016-02-03 2019-06-18 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Information processing apparatus, information processing system, authentication method, and recording medium
US10846610B2 (en) * 2016-02-05 2020-11-24 Nec Corporation Scalable system and method for real-time predictions and anomaly detection
US10791020B2 (en) 2016-02-24 2020-09-29 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Distributed 802.11S mesh network using transformer module hardware for the capture and transmission of data
TWI599992B (zh) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-21 晶睿通訊股份有限公司 監視器裝置
US10600305B2 (en) * 2016-04-08 2020-03-24 Vivint, Inc. Event based monitoring of a person
US9997044B2 (en) * 2016-04-13 2018-06-12 Lech Smart Home Systems LLC Method, computer program, and system for monitoring a being
EP3454698B1 (en) 2016-05-09 2024-04-17 Grabango Co. System and method for computer vision driven applications within an environment
US9949540B2 (en) * 2016-05-09 2018-04-24 Shadecraft, Inc. Automated intelligent shading objects and computer-readable instructions for interfacing with, communicating with and controlling a shading object
CN105847099B (zh) * 2016-05-30 2019-12-06 北京百度网讯科技有限公司 基于人工智能的物联网实现系统和方法
US10303139B2 (en) * 2016-06-01 2019-05-28 Creative Esp Incorporated System and method for managing electrical components for energy usage
US10615994B2 (en) 2016-07-09 2020-04-07 Grabango Co. Visually automated interface integration
CN109479361B (zh) * 2016-07-14 2022-08-19 昕诺飞控股有限公司 光照控制系统及方法
CN106211450B (zh) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-27 四川蓝景光电技术有限责任公司 一种led标识光源智能控制系统及其远程控制方法
US10652633B2 (en) 2016-08-15 2020-05-12 Delta Energy & Communications, Inc. Integrated solutions of Internet of Things and smart grid network pertaining to communication, data and asset serialization, and data modeling algorithms
US10481861B2 (en) * 2016-08-30 2019-11-19 Google Llc Using user input to adapt search results provided for presentation to the user
US10514272B2 (en) 2016-09-09 2019-12-24 Lucis Technologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Environmental parameter measurement systems
US10982869B2 (en) * 2016-09-13 2021-04-20 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Intelligent sensing system for indoor air quality analytics
KR101984515B1 (ko) * 2016-09-28 2019-05-31 엘지전자 주식회사 냉장고 및 이를 포함하는 홈 오토메이션 시스템
US10135950B2 (en) * 2016-10-10 2018-11-20 Google Llc Creating a cinematic storytelling experience using network-addressable devices
CN108076553B (zh) * 2016-11-10 2020-08-11 光宝电子(广州)有限公司 照明系统及其照明方法
US11856671B1 (en) 2016-11-28 2023-12-26 Smart Power Partners LLC Multi-element lighting apparatus and a method of implementing a multi-element lighting
US10591878B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2020-03-17 Ademco Inc. Providing integrative comfort in a structure
US20180181094A1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc Smart Home, Building, or Customer Premises Apparatus, System, and Method
US10094138B2 (en) * 2016-12-29 2018-10-09 Shadecraft, Inc. Control of multiple intelligent umbrellas and/or robotic shading systems
PL3379160T3 (pl) * 2017-01-26 2021-11-29 Weiss Klimatechnik Gmbh Sposób monitorowania i urządzenie analizujące
CA3052292A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2018-08-16 Grabango Co. A dynamic customer checkout experience within an automated shopping environment
WO2018154996A1 (ja) * 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 ソニー株式会社 マスター再生装置、スレーブ再生装置、およびそれらの発光方法
KR102463705B1 (ko) * 2017-03-13 2022-11-07 현대자동차주식회사 차량의 수면 보조 장치, 그를 포함한 시스템 및 그 방법
CN107065653B (zh) * 2017-03-13 2019-04-02 美的智慧家居科技有限公司 开关面板自学习方法和装置
US20180284704A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Otis Elevator Company Multi-target dynamic ui action element
US12027968B2 (en) 2017-04-01 2024-07-02 John J. King Power adapters and methods of implementing a power adapter
US10727731B1 (en) 2017-04-01 2020-07-28 Smart Power Partners, LLC Power adapters adapted to receive a module and methods of implementing power adapters with modules
US10996645B1 (en) 2017-04-01 2021-05-04 Smart Power Partners LLC Modular power adapters and methods of implementing modular power adapters
US10530597B1 (en) 2017-04-01 2020-01-07 Smart Power Partners LLC System for controlling a plurality of power switches configured to apply power to devices
US10359292B2 (en) * 2017-04-05 2019-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation Deep learning allergen mapping
CN108734945B (zh) * 2017-04-20 2020-10-30 台达电子工业股份有限公司 通过光源实现的感测器指令传输与配置方法
US10359280B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2019-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation 3-D air pollution transmission path identification
US20180330675A1 (en) * 2017-05-10 2018-11-15 Top Victory Investments Ltd. Display Device
EP3610469A4 (en) 2017-05-10 2021-04-28 Grabango Co. SERIES CONFIGURED CAMERA ARRANGEMENT FOR EFFICIENT USE
DK201770428A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-02-18 Apple Inc. LOW-LATENCY INTELLIGENT AUTOMATED ASSISTANT
DK179496B1 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-01-15 Apple Inc. USER-SPECIFIC Acoustic Models
US20180336275A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
IT201700057527A1 (it) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-26 Hike S R L Sistema elettrico di controllo, particolarmente per sistemi domotici.
IT201700062326A1 (it) * 2017-06-07 2018-12-07 Hike S R L Apparecchio elettrico di controllo, particolarmente per sistemi domotici.
US10740742B2 (en) 2017-06-21 2020-08-11 Grabango Co. Linked observed human activity on video to a user account
US10969775B2 (en) * 2017-06-23 2021-04-06 Johnson Controls Technology Company Predictive diagnostics system with fault detector for preventative maintenance of connected equipment
EP3653030A1 (en) * 2017-07-12 2020-05-20 Mycronic Ab Method and system for determining component illumination settings
US11589571B2 (en) * 2017-07-13 2023-02-28 Evan Marlow Scent masking device
US11497449B2 (en) 2017-07-21 2022-11-15 Equine Smartbit, LLC Oral and saliva based equine ID drug monitoring system
KR101835320B1 (ko) * 2017-07-28 2018-03-09 (주)코노텍 이산화탄소 농도 조절기능을 가진 실내환경조절장치
CN110999269A (zh) * 2017-08-14 2020-04-10 三星电子株式会社 用于显示内容的方法及其电子设备
US10861312B2 (en) 2017-09-06 2020-12-08 Summer Infant (Usa), Inc. Baby monitor
US20190080282A1 (en) * 2017-09-13 2019-03-14 Viatap, Inc. Mobile inspection and reporting system
US11449020B2 (en) * 2017-09-14 2022-09-20 Hubbell Incorporated Ceiling fan that controls thermostat based on presence information
US20190079591A1 (en) 2017-09-14 2019-03-14 Grabango Co. System and method for human gesture processing from video input
US11137157B2 (en) * 2017-09-18 2021-10-05 Gd Midea Heating & Ventilating Equipment Co., Ltd. Method for controlling multi-split air conditioner, multi-split air conditioner system, and computer-readable storage medium
US11100922B1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2021-08-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and methods for triggering sequences of operations based on voice commands
US20190101306A1 (en) * 2017-10-04 2019-04-04 Michael E. Giorgi Facilitating structure automation functionality by automatically modifying a condition of an environment based on implementing a parameter adjustment at a remote device within the structure
US11233782B2 (en) 2017-10-04 2022-01-25 Resilience Magnum IP, LLC Single node network connectivity for structure automation functionality
US11121419B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-09-14 Resilience Magnum IP, LLC Battery heat management
US10963704B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2021-03-30 Grabango Co. Multiple-factor verification for vision-based systems
CN107846672A (zh) * 2017-10-31 2018-03-27 泰凌微电子（上海）有限公司 多模IoT设备的通信模式选择方法、IoT设备及存储介质
US10897374B2 (en) * 2017-11-06 2021-01-19 Computime Ltd. Scalable smart environment for controlling a plurality of controlled apparatuses using a connection hub to route a processed subset of control data received from a cloud computing resource to terminal units
US10805817B2 (en) * 2017-11-22 2020-10-13 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Near-field communication over service networks
US20190190739A1 (en) * 2017-11-29 2019-06-20 EVRYTHNG Limited Non-intrusive hardware add-on to enable automatic services for appliances
EP3496060B1 (en) * 2017-12-08 2023-01-11 Netatmo Multi-state device having communication links with a remote control with identifying capabilities
US10908561B2 (en) 2017-12-12 2021-02-02 Distech Controls Inc. Environment controller and method for inferring one or more commands for controlling an appliance taking into account room characteristics
US10845768B2 (en) * 2017-12-12 2020-11-24 Distech Controls Inc. Environment controller and method for inferring via a neural network one or more commands for controlling an appliance
US10838375B2 (en) * 2017-12-12 2020-11-17 Distech Controls Inc. Inference server and environment controller for inferring via a neural network one or more commands for controlling an appliance
US10895853B2 (en) * 2017-12-12 2021-01-19 Distech Controls Inc. Inference server and environment controller for inferring one or more commands for controlling an appliance taking into account room characteristics
US20190179522A1 (en) * 2017-12-13 2019-06-13 Wen-Ta Chiu Method, Mobile App and System for Adjusting Environment
EP3703394A4 (en) * 2017-12-14 2020-10-14 Sony Corporation INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD
CN107990506A (zh) * 2017-12-23 2018-05-04 重庆金鑫智慧科技有限公司 一种空调控制系统
US10621733B2 (en) 2017-12-31 2020-04-14 Google Llc Enhanced visualization of breathing or heartbeat of an infant or other monitored subject
US10709335B2 (en) * 2017-12-31 2020-07-14 Google Llc Infant monitoring system with observation-based system control and feedback loops
US11481805B2 (en) 2018-01-03 2022-10-25 Grabango Co. Marketing and couponing in a retail environment using computer vision
CN110059819B (zh) * 2018-01-17 2022-11-25 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 器件的工作控制方法、装置、系统、控制设备及存储介质
US11655992B2 (en) * 2018-02-13 2023-05-23 Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. Measuring system
WO2019173741A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 Racepoint Energy, LLC Smart light switch/thermostat for control and energy management
CN111566689A (zh) * 2018-03-13 2020-08-21 索尼公司 信息处理设备、信息处理方法及其程序
US11169772B2 (en) * 2018-03-19 2021-11-09 Gopro, Inc. Image capture device control using mobile platform voice recognition
CN108626847B (zh) * 2018-04-13 2019-12-31 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 多联空调机组系统
US10827951B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2020-11-10 Careview Communications, Inc. Fall detection using sensors in a smart monitoring safety system
CN112074257A (zh) * 2018-05-04 2020-12-11 宝洁公司 用于监控婴儿基本需求的传感器装置和系统
JP7134503B2 (ja) * 2018-05-07 2022-09-12 タカラベルモント株式会社 毛髪処理装置
US10928918B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Raise to speak
CN108665896A (zh) * 2018-05-09 2018-10-16 敏华家具制造(惠州)有限公司 一种智能语音床
JP7147269B2 (ja) * 2018-05-24 2022-10-05 トヨタ自動車株式会社 情報提供装置、情報提供方法、及びプログラム
IT201800007451A1 (it) * 2018-07-23 2020-01-23 Interruttore con retroilluminazione comandata a distanza
US10970766B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-04-06 Eric Beans System and method for adjusting environmental conditions at a venue based on real time user-specified data
JP7023903B2 (ja) * 2018-08-23 2022-02-22 タタ・コンサルタンシー・サーヴィシズ・リミテッド 手書き入力データのリアルタイムデジタル化のためのシステムおよび方法
JP6949790B2 (ja) * 2018-08-23 2021-10-13 三菱電機ビルテクノサービス株式会社 電力管理装置
US11051996B2 (en) * 2018-08-27 2021-07-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Sensor devices and systems for monitoring the basic needs of an infant
US10932970B2 (en) 2018-08-27 2021-03-02 Careview Communications, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring and controlling bed functions
JP6697042B2 (ja) * 2018-08-31 2020-05-20 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 固体撮像システム、固体撮像方法及びプログラム
TWI724453B (zh) * 2018-09-19 2021-04-11 仁寶電腦工業股份有限公司 智能衛浴系統及其控制方法
US11462215B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2022-10-04 Apple Inc. Multi-modal inputs for voice commands
WO2020071400A1 (ja) * 2018-10-02 2020-04-09 パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ 情報提供方法、音響機器の制御方法及び情報処理装置
US11144779B2 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-10-12 International Business Machines Corporation Real-time micro air-quality indexing
US11115409B2 (en) * 2018-10-18 2021-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation User authentication by emotional response
WO2020092450A1 (en) 2018-10-29 2020-05-07 Grabango Co. Commerce automation for a fueling station
CN109215469A (zh) * 2018-10-30 2019-01-15 重庆房地产职业学院 基于物联网的智能家居雾环境实验教学系统
US10820852B2 (en) * 2018-12-18 2020-11-03 International Business Machines Corporation Allergic early detection wearable device
CN112584571A (zh) * 2018-12-29 2021-03-30 中国计量大学 开放式办公室照明控制方法
US20200210804A1 (en) * 2018-12-31 2020-07-02 Qi Lu Intelligent enclosure systems and computing methods
US11609111B2 (en) * 2018-12-31 2023-03-21 Watts Regulator Co. Gas flow, pressure and BTU/hour analyzer with a smart device
US11507933B2 (en) 2019-03-01 2022-11-22 Grabango Co. Cashier interface for linking customers to virtual data
CN111720984B (zh) * 2019-03-19 2022-04-01 青岛海尔空调电子有限公司 空调系统及数据传输的方法、装置及计算机存储介质
US10880836B2 (en) 2019-03-28 2020-12-29 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Beam provisioning for sensory data collection for 5G or other next generation networks
US11297554B2 (en) 2019-03-28 2022-04-05 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Candidate beam selection and control for 5G or other next generation network
US11064337B2 (en) 2019-03-28 2021-07-13 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Beam as a service for 5G or other next generation network
US11823553B2 (en) * 2019-04-08 2023-11-21 Sony Group Corporation Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing system
US10530920B1 (en) * 2019-05-09 2020-01-07 Stmicroelectronics, Inc. Mobile device transportation mode management device, system and method
US11468890B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-10-11 Apple Inc. Methods and user interfaces for voice-based control of electronic devices
CN112055119B (zh) * 2019-06-06 2021-08-17 北京小米移动软件有限公司 识别障碍物的终端、方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020256195A1 (ko) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 엘지전자 주식회사 빌딩 관리 로봇 및 그를 이용한 서비스 제공 방법
US11460874B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2022-10-04 Smart Power Partners LLC In-wall power adapter configured to control the application of power to a load
US11231730B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2022-01-25 Smart Power Power LLC Control attachment for a power adapter configured to control power applied to a load
US11264769B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2022-03-01 Smart Power Partners LLC Power adapter having contact elements in a recess and method of controlling a power adapter
US11990712B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2024-05-21 Smart Power Partners LLC Control attachment for a power adapter and method of implementing a control attachment
US11201444B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-12-14 Smart Power Partners LLC Power adapter having contact elements in a recess and method of controlling a power adapter
US11189948B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-11-30 Smart Power Partners LLC Power adapter and method of implementing a power adapter to provide power to a load
US10958026B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-03-23 Smart Power Partners LLC Contactless thermometer for an in-wall power adapter
US10938168B2 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-03-02 Smart Power Partners LLC In-wall power adapter and method of controlling the application of power to a load
US10965068B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-03-30 Smart Power Partners LLC In-wall power adapter having an outlet and method of controlling an in-wall power adapter
US11579640B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2023-02-14 Smart Power Partners LLC Control attachment for an in-wall power adapter
US11043768B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-06-22 Smart Power Partners LLC Power adapter configured to provide power to a load and method of implementing a power adapter
US10917956B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-02-09 Smart Power Partners LLC Control attachment configured to provide power to a load and method of configuring a control attachment
US10958020B1 (en) 2019-06-30 2021-03-23 Smart Power Partners LLC Control attachment for an in-wall power adapter and method of controlling an in-wall power adapter
CN110426362A (zh) * 2019-07-19 2019-11-08 武汉理工大学 一种新型港口空气监测系统
US11026095B2 (en) 2019-07-31 2021-06-01 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Real-time network provisioning for distributed virtual zones of collaborative mobile devices for 5G or other next generation network
US20220286315A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2022-09-08 Nanogrid Limited Systems and methods for automated control of electronic devices on basis of behavior
BR112022002188A2 (pt) * 2019-08-08 2022-05-03 Sowillo Energy Ltd Gerenciamento de calor integrado para um edifício
CN110500743B (zh) * 2019-08-23 2021-11-23 宁波奥克斯电气股份有限公司 一种厨房空调的控制方法、空调器及计算机可读存储介质
JP7320192B2 (ja) * 2019-08-27 2023-08-03 スズキ株式会社 電動車両
KR102192147B1 (ko) * 2019-08-30 2020-12-16 엘지전자 주식회사 지능적 기기 제어 방법, 이동 단말기 및 지능형 컴퓨팅 디바이스
EP3999979A4 (en) 2019-09-20 2023-07-26 Sonatus, Inc. EXTRAVEHICULAR COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS
KR20210049564A (ko) * 2019-10-25 2021-05-06 삼성전자주식회사 공기 조화 장치 및 이의 제어 방법
CN110658735A (zh) * 2019-10-29 2020-01-07 北京金山云网络技术有限公司 智能家居装置及系统
CN110597083B (zh) * 2019-10-30 2022-12-06 广州市果豆科技有限责任公司 一种基于用户体重的智能家居控制方法及系统
US11004284B2 (en) * 2019-11-09 2021-05-11 Azure Katherine Zilka Smart home system, method, and computer program
CN110825048A (zh) * 2019-11-11 2020-02-21 天津市天朝鼎盛环保科技有限公司 一种智能家居服务系统
CN112866807B (zh) * 2019-11-12 2024-04-30 鸿富锦精密电子(郑州)有限公司 智能关机方法、装置及电子装置
KR20210067604A (ko) * 2019-11-29 2021-06-08 엘지전자 주식회사 인공 지능을 이용한 주방 환경의 통합 관리 방법 및 그 시스템
CN111191393B (zh) * 2019-12-20 2022-02-11 河海大学 基于离散余弦变换的水动力型滑坡非确定性评价方法及装置
CN111010764B (zh) * 2019-12-25 2021-10-08 深圳市美斯特光电技术有限公司 具备光控和调光的多个led电源并联的控制装置及方法
CN111191632B (zh) * 2020-01-08 2023-10-13 梁正 一种基于红外反射手套的手势识别方法及系统
CN111271817A (zh) * 2020-01-17 2020-06-12 深圳市英维克信息技术有限公司 空调控制方法、装置、计算机设备和计算机可读存储介质
JP1667770S (zh) * 2020-02-28 2020-09-07
CN112613795A (zh) * 2020-03-03 2021-04-06 苏州巴涛信息科技有限公司 一种基于大数据的室内外老人安全监测方法
US20230150523A1 (en) * 2020-03-06 2023-05-18 Sonatus, Inc. System, method, and apparatus for managing vehicle automation
US11797515B2 (en) * 2020-03-09 2023-10-24 Adobe Inc. Determining feature contributions to data metrics utilizing a causal dependency model
CN111478816B (zh) * 2020-04-15 2023-04-07 公牛集团股份有限公司 紫蜂ZigBee子设备的配置方法、系统、装置及介质
US11061543B1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-07-13 Apple Inc. Providing relevant data items based on context
US11810578B2 (en) * 2020-05-11 2023-11-07 Apple Inc. Device arbitration for digital assistant-based intercom systems
US20210372646A1 (en) * 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 Jon H. Brasher Hazardous Gas Evacuation System
US11631493B2 (en) 2020-05-27 2023-04-18 View Operating Corporation Systems and methods for managing building wellness
EP3926248A1 (en) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-22 Leapcraft ApS System and method for maintaining air quality within a structure
TWI764470B (zh) * 2020-07-17 2022-05-11 群光電能科技股份有限公司 智慧建築整合管理系統及其管理方法
CN113946728A (zh) 2020-07-17 2022-01-18 群光电能科技股份有限公司 智能建筑整合管理系统
US11490204B2 (en) 2020-07-20 2022-11-01 Apple Inc. Multi-device audio adjustment coordination
US11438683B2 (en) 2020-07-21 2022-09-06 Apple Inc. User identification using headphones
CN112423438A (zh) * 2020-10-20 2021-02-26 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 智能灯的控制方法、装置、设备以及计算机可读存储介质
CN112218417A (zh) * 2020-10-26 2021-01-12 青岛海信智慧家居系统股份有限公司 一种照明装置及照明系统
CN114761734A (zh) * 2020-11-11 2022-07-15 松下知识产权经营株式会社 控制装置、控制系统以及控制方法
CN112652159A (zh) * 2020-12-22 2021-04-13 杭州潜莱科技有限责任公司 一种具有远程操控的智能家居红外指引装置
CN112698019A (zh) * 2020-12-31 2021-04-23 福州康为网络技术有限公司 一种血糖仪数据处理装置
CN112734342A (zh) * 2021-01-27 2021-04-30 西安石油大学 一种油罐车运输损耗手持监管设备及监管方法
CN113052155B (zh) * 2021-02-03 2024-04-02 深圳赋能光达科技有限公司 光源亮度调节器、结构光投射器、身份识别装置及电子设备
US11748917B2 (en) 2021-03-19 2023-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Augmented reality-based environmental parameter filtering
MA53046A1 (fr) * 2021-04-15 2022-10-31 Univ Int Rabat Méthode de surveillance et d’alerte pour les patients asthmatiques et leurs médecins
CN113359517B (zh) * 2021-04-28 2023-03-28 青岛海尔科技有限公司 用于设备操作断电恢复的方法、装置、存储介质及电子设备
TWI809462B (zh) * 2021-07-29 2023-07-21 費米股份有限公司 具升降功能之共享裝置的控制系統及其控制方法
TWI776624B (zh) * 2021-08-04 2022-09-01 台達電子工業股份有限公司 中高壓系統電源模組安全裝置
CN113821030B (zh) * 2021-09-08 2023-07-25 哈尔滨工程大学 一种欠驱动无人艇的固定时间轨迹跟踪控制方法
US11856592B2 (en) * 2021-10-27 2023-12-26 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-dimensional mapping and user cognitive profile based device control and channel assignment
DE102021132626A1 (de) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Deutsche Telekom Ag Techniken zur Überwachung einer Aktivität von netzwerkfähigen Endgeräten
US20230191605A1 (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Nvidia Corporation Neural networks to generate robotic task demonstrations
WO2023130039A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 Oura Health Oy Techniques for using data collected by wearable devices to control other devices
US11864290B1 (en) 2022-01-24 2024-01-02 Wangs Alliance Corporation Dim-to-warm lighting
CN114543286B (zh) * 2022-01-24 2024-02-20 青岛海尔空调器有限总公司 智能家居的控制方法及其控制系统、电子设备和储存介质
CN114427737B (zh) * 2022-01-25 2023-08-18 宁波奥克斯电气股份有限公司 一种空调防噪音控制方法、装置及空调器
CN114594814A (zh) * 2022-03-07 2022-06-07 上海工程技术大学 一种基于人工智能的数字化控制装置
TWI803247B (zh) * 2022-03-18 2023-05-21 邱慧怡 Ai照護輔助與緊急疏散協助系統
CN114706314B (zh) * 2022-03-28 2023-05-12 慕思健康睡眠股份有限公司 智能家居的噪音控制方法及装置
CN114674061B (zh) * 2022-04-15 2023-06-30 中博(北京)通信有限公司 一种智能调节空调的方法
WO2023215258A1 (en) * 2022-05-02 2023-11-09 Aclara Technologies Llc Systems and methods for temporary pausing of utility alarm
CN114811847B (zh) * 2022-05-09 2023-02-10 重庆伏特猫科技有限公司 一种基于空调系统的智能警报装置
CN117515790A (zh) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-06 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 情景点控装置及空气调节控制系统
US11888708B1 (en) * 2023-02-02 2024-01-30 Bank Of America Corporation System and method for auto-determining solutions for dynamic issues in a distributed network
CN115827621B (zh) * 2023-02-17 2023-05-16 河北雄安睿天科技有限公司 基于云计算和数据分析的水务数据管理系统
CN117666377B (zh) * 2024-02-01 2024-04-23 湖南麓川信息科技有限公司 一种基于物联感知的多模态数据智能推荐方法及系统

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100308735A1 (en) * 2009-06-03 2010-12-09 Liu yuan-sheng Intelligent Wall Switch
CN202075571U (zh) * 2011-06-03 2011-12-14 李崇平 触摸式智能家居控制开关
CN103376747A (zh) * 2012-04-20 2013-10-30 褚锦雄 智能型墙上开关模块
CN103885346A (zh) * 2013-11-20 2014-06-25 苏州硕穗光机电科技有限公司 智能开关及其控制方法
CN204009437U (zh) * 2014-06-04 2014-12-10 杨军 一种触摸式六键场景开关
CN204104195U (zh) * 2014-10-08 2015-01-14 天津帝诚科技有限公司 一种家庭灯光控制面板

Family Cites Families (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB495762A (en) * 1937-04-14 1938-11-14 Ass Equipment Co Ltd Improvements in or relating to photo-electric control systems for machine tools and other machines and apparatus
CN2040043U (zh) 1988-11-10 1989-06-28 何宝轩 五速全同步汽车变速器
JPH06203967A (ja) 1991-06-18 1994-07-22 Entertainment Technol Inc 調光システム
JPH0670071A (ja) * 1992-08-19 1994-03-11 Canon Inc ファクシミリ装置
US5458311A (en) 1994-02-25 1995-10-17 Casablanca Fan Company Wall mount for a wireless remote control
JP3310625B2 (ja) 1999-03-18 2002-08-05 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント 携帯用電子機器、同機器の操作パネル及び同機器の操作方法
WO2006044816A1 (en) * 2004-10-14 2006-04-27 Lagotek Corporation Distributed wireless home and commercial electrical automation systems
JP2007181068A (ja) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Funai Electric Co Ltd リモコン装置
CN100588534C (zh) * 2006-09-04 2010-02-10 广西工学院 全自动注吹塑料中空成型机控制装置及其自动控制方法
JP5027479B2 (ja) 2006-10-26 2012-09-19 パナソニック株式会社 熱線センサ付自動スイッチ
JP2008283298A (ja) 2007-05-08 2008-11-20 Kawamura Electric Inc 学習リモコン装置および遠隔制御システム
CN201119069Y (zh) 2007-11-13 2008-09-17 昆明理工大学 教室灯光空调智能控制装置
JP5081093B2 (ja) 2008-08-05 2012-11-21 シャープ株式会社 家電機器制御システム
CN101556256B (zh) * 2009-05-11 2012-06-27 天津科技大学 双平板式隔热材料导热系数测定仪
CN201576583U (zh) * 2009-08-28 2010-09-08 陈福利 大面板开关及插座基座的多用结构
EP2325712A1 (en) * 2009-11-20 2011-05-25 Zerogroup Holding OÜ Control panel for a control system and a control system
US8710763B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2014-04-29 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. Method and apparatus for converting an electronic switch to a dimmer switch
US9173267B2 (en) * 2010-04-01 2015-10-27 Michael L. Picco Modular centralized lighting control system for buildings
DE102010033847B4 (de) * 2010-08-11 2013-12-05 Abb Ag Installationsschalter mit Fernbedienung
US8510255B2 (en) * 2010-09-14 2013-08-13 Nest Labs, Inc. Occupancy pattern detection, estimation and prediction
US8695934B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2014-04-15 Palm Coast Imports Llc Remote control unit wall docking system
CN103890667B (zh) * 2011-10-21 2017-02-15 谷歌公司 用户友好、网络连接的学习型恒温器及相关系统和方法
US20130222979A1 (en) * 2012-02-27 2013-08-29 General Electric Company System and method to operate shutters
US10027245B2 (en) * 2012-04-13 2018-07-17 Aeon Labs Low voltage touch panel
US20150156030A1 (en) * 2012-09-21 2015-06-04 Google Inc. Handling specific visitor behavior at an entryway to a smart-home
US9208676B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2015-12-08 Google Inc. Devices, methods, and associated information processing for security in a smart-sensored home
CN103529762B (zh) 2013-02-22 2016-08-31 Tcl集团股份有限公司 一种基于传感器技术的智能家居控制方法及系统
US9198259B2 (en) * 2013-02-27 2015-11-24 Nguyen Hoan Hoang Programmable touchscreen dimmer with interchangeable electronic faceplate
CN103150935A (zh) * 2013-03-12 2013-06-12 白雪惠 具有可拆卸键盘的电脑学习机
CN103391365B (zh) * 2013-07-16 2015-07-08 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 一种准确调节移动终端背光强度的方法、系统及移动终端
PT3043773T (pt) 2013-09-13 2021-10-04 Glenmark Specialty Sa Composição farmacêutica de dose fixa estável composta por mometasona e olopatadina para administração nasal
CN204090198U (zh) 2013-10-17 2015-01-07 绿仕环保科技（上海）有限公司 一种智能室内无线全彩led灯系统
CN104142659B (zh) * 2013-11-12 2017-02-15 珠海优特物联科技有限公司 一种智能家居场景切换方法及系统
CN103885348B (zh) 2014-03-07 2017-04-12 络达科技股份有限公司 具有隔绝特性的开关装置及提高其隔绝特性的方法
WO2015135334A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 Intelligent Green Solution Ltd. Indoor environment monitoring apparatus
US20150370272A1 (en) * 2014-06-23 2015-12-24 Google Inc. Intelligent configuration of a smart environment based on arrival time
CN204069127U (zh) * 2014-07-17 2014-12-31 天通精电新科技有限公司 一种安防网络摄像机的安全装置
CN104483851B (zh) * 2014-10-30 2017-03-15 深圳创维－Rgb电子有限公司 一种情景感知控制装置、系统及方法
CN204215177U (zh) * 2014-11-21 2015-03-18 侯奎 具有触摸面板的调控开关
WO2016155021A1 (zh) * 2015-04-03 2016-10-06 绿仕科技控股有限公司 环境控制系统
US20160330042A1 (en) * 2015-05-04 2016-11-10 David C. Andersen Home automation system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100308735A1 (en) * 2009-06-03 2010-12-09 Liu yuan-sheng Intelligent Wall Switch
CN202075571U (zh) * 2011-06-03 2011-12-14 李崇平 触摸式智能家居控制开关
CN103376747A (zh) * 2012-04-20 2013-10-30 褚锦雄 智能型墙上开关模块
CN103885346A (zh) * 2013-11-20 2014-06-25 苏州硕穗光机电科技有限公司 智能开关及其控制方法
CN204009437U (zh) * 2014-06-04 2014-12-10 杨军 一种触摸式六键场景开关
CN204104195U (zh) * 2014-10-08 2015-01-14 天津帝诚科技有限公司 一种家庭灯光控制面板

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3279751A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI686116B (zh) * 2018-04-30 2020-02-21 佳必琪國際股份有限公司 功能模組集成裝置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10508823B2 (en) 2019-12-17
EP3279749A4 (en) 2018-03-21
CN107924166B (zh) 2020-09-29
BR112017021266A2 (zh) 2018-06-26
CL2017002486A1 (es) 2018-04-20
US20200116373A1 (en) 2020-04-16
CN107980106A (zh) 2018-05-01
US20200217536A1 (en) 2020-07-09
EP3279751A4 (en) 2018-05-02
US11231193B2 (en) 2022-01-25
CA2981608A1 (en) 2016-10-06
CO2017011274A2 (es) 2018-01-31
AU2015388807A1 (en) 2017-10-26
CO2017011275A2 (es) 2018-01-31
EP3279749A1 (en) 2018-02-07
MX2017012713A (es) 2017-12-11
US20170108235A1 (en) 2017-04-20
BR112017021258A2 (zh) 2018-06-26
AU2015388775A1 (en) 2017-10-26
CN107980106B (zh) 2020-11-17
JP2018513530A (ja) 2018-05-24
MX2017012714A (es) 2018-05-28
WO2016155109A1 (zh) 2016-10-06
EP3279751A1 (en) 2018-02-07
US20170108236A1 (en) 2017-04-20
US10502442B2 (en) 2019-12-10
US11287150B2 (en) 2022-03-29
CN107924166A (zh) 2018-04-17
JP2018513531A (ja) 2018-05-24
CA2981621A1 (en) 2016-10-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11287150B2 (en) Device control system
US10943444B2 (en) Smart home device providing intuitive illumination-based status signaling
JP6878494B2 (ja) スマートセンサーを装備した家のためのデバイス、方法、および関連する情報処理
CN109445288A (zh) 一种智慧家庭普及应用的实现方法
CN107637028A (zh) 电子设备和网关及用于其的控制方法
WO2023045830A1 (zh) 家庭设备控制方法、相关装置及系统
CN105793904B (zh) 在恰当时机提供非警报状态信号的智能住家危险检测器
Ajayi et al. Design and Implementation of a WiFi-Enabled Home Automation System.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14902344

Country of ref document: US

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15886991

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017551671

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2017/012713

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2981608

Country of ref document: CA

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015886991

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112017021258

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015388775

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20150403

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: NC2017/0011275

Country of ref document: CO

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112017021258

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20171003